You are on page 1of 108

Consolidated list

of goods subject to
e
ecurl
o
con ro
British Business supplement
March 1989

Contents
INDUSTRIAL LIST - GROUP 3 MUNITIONS LIST - GROUP 1
Page Page
A Metal-working machinery 4 ML1-ML24 97
IL 1001-1093
B Chemical and petroleum equipment 9
IL III 0-1145 ATOMIC ENERGY LIST -
C Electrical and power-generating 9 GROUP 2
equipment A. Nuclear materials 101
IL 1203-1206 A1-A14
D General industrial equipment 11 B. Nuclear facilities 102
IL 1301-1399 B1-B6
E Transportation equipment 26 C. Nuclear-related equipment 103
IL 1401-1485 C1-C6
F and G Electronic equipment including 34
communications, radar, computer INDEX 104
hardware and software IL 1501-1595
H Metals, minerals and their manufactures 91
IL 1601-1675 Published by
British Business
I Chemicals, metalloids and petroleum 92 DTI, 7th Floor, Bridge Place,
products 88-89 Eccleston Square,
IL 1702-1781 London, SWIV IPT
,

Security export control March 1989 1


o
con ro
Introduction
This booklet is prepared for information and guidance to exporters. These lists reflect agreements reached in
COCOM on goods and technologies which should be controlled for strategic reasons. They do not, in this form,
have the force of law, nor do they cover all goods which may be subject to export control. Legal
prohibition on the export of goods subject to licensing by the Department of Trade and Industry is enforced under
The Export of Goods (Control) Order (1989), which also imposes control on the export of other goods. This Order
is available from Government Bookshops. Amendments to the Order (and consequently these lists) may be made
from time to time and will be publicised in British Business.

What is COCOM?
The Coordinating Committee for Multilateral Export Control. An informal non-treaty organisation of 16 countries
operating according to the rule of unanimity. It comprises members of NATO, less Iceland plus Japan.

Which are the proscribed countries?


Afghanistan, Albania, Bulgaria, People's Republic of China, Czechoslovakia, German Democratic Republic,
Hungary, Mongolia, North Korea, Poland, Romania, the USSR and Vietnam.

Why does the People's Republic of China receive different treabnent?


COCOM agreed in 1985 to maintain a differential in the application of controls of strategic goods to the People's
Republic of China, which reflected improved relations wilh COCOM countries.

How can you influence changes to the controls?


COCOM reviews the lists on a regular rolling-review basis, covering all items at least once every four years. The
Department consults trade associations, other industry groups and individual companies with a known interest in
forthcoming review items. If you wish to propose any changes and are not currently consulted on these matters,
piease write to the Policy Unit (address on back cover).

Do you need a licence?


The inclusion of goods in these lists does not mean necessarily a complete prohibition on their export, even to the
proscribed countries. But it does mean that you require a licence before exporting them to any country. If you are
uncertain whether you require a licence for your proposed export you should contact the Department's Export
Control Organisation, Sensitive Technologies Unit (STU) (Telephone Inquiries: see back cover). If a technical
rating is necessary, you must provide full supporting documentation, including a precise description of the goods
to be exported, complete technical specifications and, if the goods contain any computer or digital processing
element. a completed computer questionnaire. Technical Officers will then assess your goods against the Export
of Goods (Control) Order and provide a formal statement on their licensing status.

If you need a licence


You should fully complete an 'Application for an export licence - form A' and send, together with full supporting .

2 Security export control· March 1989


documents, to the appropriate address on the back cover. Where the export involves a computer or digital pro-
cessing element and the export is to a proscribed country, a completed computer questionnaire and block
diagram of the complete computer system must be provided. (This applies to any equipment using micropro-
cessor control. For a comprehensive description of the controls on computers and equipment containing them,
see IL 1565, taking into account the definitions in Note 16 to that item).

Who do you apply to?


Where the export is for goods and technologies on the Industrial List to a proscribed country (ie. Afghanistan,
Albania, Bulgaria, People's Republic of China, Czechoslovakia, German Democratic Republic, Hungary,
Mongolia, North Korea, Poland, Romania, the USSR and Vietnam) applications and inquiries should be addressed
to: Cocom Licensing Unit, Room 640 Kingsgate House, 66-74 Victoria Street, London SW1E 6SW (Telephone In-
quiries: see back cover).
Applications for export licences for goods on the Industrial List to other (non-proscribed countries and for goods
and technologies on the Munitions and Atomic Energy Lists to any country and related inquiries should be ad-
dressed to: Export Licensing Unit, Room 501, Kingsgate House, 66-74 Victoria Street, London SW1E 6SW
(Telephone Inquiries: see back cover).

Export to the proscribed countries


It is the general policy of Her Majesty's Government to consult its COCOM partners before deciding whether to
issue a licence for the export of controlled goods to a proscribed country. However, for administrative reasons,
there are some controlled goods where this is not done. This procedure is called 'National Discretion' and goods
that are agreed as suitable for such treatment are indicated in this booklet by coloured printing on a white
background. National Discretion or Favourable Consideration notes which apply only for exports to the People's
Republic of China are in black print on a colour-tinted background.

The treabnent of technology


In the case of the proscribed destinations a licence is necessary for the export of technical data, and any other
tangible technology applicable to the design, production and use of items as defined in these lists. This applies
equally to technology specific to the integration or use of components in items defined in these lists, even when
the components are themselves unembargoed.
The above does not apply to that technology which is the minimum necessary for the installation, operation,
maintenance (checking) and repair of products whose export has been authorised.

Export for exhibitions etc


Procedures exist for the treatment of applications to export goods temporarily for exhibitions and demonstration
purposes, where any export licences issued will be subject to certain conditions. For further information contact
either Export Licensing Unit or Cocom Licensing Unit (see back cover) depending on the country concerned. In
all cases applications should be submitted on an 'Application for export licence - form A' and as far in advance of
shipment as practicable.

United States re-export controls


Exporters should be aware that the United States Authorities claim control over many exports from other coun-
tries, including the United Kingdom, where the goods are of US origin, include components of US origin, or were
produced using US-origin technology. In such cases, under US export regulations, a US- re-export licence is re-
quired whether or not a UK export licence is needed or has been granted.
Although such US regulations are not valid in UK law the US authorities commonly penalise foreign companies
which do not comply, by denying them access to US goods or technology in the future. Where a company has a
presence in the US, legal action may lead to the imposition of fines and other penalties.
Exporters should note that the US regulations changed in 1988. UK exporters seeking guidance on licensable
items or restricted countries under US regulations should contact the Commercial Section, US Embassy, 24
Grosvenor Square, London W1A lEA (tel 01-499 9000 ext 2433). Copies of the US Export Administration Regula-
tions are available for reference at the Embassy, and a summary of the regulations and licence application forms
may be obtained from the Embassy or from the Office of Export Administration, US Department of Commerce,
Washington DC 20230.
Applications for re-export licences may be made direct to the US Department of Commerce; alternatively UK
exporters may prefer to contact their US supplie~s who should be able to advise whether a licence is required
under US law and, if so, whether or not they can apply for such a licence on behalf of their UK principals.
There are additional US licensing requirements for defence equipment of US origin and these are administered
by the Office of Munitions Controls, US Department of State, 22nd and C Streets, NW Washington DC 20521. In-
quiries can also be made at the US Embassy in London.

British companies requiring general advice on US export controls or experiencing difficulties with US regula-
tions should contact the DTI, OT2/1B, Room 576, 1 Victoria Street, London SW1H OET (tel 01-2154611).
,t

Security export control March 1989 3


INDUSTRIAL UST
Group A (ii) Strain rate; ,
(2) "Superplastic forming" of aluminium alloys, titanium
alloys and superalloys:
(i) Surface preparation;
(H) Strain rate;
(Hi) Temperature;
(iv) Pressure;

Metal-working (3) "Diffusion bonding" of superalloys and titanium alloys:


(i) 'Surface preparation;
(H) Temperature;
machinery (Hi) Pressure;
(4) "Metal powder compaction" using:
(i) "Vacuum hot pressing":
(a) Temperature;
(b) Pressure;
IL 1001 (c) Cycle time;
(H) "High pressure extrusion":
Technology for metal-working manufacturing (a) Temperature;
processes and specially designed "software", as (b) Pressure;
(c) Cycle time;
follows: (Hi) "Isostatic pressing":
(a) Temperature;
(b) Pressure;
I. Definitions of terms used in this Item: (c) Cycle time;
(5) "Direct*acting hydraulic pressing" of aluminium alloys,
(a) "Hot die forging" is a deformation process where die and titanium alloys:
temperatures are at the same nominal temperature as the (i) Pressure;
workpiece and exceed 850K (577°C, 1070 0 F); (H) Cycle time;
(b) "Superplastic forming" is a deformation process using heat for (6) "Hot isostatic densification" of titanium alloys,
metals that are normally characterised by low values of aluminium alloys- and superalloys:
elongation (less than 20 per cent) at the breaking point as (i) Temperature;
determined at room temperature by conventional tensile (H) Pressure;
strength-testing, in order to achieve elongations during (Hi) Cycle time.
processing which are at least 2 times those values;
(c) "Diffusion bonding" is a solid-state molecular joining of at
least two separate metals into a single piece with a joint
strength equivalent to that of the weakest material; IL 1075
(d) "Metal powder compaction" is a process capable of yielding
parts having a density of 98 per cent or more of the
Spin-forming and flow-forming machines
theoretical maximum density; specially designed or adapted for use with
(e) "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing" is a deformation process numerical or computer controls and specially
which uses a fluid-filled flexible bladder in direct contact with designed components and software therefore
the workpiece;
(f) "Hot isostatic densification" is a process of pressurizing a
casting at temperatures exceeding 375K (102°C, 215.6°F) in a
closed cavity through various media (gas, liquid, solid
IL 1080
particles, etc.) to create equal force in all directions to reduce (I) Specially designed equipment, tooling and
or eliminate internal voids in the casting;
(g) "Vacuum hot pressing" is a process which uses a press with
fixtures for the manufacture or measuring of gas
heated dies to consolidate metal powder under reduced turbine blades or vanes, as follows, and specially
atmospheric pressure into a part; designed components and accessories and
(h) "High pressure extrusion" is a process yielding a single-pass "specially designed software" for the equipment,
reduction ratio of 4 to 1 or greater in a cross-sectional area of components and accessories:
the resulting part;
(i) "Isostatic pressing" is a process which uses a pressurizing
medium (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) in a closed cavity to (a) Blade or vane aerofoil or root automatic measuring equipment;
create equal force in all direction upon a metal powder*filled (b) Precision vacuum investment casting equipment, including
container for consolidating the powder into a part. core*making equipment;
(c) Small*hole drilling equipment for producing holes having
depths more than four times their diameter and less than
11. Listed 8S follows: 0.76mm (0.03 inch) in diameter;
(d) Directional solidification casting equipment and directional
(a) Technology for the design of tools, dies and fixtures specially recrystallization equipment;
designed for the following processes: (e) Segmented cast blade or vane bonding equipment;
(I) "Hot die forging"; (f) Integral blade-and*disc casting equipment;
(2) "Superplastic forming"; (g) Blade or vane coating equipment, except furnaces, molten*
(3) "Diffusion bonding"; metal baths and ion*plating baths;
(4) "Metal powder compaction" using: (h) Ceramic blade or vane moulding and finishing machines;
(i) "Vacuum hot pressing"; (i) Moulds, cores and tooling for the manufacture and finishing
(ii) "High pressure extrusion"; or of:
(Hi) "Isostatic pressing"; (I) Cast hollow turbine blades or vanes;
(5) "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing"; (2) Turbine blades or vanes produced by powder
(b) Technical data consisting of process parameters as listed compaction;
below used to control: u) Composite metal turbine blade or vane moulding and
(1) "Hot die forging": finishing machines;
(i) Temperature; (k) Inertial blade or vane welding machines.

4 Security export control March 1989


(11) Technology (except installation, operation (b) Tools, dies, fixtures and gauges:
and maintenance technology) for use of the (1) For solid-state joining by inertial welding or thermal
bonding;
following unembargoed equipment: (2) For manufacture and inspection of high-performance gas
turbine bearings;
(a) Blade or vane belt grinding machines; (3) For rolling specially configured rings such as nacelle
(b) Blade or vane edge radiusing machines; rings;
(c) Blade or vane aerofoil milling or grinding machines; (4) For forming and finishing turbine discs;
(d) Blade or vane blank preforming machines; (c) Compressor or turbine disc broaching machines.
(e) Blade or vane rolling machines;
(f) Blade or vane aerofoil shaping machines except metal NOTE:
removing types; This sub-item embargoes only broaching machines specially
(g) Blade or vane root grinding machines; designed for the manufacture of aircraft or aircraft derived
(h) Blade or vane aerofoil scribing equipment. gas turbine engines, and not general purpose broaching
machines specially adapted for that purpose.
Technical Note:
Manufacture (making) includes refurbishing.

NOTE: IL 1088
This definition also covers machinery and equipment for the Gear making or finishing machinery, as follows:
manufacture of blades or vanes in the compressor section of
aircraft or aircraft-derived gas turbine engines where the
technology is the same as for the manufacture of blades or vanes (a) Bevel gear making machinery:
in the turbine section. (1) Gear grinding machinery (non-generating type);
(2) Other machinery capable of the production of bevel
gears of module finer than 0.5mm (diametrical pitch
finer than 48) and meeting a quality standard better than
IL 1081 DIN 58405 Class 6;

Specially designed or modified equipment, tools, NOTE:


dies, moulds and fixtures for the manufacture or If rated in AGMA or Admiralty standards and not rated in
inspection of aircraft, airframe structures or DIN 58405, AGMA 11 or Admiralty Class 1 shall be
considered to be the equivalent of DIN 58405 Class 6.
aircraft fasteners, as follows, and specially (b) Machinery capable of producing gears in excess of AGMA
designed components and accessories and quality level 13 or equivalent.
"specially designed software" for the equipment,
components and accessories: NOTE:
If not rated in AGMA standards, DIN 3963 Class 4 shall be
(a) Equipment, tools, dies, moulds or fixtures for: considered equivalent to AGMA quality level 13.
(1) Hydraulic stretch forming:
(i) Whose machine motions or forces are digitally
controlled or controlled by electrical analogue
devices; or IL 1091
(ii) Which are capable of thermal-conditioning the
workpiece; Numerical control units, numerically controlled
(2) The milling of aircraft skins or spars except if they do not machine-tools, dimensional inspection machines,
present an improvement on machinery in production ten direct numerical control systems, specially
years preceding the year of export; designed sub-assemblies, and specially designed
(b) Tools, dies, moulds or fixtures for: "software", as follows:
(1) "Diffusion bonding";
(2) "Superplastic forming";
(3) "Hot die forging"; (a) Units for numerically controlling simultaneously coordinated
(4) Metal powder compaction by vacuum hot pressing, high- (contouring and continuous path) movements of machine.
pressure extrusion or isostatic pressing; tools and dimensional inspection machines in two or more
(5) Direct-acting hydraulic pressing of aluminium alloys and axes, except those having all of the following characteristics:
titanium alloys; (i) No more than three cO!ltouring interpolating (any
(6) The manufacture, inspection, inserting or securing of mathematical function including linear and circular) axes
specially designed high-strength aircraft fasteners. can be simultaneously coordinated. Units may have:
(1) One or more additional axes for which rate of
NOTE: movement is not coordinated, varied or modulated
For the definition of the processes and control of the metal with that of another axis;
working manufacturing technologies mentioned above, see Item (2) One additional set of up to three contouring axes
IL 1001. provided a separate feed rate number, standard or
optional, does not control more than any three
contouring axes; or
(3) Up to three contouring axes switchable out of any
IL 1086 number of axes;
(ii) Minimum programmable increment equal to or greater
Specially designed or modified equipment, tools, than 0.001 mm;
(Hi) Interfaces limited as follows:
dies, moulds, fixtures and gauges for the (1) No integral interface designed to meet ANSI/IEEE
manufacture or inspection of aircraft and standard 488··1978, IEC publication 625-1; or any
aircraft-derived gas turbine engines, as follows, equivalent standard; and
and specially designed components and (2) No more than two interfaces meeting EIA standard
accessories and "specially designed software" RS-232-C or (tny equivalent standard;
(iv) On-line (real-time) modification of the tool path, feed rate
for the equipment, components and accessories: and spindle data limited to the following:
(1) Cutter diameter compensation normal to the
(a) Equipment, tools, dies, moulds, fixtures and gauges: centreline path;
(1) For automated production inspection; (2) Automatir~ acceJ,eration and dec.eleration for
(2) For automated welding; starting,corrlt!rinl~ and stopping;

Security export control March 1989 6


IL 1091 (a) (Iv) (3) on horizontal ooring mills, is not counted in the
total of three contouring axes. A secondary
rotary table, the centreline of which is parallel
(3) Axis transducer compensation including lead screw to the primary rotary table, is also not counted
pitch compensation (measurements on one axis in the total of three contouring axes. Machines
may not compensate another axis); may have non-contouring parallel or non-
(4) Constant surface speed with or without limits; contouring, non-parallel rotary axes in addition
(5) Spindle growth compensation; to the three axes capable of simultaneously
(6) Manual feed rate and spindle speed override; coordinated contouring motion. Machines
(7) Fixed and repetitive cycles (does not include having the capability of being simultaneously
automatic cut vector generation); coordinated in more than three axes are not
(8) Tool and fixture offset; excluded from embargo even if the numerical
(9) Part programme tape editing, excluding source control unit attached to the machine limits it to
programme language and centre-line location data three simultaneously coordinated contouring
(CLDATA); axes. For example, a machine with a control
(10) Tool length compensation; unit switchable between any three out of four
(11) Part programme storage; contouring axes is not excluded from
(12) Variable pitch threading; embargo); or
(13) Inch/metric conversion; (b) Not more than three linear axes plus one rotary
(14) Feed rate override based on spark voltage' for axis, but no tilting axis, capable of
electrical discharge machines; simultaneously coordinated contouring motion,
(v) Word size equal to or less than 16 bits (ex<;luding parity ie the total number of linear plus rotary
bits); contouring axes cannot exceed four. (A
(vi) "Software" or "firmware", including "software" or secondary parallel contouring axis, eg W axis
"firmware" of any programmable unit or device on horizontal boring mills, is not counted as an
furnished, shall not exceed control unit functions as additional contouring axis. A secondary rotary
provided in (i) to (v) above, and is restricted as follows: table, the centreline of which is parallel to the
(1) Only the following application programmes can be primary rotary table, is also not counted as an
furnished which shall be executable without further additional contouring axis. Machines may have
compilation, assembly, interpretation, or non-contouring parallel or non-contouring,
processing, other than control unit parameter non~parallel rotary axes in addition to the four
initialization, and memory storage loading, and axes capable of simultaneously coordinated
each shall be supplied as an entity rather than in contouring motion. Machines having the
modular form: capability of being simultaneously coordinated
(a) An operating programme to allow the unit to in more than four axes are not excluded from
perform its normal functions; embargo even if the numerical control unit
(b) One or more diagnostic programmes to verify attached to the machine limits it to three
control or machine performance and permit simultaneously coordinated contouring axes.
localization of hardware malfunctions; For example, a machine with a control unit
(c) A translator programme with which the end- switchable between any three out of five
user can programme the control-to-machine contouring axes is not excluded from
interface; embargo);
(2) Programme documentation for application (2) Maximum slide travel in any axis equal to or less
programmes shall not contain the following: than 3,000 mm;
(a) Listing of programme instructions (except that (3) Spindle drive motor power equal to or less than
necessary for diagnostics for routine hardware 35kW;
maintenance); (4) Single working spindle (the machine may have
(b) Description of programme organization or multiple tool heads or turrets as standard or
function beyond that required for programme optional, but only one working spindle may be
use and for maintenance of hardware with operative at a time). A spindle capable of driving a
which these programmes operate; multiple drill head is considered as a single spindle;
(c) Flow charts, logic diagrams or the algorithms (5) Axial and radial motion measured at the spindle
employed (except those necessary for use of axis in one revolution of the spindle equal to or
diagnostics for routine hardware maintenance); greater than D x 2 x 10-5 mm TIR (peak-to-peak)
(d) Any reference to specific memory storage where D is the spindle diameter in mm;
locations (except those necessary for (6) An incremental positioning accuracy equal to or
diagnostics for routine hardware maintenance); greater (coarser) than ±. 0.002 mm in any 200 mm
(e) Any other information about the design or of travel;
function of the "software" which would assist in (7) Overall positioning accuracy in any axis ~qual to or
the analysis or modification of all or part of it. greater (coarser) than:
(a) ±. 0.01 mm for machines with total length of
NOTES: axis travel equal to or less than 300 mm;
(b) ±. (0.01 + (0.0025/300) x (L -300» mm for
1 For "digital computers" either "incorporated" in or
machines with a total length of axis travel, L,
"associated" with, but not "embedded" in,
greater than 300 mm and equal to or less than
controllers, see Item IL 1565.
3,300 mm;
2 Technology for the design and production (except
(c) ±.0.035 mm for machines with a total length of
assembly and testing) of two-axis numerical control
axis travel greater than 3,300 mm.
units with an "embedded" computer remains
embargoed. NOTE:
3 Not used. Positioning accuracy is that accuracy which would
(b) Machine-tools and dimensional-inspection machines which, be obtained in a temperature-controlled
according to the manufacturer's technical specifications, can environment of 20°C ±. 2°C with any mechanical
be equipped with numerical control units covered by sub-item compensation techniques shipped with the machine
(a) above, except: or any electronic compensation described in sub-
(i) Boring mills, milling machines, and machining centres item (a) (iv). Positioning accuracy of machines
having all of the following characteristics: shipped without numerical control units will be that
(l) (a) Not more than three axes capable of attained with a control unit used during checkout of
simultaneously coordinated contouring motion, the machine and with feedback systems identical to
ie the total number of linear plus rotary those that will be used with the machine, or by
contouring axes cannot exceed three. (A accuracy previously obtained with an identical
secondary parallel contouring axis, eg W axis machine and feedback system and control unit

8 Security export control March 1 989


which will be connected to the machine. (See one axis. National standards may be used for this measuring
Technical Note 6). _ method: eg the German standard VDI "Statistical testing of
(H) Jig grinders having all of the following characteristics: the operational and positioning accuracy of machine-tools
(1) Overall positioning accuracy in any axis equal to or VDI - DGQ3441, March, 1977". .
greater (coarser) than: 7 A tilting axis is defined as an axis which alters the angular
(a) .±.. 0.005 mm for machines with total length of position of the rotary table centreline with respect to the
axis travel equal to or less than 300 mm; spindle centreline during the machining process.
(b) .±.. (0.005 + (0.002/300) (L-300» mm for
machines with total length of axis travel, L, NOTES:
greater than 300 mm; 1 This Item does not embargo floor-type horizontal boring mills
(2) Not more than two axes capable of simultaneously embargoed by sub-item (b) (i) above provided all the following
coordinated contouring motion; conditions are met:
(Hi) Machine-tools (other than boring mills, milling machines, (a) Maximum transverse (X-axis) travel equal to or less than
machining centres and jig grinders described in (i) and (H) 15,000 mm;
above and dimensional inspection machines described in (b) Maximum vertical (V-axis travel equal to or less than
(iv) below) having all of the following characteristics:· 5,000 mm;
(1) Radial-axis motion measured at the spindle axis (c) Maximum Z-axis travel equal to or less than 3,000 mm;
equal to or greater than 0.0008 mm TIR (peak-to- (d) Spindle-drive motor power equal to or less than 75 kW;
peak) in one revolution of the spindle (for lathes, (e) Meeting the requirements of sub-items (b) (i) (I) and (b) (i)
turning machines, contour grinding machines, etc.); (4) to (7) above.
(2) Meeting the requirements of (i) (1) (a), (i) (6) and (i) (7) 2 Jig grinders covered by sub-itern (b) (ii) above to non-nuclear
above; end-users, provided all of the following conditions are met:
(iv) Dimensional inspection machines, having all of the (a) Overall positioning accuracy in any axis equal to or
following characteristics: greater (coarser) than:
(1) A linear positioning accuracy equal to or worse (1) 0.002 InIn for jig grinders with total length of axis
than: travel equal to or less than 300 mnl;
(a) .±..(3 + L/300) micrometre for L shorter than or (2) ±_ (0.002 + (0.001/300) (L-300)) nlm for jig
equal to 3,300 mm; grinders with total length of axis travel, L, greater
(b) .±..14 micrometre for L longer than 3,300 mm; than 300 Inn};
(2) A rotary accuracy of equal to or worse than 5 (b) Not rnore than two axes capable of simultaneously
second in every 90 degrees; and coordinated contouring nlotion.
(3) Meeting the requirements of (i) (1) above; 3 Not used.
(For high precision turning machinery, see also Item
IL 1370.)
(c) "Direct numerical control systems" (ONC) consisting of a FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC IF CHINA ONLY:
dedicated stored programme computer acting as a host 4 The' shipment .. of numerical· control units•.. numerit;aUy
computer and controlling, on-line or off-line, one or more controlled machine. tools, dimensional inspection machines
numerically controlled machine-tools or inspection machines, and specially designed UsoftwareUtheretor, to civil-end users,
as defined in sub-item (b) above, related "software", and other tban nuclear and aerospace,: as follows, and specially
interface and communication equipment for data transfer designed sub-assemblies therefor: . . i

between the host computer memory, the interpolation (a) Numerical control .units haVing all of the' followin8
functions, and the numerically controlled machine-tools; characteristics:
(d) Specially designed sub-assemblies and "software" which,
according to the manufacturer's technical specifications, can N.B.
upgrade the capabilities of numerical control units and Numerical control units exported separately from
machine-tools either so that they would become embargoed equipment must be for use with and specially configured
by sub-items (a), (b) or (c) above, or so that they would cease for equipment permitted by paragraph (b) below.
to be eligible for consideration for export at national Exporters must· submit specifications. of equipment to
discretion. which the numerical control units will be lnterf4lced.
(1) No more than four contouring' interpolating (any
NOTE: mathematical function including linear and circUlar)
Specially designed printed circuit board sub-assemblies are axes can be simultaneously·.coQrdinated,,· Unltl, may
embargoed by this sub-item. have: " "
(For machine-tool parts and components, see also Item (I) One·or·more additional axes in which the rate
IL 1093.) of Movement·· is not· coordinated. varied, or
modulated witbtbatof another axis; or
TECHNICAL NOTES: (H) One additional··.. set:of> four' .co~fOtlnB8'~.a~.
1 "Numerical control" is defined as the "automatic control of a provided separate ~eedratenumbers,ltandard
process performed by a device that makes use of numeric or optional, ~ ll()tcontrolD;t0te 'tbatt .4Q, tout
data usually introduced as the operation is in progress" (Ref. contouring' axe,; '..
ISO 2382). (2) Minimum' "'programmable '. increment .. equal" to 'or
2 "Contouring control" is defined as: "two or more numerically greater than ttOOlmm;'" "
controlled motions operating in accordance with instructions (3) Intetfaces as· follows: .
that specify the next required position and the required feed (t) Nomote"tnari .···OI1e 'integraJ:illterfaee, desillled
rates to that position. These feed rates are varied in relation to . meet .ANSfIIEEE· ~tan~ard .48&-1 ~16••,JE~
to each other so that a desired contour is generated" (ReI. publication :625..1i ·or· ~Ilt~e,uivalent itt_ard;
ISO/DIS 2806). and . . . . ,,:.,c':'( ".<"J' '>.':';'
3 For computer-related terms, see Item IL 1565 or IL 1566. (il) An unlimitedl1umberof.,if1t.rfac~sl11,ttetin~2~
4 A "direct numerical control system" (ONC) is defined as "a stan~d ~ RS-232..e.()raft,;,~ui\falent$tal1aard;
system connecting a set of numerical~y controlled machines (4) On..tine(r• •tln1~ mEldHi~~itm).~of;.t~,tOQr .', lb*
to a common memory for part programme or machine pro- feed t~te d,>,p~n~ledlt~tl~it~,.·t.';~\,;.H.•. :t.II,:t.tWiusa:;
gramme storage with provision for on-demand distribution of .(1) Cutt di.metar.eomPtJttatiOn>~'.~Y(1t.
data to the machines" (Ref. ISO/DIS 2806.2). ;'.cent· ..', ,jDe):~~~.i."/',:'f,.{;:,:·':t~:c<'::' ·•• ~ . • ;.":>"}i;:.;;.,;,;:,:.'·~:.;<;~.,o
5 Axis nomenclature shall be in accordance with international (ti).. '.Aut()ntatj(~c, . ·.ecel~~;· . at1d,·•.• '~~.~»f~~
standard ISO 841, "Numerical Control Machines - Axis and $tarti,*'u~ ..eri.I· ..cJ"'~~I!IP ," ,,e~'
Motion Nomenclature". '(lii) Axi~'~ra~ef:""'.," "
6 The value of the positioning accuracy does not include the ~~~~'Jli.t!/',,'
width of backlash. The value is determined by the usual ,;;~e:;_.~~,: ..
statistical methods (random tests); ie by approaching from '<~::(i!) "(;0' '
fv),;·.~
only one direction a minimum of 5 measurement points up to
a maximum of 25 measurement points as random tests along ,.:;),;:;)i. ':':'lyt~~:'.«t

Security export cortrol March 1989 7


(Ui) "MaximUm vertical (Y-axis) travel equal, tOQf
IL 1091 NOTE 4 (a) (4) (vii) less.than8,OO~,mll1 ;
(iv) Maximum horlzontal(~-axis) travel equal to or
(<vIDP&ctdandrepetiti.ye 'cycles, including auto- less than 5,000 mm;
," rDat~~utveetot generation; (v) Unlimited spitldle dlivernotor power;
,';,~(yiii) T~·landfi.tureoff$et; (vi) No ,more ,tl'lan 'two simultaneously working
;:(ix) Partprogtamme 'tape editing, 'including source spindles (the, machine may have multiple tool
programme language and centreline location head$ or turrets;, a spindle capable of driVing a
data.(CLDATA); multiple drill'head is considered as a single
(x): Toollengtb compensation; spindle);
(xi)' Part programme storage; (vii) Axial and radial axis' motions measured at the
(xii) Variable pitch threading; spindle axis in one, revolution of the spindle
(xiii) InchI metric convers,ion; and equal to or greater than, 0 x 2 x 10-5 mm TIR
(xiv) Feed rate o\'erride based on spark voltage for (peak-ta-peak) where' D is the spindle diameter
electrical discharge machines; in mm;
(5) Word size equal to or less than 32 bits (excluding (viii) An incremental positioning accuracy equal to
parity bits); or, greater (coarser) than .±... 0.002 mm in any
H
(6) "Software" or "firmware including Hsoftware" or
,
200 mm of travel;
"firmware tt of any programmable unit or device (ix) An overall positioning accuracy in any axis
furnished, not exceeding control unit functions as equal to or greater (coarser) than:
provided in (a) (1) to (a) (5) above, and restricted as (a) .±... 0.003 mm for machines with a total
follows: length of axis travel equal to or less than
(I) Application programmes executable without 300 mm;
further compilation, assembly, interpretation (b) .±..(0.OO3 + (0.001/300) x (L-300» mm for
or processing, other than control unit machines with a total length of axis travel,
parameter initialisation, and storage loading, L, greater than 300 mm and equal to or
and each supplied as an entity rather than in less than 3,300 mm;
modular form, as follows: (c) .±.. 0.013 mm for machines with a total
(a) An operating programme to allow the unit length of axis travel greater than 3,300
to perform its normal functions; mm;
(b) One or more diagnostic programmes to (2) Machine tools, other than boring mills, milling
verify control or machine performance machines and machining centres described in sub-
and to permit localisation of hardware paragraph (b) (1) above, and dimensional inspection
malfunctions; and machines, having all the following characteristics:
(c) A translator programme for programming (i) No more than four axes capable of
the control·to-machine interface; simultaneously coordinated contouring motion,
(U) Documentation for application programmes of which no more than three axes shall be
not containing the following: linear and no more than one axis shall be
(a) Listing of programme instructions, except rotary;
that necessary for diagnostics for routine
hardware maintenance; N.B.
(b) Description of programme organisation or Up to four secondary contouring axes parallel
function beyond that required for pro- with the primary axis but not simultaneously
gramme use and for maintenance of ex- coordinated with the four primary axes may be
ported hardware and "software"; permitted~
(c) Flow charts, logic diagrams or algorithms (H) No more than two simultaneously working
employed except those necessary for use spindles (t~e machine may have multiple tool
of diagnostics for routine hardware main- heads or ttlrrets);
tenance; (ili) Radial axis motion measured at the spindle axis
(d) Any reference to specific memory storage equal to or greater than 0.0008 mm TIR (peak-
locations except those necessary for diag- to-peak) in one revolution of the spindle (for
nostics for routine hardware maintenance; lathes, turning machines, contour grinding
and machines, etc.);
(e) Any other information, which would assist (iv) An incremental positioning accuracy equal to
in tbe analysis or modification of all or of or greater 'coarser) than.±.. 0.002 mm in any
part of the "software"; 200 mm of travel;
(b) Machine tools, and dimensiollal inspection machines (v) An overall positioning accuracy in any axis
wbich, according to the manufacturers' technical specifi- equal to or greater (coarser) than:
cations, .can. be equipped with numerical control units (a) ..±... 0.005 mm for machines with a total
covered by paragrapb (a) above, as follows: length of axis travel equal to (lr less than
(1) Boring mills. ,milling ll)achines and machining 300 mm; /
centres haVing all of the following characteristics: (b) .±..(0.005 + (0.002/300) x (L-300)) mm for
(i) No more than four axes capable of machines with a total length of axis travel,
simultaneously coordinated contouring motion, L, greater than 300 mm ~nd equal, to or
~ of, •which no more than three axes shall be less than 3,300 mm; ,
linear' and nQrnore than, one axis shall be (c) .±... 0.025 mm for machines with a total
rotary; length of axis travel greater than 3,300
RIm. I)
N.B. It is understood that software embargoed by Item 1091 is defined
AseCODdary contouring ,axis. parallel with a as follows:
;ptkriary,.axis1 e.g~W.axis on horizontal boring Control "programmes" (*) used with CNC or ONC systems,
'mUls.is not, counted in' the totatof four con- which are stored in a memory of an electronic computer and
touringa~esrA8etondary rotary table with the implement numerical functions including, but not limited to,
"centreUl1e.,atallelto the primary rotary' table, velocity and path generation, on-line adaptive control and special
::,~'alSO'";rtot-c()unted in the total of four purpose data distribution, recall, and editing "programmes" for
;',~ent~~ft': ,.xesf {~achines "may' have non· ONC applications. "Software" used in part programming, eg, APT,
),'",':' ;' "con~~rinl, ."parallet, ',or ",Don-contouring",non- EXAPT, IFAPT, postprocessing and similar "programmes" are not
r:::;:<:; ";'.'; , :: ·'~:PIt~t.1l;r:()t.rr.esin:addition to the four axes considered among the control "programmes" used for CNC and
';~t,; '::J:j; ;"~:,, ' ·.~~e.~f:,.mllltlftet)utl,Y ,c",aordinated 'con.. ONC systems.
,~ , i':IOt!i":;Jll~ti~n~,,:'!,.' *For computer-related terms, see Items 1565 & 1566.
(::':::":';''',i}i:;~uil;k ",,",: ,:', ~~!_a~,;,,,;..~it)~lt.v,,l,equal', to or Point-to-Point Computerised Numerical Control (CNC) systems
'",' ',' ' 'leat:ttfti.'SO:OOOmmf"';: '1,<\': are not covered by Item 1091.

8 Security export control March 1989


IL 1093
Components and specially-designed parts for
machine tools and dimensional insp.ection
machines embargoed by Item IL 1091, as follows:

(a) Spindle assemblies, consisting of spindles and bearings as a


minimal assembly, except those assemblies with axial and
radial axis motion measured along the spindle axis in one
revolution of the spindle equal to or greater (coarser) than the
IL 1131
following: Pumps (except vacuum pumps - see Item 1129)
(i) 0.0008 mm TIR (peak-to-peak) for lathes and turning
machines; or
designed to move molten metals by electro-
(ii) D x 2 X 10-5 mm TIR (peak-to-peak), where D is the magnetic forces.
spindle diameter in millimetres, for milling machines,
boring mills, jig grinders, and machining centres;
(b) Lead screws, including ball nut screws, except those having
all of the following characteristics:
(i) Accuracy equal to or greater (coarser) than 0.004 IL 1142
mIn/300 mm;
(ii) Overall accuracy equal to or greater (coarser) than
Reinforced tubing (including connectors and
(0.0025 + 5 x 10-6 X L) mm, where L is the effective fittings for use with such tubing) incorporating
length in millimetres of the screw; and coagulated dispersion grades of polytetrafluoro-
(Hi) Concentricity of the centre line of the journal bearing ethylene, copolymers of tetrafluoroethylene and
surface and the centre line of the major diameter of the hexafluoropropylene, or any of the fluorocarbon
screw equal to or greater (coarser) than 0.005 mm. TIR
(peak-to-peak) at a distance of three times the diameter materials embargoed by Item IL 1754 (a) (2) and
of the screw or less from the journal bearing surface; designed for operating (working) pressures of
(c) Linear and rotary position feedback units including inductive 210.9 kg/cm 2 (3,000 psi) or greater, whether or
type devices, graduated scales, and laser systems, except: not specially processed to make the flow
(i) Linear types having an accuracy equal to or greater surfaces electrically conductive.
(coarser) than (0.0004 + 13 x 10-6 x L) mm, for L equal
to or less than 100 mm and (0.0015 + 2 x 10-6 X L) mm,
for L greater than 100 mm, where L is the effective
length in millimetres of the linear measurement; and
(ii) Rotary types having an accuracy equal to or greater
(coarser) than two seconds of arc;
IL 1145
(d) Linear induction motors used as drives for slides, having all Containers, jacketed only, specially designed for
the following characteristics: the storage or transportation of liquid fluorine.
(1) Stroke greater than 200 mm;
(2) Nominal force rating greater than 45 N; and
(3) Minimum controlled incremental movement less than
0.001 mm.
Group C
Group B Electrical and power-
generating equipment
Chemical and IL 1203
petroleum equipment Electric furnaces, as follows, specially designed
components and controls therefor, and
IL 1110 "specially designed software" for such furnaces,
components or controls:
Equipment for the production of liquid Ouorine,
and specially designed components therefore (a) Consumable electrode vacuum arc furnaces with a capacity in
excess of 20,000 kg (44,092 lb);
(b) Skull type vacuum arc furnaces;
(c) "Vacuum induction furnaces" allowing the molten metal to be
IL 1129 poured into a mould within the same vacuum chamber
without breaking the vacuum and having all of the following
Vacuum pump systems, as follows, and specially characteristics:
(1) A capacity in excess of 2,275 kg (5,014 lb);
designed components, controls and accessories (2) Designed to operate at pressures lower than 6.67 Pa
therefor: (0.0667 mbar)~ and
(3) Designed to oI)erate at temperatures in excess of 1,373K
(a) Cryopump systems (Le. systems in which the circulation of (1,IOO°C);
cooled or liquefied gas is used to achieve a vacuum, static or
dynamic, by lowering the temperature of the environment) NOTE:
designed to operate at temperatures of less than -200°C "Vacuum induction furnaces" include all portions of the
(-328°F) measured at atmospheric pressure; furnace system within the vacuum chamber.
(b) Vacuum pump systems capable of evacuating a chamber of (d) Induction furnaces haviag both of the following
volume greater than one (1) litre to pressures below 10-8 torr characteristics:
(1.3 x 10-6 pascals) while the temperature in the chamber is (1) A diameter ir.,side the induction coil (If 155 mm or more
maintained above 800°C (I,472°F). (6.1 inches Ot more); and

Security export control March 1989 9


IL 1203 (cl) (2) reactants and having an energy density of 55 watt-
hours per kilogramme (25 watt-hours per pound) or
more at the rated operating temperature;
(2) Designed to heat a workpiece with a diameter of 130 mm
or more (5.1 inches or more) to a temperature in excess NOTE:
of 2,273K (2,OOOOC); Energy density is obtained by multiplying the
average power in watts (average voltage in volts
NOTE: times average current in amperes) by the duration
This item does not embargo susceptors made of graphite not of the discharge in hours to 75 per cent of the open-
embargoed elsewhere in these Lists. circuit voltage and divided by the total mass of the
2 This item also covers vacuum furnaces capable of operating cell (or battery) in kilogrammes.
with protective atmospheres. (4) Molten salt electrolyte cells and batteries which normally
(See also items IL 1080 and IL 1301.) operate at temperatures of 773K (500°C, 932°F) or

~' •.
;f(lJt,:~~,~~t':;::R£PY8L_C<;~Qr:·'~IlJNA.?ON'LY1 '.'~
," . , '. . . ,
. . . :')/
~::::; ;':SlQIIltype·,y,cuum,.c6J"naeel witb a capacity not exceeding
below;
(b) Photo-voltaic cells as follows, and specially designed
components therefor:
(I) With a power output of 14mW or more per sq cm under
100mW per sq cm tungsten 2,800 0 K (2,527°C, 4,581°F)
illumination;
(2) All gallium arsenide photo-voltaic cells excluding those
having a power output of less than 4mW measured by
the above techniques;
IL 1205 (3) With a power output of 450mW or more per sq cm under
10 watts per sq cm silicon carbide at 1,750 K (1,477°C,
Electro-chemical, semi-conductor and radio- 2,691°F) illumination;
active devices for the direct conversion of (4) Electromagnetic (including laser) and ionized particle
chemical, solar or nuclear energy to electrical radiation resistant;
(c) Power sources based on radio-active materials systems other
energy, as follows: than nuclear reactors, except:
(i) Those having an output power of less than 0.5 Wand a
(a) Electro-chemical devices, as follows and specially designed total weight (force) of more than 890 N (90.7 kg, 200 Ib);
components therefor: (H) Those specially designed and developed for medical use
(I) Fuel cells operating at temperatures of 523K (250°C, within the human body;
482°F) or less, including regenerative cells, ie cells for
generating electric power, to which all the consumable NOTES:
components are supplied from outside the cell: 1 See also Item IL 1570.
2 This Item does not embargo the following cells and power
NOTE: source devices, and specially designed components therefor
The temperature of 523K or less is intended to refer to (nothing in this Note shall be construed as permitting the
the fuel cell and not to the fuel conditioning equipment, export of technology for such cells, power source devices or
which may be either an ancillary or an integral part of specially designed components):
the fuel cell battery and which may operate at over (a) Fuel cells embargoed by sub-item (a) (1) above, provided
523K. they are not "space qualified", with a maximum output
(2) Primary cells and batteries having any of the following power more than 10 kilowatts and which use gaseous
characteristics: pure hydrogen and oxygenlair reactants, alkaline
(i) Reserve (water, electrolyte or thermally activated) electrolyte and a catalyst supported by carbon either
batteries possessing a means of activation and pressed on a metal mesh electrode or attached to a
having a rated unactivated storage life of three conducting porous plastic;
years or more at an ambient temperature of 297K (b) Lithium primary cells or batteries embargoed by sub-
(24°C, 75°F); item (a) (2) (H) which:
(H) Utilizing lithium or calcium (including alloys in (1) Are specially designed for consumer applications
which lithium or calcium are constituents) as and used in watches, pacemakers, calculators or
electrodes and having an energy density at a hearing aids; or
discharge current equal to C/24 hours (C being the (2) Are specially designed for consumer or civil
nominal capacity at 297K (24°C, 75°F) in ampere- industrial applications and have a nominal capacity
hours) of more than 250 watt-hours per kilogramme less than or equal to 35 ampere-hours and discharge
(114 watt-hours per pound) at 297K (24°C, 75°F) current of less than Cl 10 hours (C as defined in (a)
and more than 80 watt-hours per kilogramme (36 (2) (H);
watt-hours per pound) at 244 K (-29°C, - 20°F); (c) Lithium secondary (rechargeable) cells and batteries
embargoed by sub-item (a) (3) (H) above which:
NOTE: (I) Are specially designed for consumer applications
Energy density is obtained by multiplying the which will have been previously determined by the
average power in watts (average voltage in volts Department of Trade and Industry; or
times average current in amperes) by the duration (2) Have a nominal capacity less than or equal to 0.5
of the discharge in hours to 80 per cent of the open- ampere-hour and an energy density of less than 40
circuit voltage and dividing by the total mass of the watt-hours per kilogramme (18 watt-hours per
cell (or battery) in kilogrammes; pound) at 273K (OOC, 320°F) and a discharge
(Hi) Using an air electrode together with either lithium current of less than Cl 10 hours (C as defined in (a)
or aluminium counter-electrodes and having a (3»;
power output of 5 kilowatts or more or an energy (d) Sodium secondary (rechargeable) cells and batteries
output of 5 kilowatt-hours or more; embargoed by sub-item (a) (3) (H) above which are
(3) Secondary (rechargeable) cells and batteries having any specially designed for consumer or civil industrial
of the following characteristics after more than 20 applications which are not "space qualified".
chargeldischarge cycles at a discharge current equal to
C/5 hours (C being the nominal capacity in ampere N.B.
hours); The term "space qualified" used in this Item refers to
(i) Utilizing nickel and hydrogen as the active products which are stated by the manufacturer as
constituents and having an energy density of 55 designed and tested to meet the special electrical,
watt-hours per kilogramme (25 watt-hours per mechanical or environmental requirements for use in
pound) or more at 297K (24°C, 75°F); rockets, satellites or high-altitude flight systems
(H) Utilizing lithium or sodium as electrodes or operating at altitudes of 100 km or more.

10 Security export control March 1989


IL 1206 crystals, cubes, dice, grains, granules, ingots, lumps,
pellets, pigs, powder, rondelles, shot, slabs, slugs,
sponge, sticks.
Electric arc devices (or plasma torches) and SEMI-FABRICATED FORMS (whether or not coated,
equipment, as follows, and specially designed plated, drilled or punched):
components, accessories, and controls and (i) Wrought or worked materials fabricated by rolling,
"specially designed software" therefor: drawing, extruding, forging, impact extruding,
pressing, graining, atomising and grinding, i.e.
angles, channels, circles, discs, dust, flakes, foils and
(a) Electric arc devices for generating a flow of ionized gas in leaf, forging, plate, powder, pressings and
which the arc column is constricted except: stampings, ribbons, rings, rods (including bare
(i) Devices using less than 100 kW arc power for welding, welding rods, wire rods, and rolled wire), sections,
melting, plating or spraying; or shapes, sheets, strip, pipe and tubes (including tube
(H) Devices with less than 235 kW arc power for cutting; rounds, squares, and hollows), drawn or extruded
(b) Equipment incorporating electric arc devices with a wire.
constricted arc column and capable of having a (H) Cast material produced by casting in sand, die,
programmable increment (for the continuous movement of metal, plaster or other types of moulds, including
the device) less (finer) than 0.01 mm; high pressure castings, sintered forms, and forms
(c) Test equipment incorporating electric arc devices embargoed made by powder metallurgy.
by sub-item (a) above. 4 For materials and manufacturing processes at later
stages in the production process, see also other items, for
NOTE: example, Items IL 1431 and 1460 for gas turbine
This Item does not embargo plasma torches for industrial gas engines.
heating which use a non-constricted arc column with an operating
pressure of 1 to 15 bar inclusive. TECHNICAL NOTE:
"Superalloys" are nickel-, cobalt-, or iron-base alloys having
strengths superior to the AISI 300 series (as of the 1st May 1982) at

Group D temperatures over 922 K (649°C) under severe environmental and


operating conditions. Excluded are carbon steels, low-alloy steels
and stainless steels having strengths inferior to the AISI 300 series
(as of the 1st May 1982).
General industrial
equipment IL 1305
Metal rolling mills, as follows, and specially
IL 1301 designed components, accessories and controls
and "specially designed software" therefor:
Equipment and technology for the production of
"superalloys", as follows: (a) Isothermal rolling mills, except those capable of operating
only at ambient temperatures.
(a) Equipment specially designed for the production of
"superalloys"; TECHNICAL NOTE:
In an isothermal rolling mill a constant instantaneous
NOTES: temperature profile is maintained in the contact area between
(1) Sub-item (a) does not include the following equipment: the workpiece and the rolls.
(a) Electric arc and induction furnaces, basic oxygen (b) Other mills specially designed or re-designed for the rolling of
furnaces and remelting equipment using other metals and alloys with a melting point exceeding 1,900oC
techniques for the production of carbon steels, low- (3,452°F).
alloy steels and stainless steels;
(b) Degassing equipment used for the production of
carbon steels, low-alloy steels and stainless steels;
IL 1312
(c) Hot and cold rolling mills, extrusion presses, and "Isostatic presses", as follows, and specially
swaging and forging machines;
(d) Decarburizing and annealing and pickling designed dies and moulds (except those used in
equipment; "isostatic presses" operating at ambient
(e) Surface finishing equipment; temperatures), components, accessories and
(t) Slitting and cutting equipment controls and "specially designed software"
(2) Vacuum induction furnaces used in the production of therefor:
superalloy powders, however, are embargoed by this
sub-item.
(3) For the embargo status of other electric vacuum (a) Capable of achieving a maximum working pressure of
furnaces, see Item IL 1203; 138MPa (20,000 psi) or more and possessing a chamber cavity
(b) Technology specific to the production of "superalloys", with an inside diameter in excess of 406 mm (16 inches); or
regardless of the type of equipment with which it may be (b) Having a controlled thermal environment within the closed
intended to use such technology. cavity and possessing a chamber cavity with an inside
diameter of 127 mm (5 inches) or more.
NOTES:
1 Sub-item (b) does not include technology on the TECHNICAL NOTE:
equipment excluded by Note 1 to sub-item (a) above. "Isostatic presses" are equipment capable of pressurizing a closed
2 Melting, remelting and degassing technology specific to cavity through various media (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) to
the production of superalloys, however, is embargoed by create equal pressure in all directions within the cavity upon a
sub-item (b). workpiece or material.
3 This item embargoes equipment specially designed for
and technology specific to the production of "super- NOTES:
alloys" in the crude and semi-fabricated forms listed 1 "Isostatic presses" embargoed by sub-items (a) or (b) above,
below: provided the equipment will be used for specific non-strategic
CRUDE FORMS: applications and will not be used for any nuc:ear or aerospace
Anodes, balls, bars (including notched bars and wire applications and provided that:
bars), billets, blocks, blooms, brickets, cakes, cathodes, (a) "Isostatic presses" having controll\~d thermal

Security export control March 1989 11


f0lt,5;~~~~,;J.~IJM~,9f,r;~· ,,~Lr;:~,:',
IL 1312 NOTE I (a) continued 3; ,;Ca) , '<;f9ri1Jc:th~il~ter-i, . equipm,erit
environment within the closed cavity are limited as
follows:
~."t' "t~D~~~~~~c ~.).,~??
' 1'~e~i~~t1'ft)r:tfte
.•
rnan{jf8ctitre·()f
(1) Maximum working pressure not exceeding 207 MPa ~d dptt'•.l.prefOt1lffl.:ftbre'o~~ble>·"
(30,000 psi);
(2) Chamber cavity with an inside diameter (ie the
maximum inside diameter of the working chamber) IL 1354
not exceeding 406 mm (16 inches), when the con-
trolled thermal environment which can be achieved Equipment designed for the manufacture or
and maintained does not exceed 1,500°C; testing of printed circuit boards, as follows, and
(3) Having no facility for hydrocarbon impregnation specially designed components and accessories,
and removal of resultant gaseous degradation and "specially designed software" therefor:
products; and
(b) "Isostatic presses" other than those dealt with under sub-
paragraph (a) above are limited as follows: (a) Equipment specially designed for removal of resists or printed
(1) Maximum working pressure not exceeding 414 MPa circuit board materials by dry (eg plasma) methods;
(60,000 psi); and (b) Computer-aided design (CAD) equipment for printed circuit
(2) Chamber cavity with an inside diameter (ie the boards, having any of the following functions:
maximum inside diameter of the working chamber) (1) Generation of artwork design with an interactive
not exceeding 508 mm (20 inches). capability;
(2) Generation of test string lists for multi-layer boards;
FOR 'PE()PLE'S~REPUBLlC OF CHINA ONLY: (3) Generation of data or "programmes" for "stored-
programme controlled" printed circuit board drilling
21ll~.$~i~rnel1t ~fpr~~havln.nG:conuoDed thermal equipment;
envko~~t~jlhip·the·dOJed:~vitr. 'n<J. Whlc~.·ar~>us~ fQ(
(4) Generation of data or "programmes" for "stored-
tie1.~ ufaetunl :01 .',indJ;tStriat· .' "reftaetory, .aD9·.·..ceramic
"~ "
programme controlled" printed circuit board shaping
and profiling equipment; or
NB: (5) Generation of data for control of the sequencing of
processes of the equipment for printed circuit board
The inside chamber dimension referenced in sub-paragraphs (a) (2) manufacture embargoed by (c) below;
and (b) (2) above is the chamber in which both the working (c) High-speed autorpated continuous panel processors for
temperature and the working pressure are achieved. That plating capable of delivering more than or equal to 860 A/m2
dimension will be the smaller of either the inside diameter of the (80 A/ft2) of plate current. (This does not include processors
pressure chamber or the inside diameter of the insulated furnace specially designed for, and restricted to, plating tab (edge)
chamber, depending on which of the two chambers is located connectors);
inside the other. For "isostatic presses" having a controlled (d) "Stored-programme controlled" inspection equipment for the
thermal environment, the insertion of fixturing leaves a diameter detection of defects in printed circuit boards using optical
of less than 406 mm (16 inches) in the chamber for the piece to be pattern comparison or other machine scanning techniques;
pressed. For "isostatic presses tt operating at ambient (e) "Stored-programme controlled" electrical test equipment for
temperatures, the insertion of fixturing leaves a diameter of less the identification of open and short circuits on bare printed
than 508 mm (20 inches) in the chamber for the piece to be circuit boards, capable of:
pressed. (1) Continuity testing (less than or equal to 4 ohm) at a rate
of 2,500 or more measurements per second; or
(2) High voltage testing (greater than or equal to 50 volts) at
IL 1352 (t)
a rate of 10,000 or more measurements per minute;
"Stored-programme controlled" multi-spindle drills and
Nozzles, dies and extruder barrels specially routers having any of the following characteristics:
(1) Absolute positioning accuracy of .±.. 10 micrometres
designed for the processing of the fluorocarbon (0.0004 inch) or better;
materials covered by Item IL 1754 (a) (2). (2) Minimum time needed for drill bit changes less than or
equal to 5 seconds; or
(3) X and Y positioning speeds higher than or equal to 0.125
IL 1353 (g)
m/sec (300 inch/min) for drilling or for routing;
"Stored-programme controlled" cyclic voltametric stripping
equipment specially designed for printed circuit board plating
Manufacturing and testing equipment for optical bath monitoring and analysis.
fibre, optical cable and other cables, as follows,
and specially designed components and TECHNICAL NOTE:
"specially designed software" therefor: "Stored-programme controlled" is defined as a control using
(a) Equipment specially designed to manufacture cable instructions stored in an electronic storage which a processor can
embargoed by Item IL 1526 (a) or (e); execute in order to direct the performance of predetermined
(b) Equipment specially designed to manufacture optical fibre or functions.
optical cable embargoed by Item IL 1526;
(c) Equipment specially designed to manufacture optical NB:
preforms embargoed by Item IL 1767; Equipment may be "stored-programme controlled" whether the
(d) Optical fibre and preform characterisation equipment using electronic storage is internal or external to the equipment.
semiconductor lasers for the testing of optical fibres or optical
preforms at operating wavelengths exceeding 850 nm; NOTES:
(1) See also Item IL 1522 (b) for the embargo of printed circuit
NB: board manufacturing equipment incorporating a laser.
The status of optical fibre and optical preform
characterisation equipment which contain lasers is defined in poa(PEOJlLE'SREPU8UC:OFC~A,ONLY:
this Item. (2),~9t1i,~'Jltfortpe.•.JP~~~acture~,p~i~te~ .cirCuit boards, as
f~I"'lf~';, ><, <,>,'>.i> '. . ' , . '" ...; .:.
NOTES: . 't«Il) ·r~tt~~t'.~~~lr,·.,.:,~: .,.~.~. ;f()rt~~ . remo~al . of·resists
1. This Item does not embargo equipment specially designed for .. .ot'printed~dretllt ·ooarclrnllterials by dry{,~g:. plasma)
the manufacture of cable embargoed by Item IL 1526 (b). < ~ods; ,'" : ~ ',. , .> , '.

2. Equipment specially designed for the insertion of optical "{.,..~:,:. ~)i' ··:'..,.e,.~~.~l~~·~~iij . spifldl~drnl$ With
fibres in an optical cable embargoed by Item IL 1526 (c). ',;;,,0' ~~t~~~~.,~ti~>,',.'<>'··' "•. ':

12 Security export control March 1989


(1) Ab~lute positi()ning accuracy of .:t....5 micromettes example, diodes, transistors, thyristors, photocells
or Wors~;· ana and solar cells.
(2) XandY politioninglpeed$of 0.210 metre/second (ii) "Stored programme controlled" equipment
or slower for drilling· or for roUting. specially designed for testing integrated circuits,
(c) "Stored programme c()ntroUed routers. which are not
U
and "assemblies" thereof, capable of performing
capable of three..dimeusional contouring,operations; any of the following functions:
(d) Work-table positioning systems for digiti~i,ng and editing (a) Functional (truth table) testing at a pattern rate
drilling positions from. printed circuit arf work for the greater than 2 MHz;
generation of data or "programmes" for "stored- (b) Resolution of currents of less than 1 nano-
programme-controlled" printed circuit board drilling ampere;
equipment; (c) Testing of integrated circuits (not mou,nted on
(e) "Stored programme controlled" electrical test equipment circuit boards) in packages haVing more than a
embargoed by sub-item (e), for the identification of open total of 24 terminals; or
and short circuits on bare printed circUit boards.
NOTE:
IL 1355 (b) (7) (ii) (c) does not embargo equipment
specially designed for and dedicated to the
Equipment for the manufacture or testing of testing of integrated circuits not embargoed by
Item It 1564.
electronic components and materials, as follows, (d) Measurement of rise times, fall times and edge
and specially designed components, accessories placement times with a resolution of less than
and "specially designed software" therefor: 20 ns;

(a) Equipment special1y designed for the manufacture or testing


of electron tubes, optical elements and specially designed TECHNICAL NOTE:
components therefor embargoed by Items IL 1541, 1542, The terms "integrated circuits" and "assembly" are
1555, 1556, 1558 or 1559; defined in Item IL 1564.
(b) Equipment specially designed for the manufacture or testing
of semiconductor devices, integrated circuits and NOTES:
"assemblies", as follows, and systems incorporating or having 1 Test equipment which is not of a general-
the characteristics of such equipment: purpose nature and which is specially designed
(1) Equipment for the processing of materials for the for, and dedicated to, testing "assemblies" or a
manufacture of devices and components as specified in class of "assemblies" for home and enter-
the heading of this sub-item; tainment applications is not embargoed by (b)
(7) (ii).
NOTE: 2 Test equipment which is not of a general-
This item does not embargo quartz crucibles specially purpose nature and which is specially designed
designed for equipment embargoed by (b) (1). for, and dedicated to, testing electronic
(2) Masks, mask substrates, mask-making equipment and components, "assemblies" and integrated
image-transfer equipment for the manufacture of devices circuits specifically excluded by Item It 1564 is
and components as specified in the heading of this sub- not embargoed by (b) (7) (H), provided such test
item; equipment does not incorporate computing
facilities with user-accessible programming
NOTE: capabilities;
The term 'masks' refers to those used in electron beam (Hi) Equipment specially designed for determining the
lithography, X-ray lithography, and ultra-violet performance of focal-plane arrays at wavelengths
lithography, as well as the usual ultra-violet and visible more than 1,200 nm, using "stored programme
photolithography. controlled" measurements or computer aided
(3) "Stored programme controlled" inspection equipment evaluation and having any of the following
for the detection of defects in processed wafers, characteristics:
substrates or chips using optical pattern comparison or (a) Using scanning light spot diameters of less than
other machine scanning techniques; 0.12 mm (0.005 inch);
(b) Designed for measuring photosensitive
NOTE: performance parameters and for evaluating
Conventional scanning electron microscopes, except frequency response, modulation transfer
when specially designed and instrumented for automatic function, uniformity of responsivity or noise; or
pattern inspection, are not embargoed by this sub-item. (c) Designed for evaluating arrays capable of
(4) Specially designed "stored programme controlled" creating images of greater than 32 x 32 line
measuring and analysis equipment; elements;
(5) Equipment for the assembly of integrated circuits; (iv) Specially designed for bubble memories;
(6) "Stored programme controlled" wafer probing (8) Class 10 filters capable of providing an environment of
equipment; 10 or less particles of 0.3 micrometre or more per
(7) Test equipment as follows (for standard test instruments, 0.02832 m3 (1 cubic foot) and filter materials therefor;
see Item IL 1529):
(i) "Stored programme controlled" equipment NOTE:
specially designed for testing discrete semi- This sub-item also embargoes such equipment used or
conductor devices and unencapsulated dice, capable modified for use in the manufacture or testing of other
of performing any of the following functions: devices such as: imaging devices, electro-optical devices,
(a) Measurement of time intervals of less than acoustic wave devices, film memory devices.
10 ns;
(b) Measurement of parameters (eg fT, S-para- NOTES:
meters, noise figure) at frequencies greater (1) For equipment which is used in the manufacture and
than 250 MHz; processing of semiconductors and semiconductor
(c) Resolution of currents of less than 100 pico- materials and which is specially designed to employ
amperes; or lasers or laser technology, see Item It 1522.
(d) Measurements of spectral response at wave- (2) For the purpose of this item "stored programme
lengths outside the range from 450 to 950 nm; controlled" is defined as a control using instructions
stored in an electronic storage which a 'processor can
TECHNICAL NOTE: execute in order \0 direct the performance of
Discrete semi-conductor devices include, for predetermined fWlctiO(lS.

Security export control March 1989 13


IL 1355 NOTE 2 continued dry methods of passivation layers, dielectrics,
semiconductor materials, resists or metals except
horizontal, cylindrical plasma etchers without
NB: "stored programme controlled", end-point
Equipment may be "stored programme controlled" detection, automatic loading or rotating
whether the electronic storage is internal or external to mechanisms and not having the capability for
the equipment. parallel plate etching as used in semiconductor
(3) Equipment embargoed by sub-item (b) (l) above is device manufacture;
defined as fonows:
(a) Equipment for producing polycrystaUine silicon NB:
embargoed by Item IL 1757 (l) having a purity of This sub-paragraph does not include vacuum
99.99 per cent or more in the form of rods (ingots, sputtering equipment designed to operate in the
boules), peUets, sheets, tubes or small particles; sputter etch mode.
(b) Equipment specially designed for purifying or (i) Equipment for semiconductor device fabrication
processing 111-V and 11-VI semiconductor materials -operating below 1 x 105 pascal (1 atmosphere
covered by Item IL 1757, except crystal puUers, for absolute) for the chemical vapour deposition of
which see (c) below; oxides, nitrides, metals and polysilicon;
(c) Crystal pullers, furnaces, and gas systems, as foUows:
(l) Types with specially designed "stored pro- NB:
gramme controUed" temperature, power input This sub-paragraph does not cover reactive
or gas, liquid or vapour flow; sputtering equipment.
(2) Diffusion, oxidation and annealing furnaces for 0) Electron beam systems (including scanning electron
operation at pressures above 1 atmosphere microscopes), capable of mask making or
(nominal); semiconductor device processing and having any of
(3) Annealing or re-crystallizing equipment other the following characteristics:
than constant temperature furnaces employing (1) Electrostatic beam deflection;
high rates of energy transfer capable of (2) Shaped, non-Gaussian beam profile;
processing wafers at a rate greater than 50 cm 2 (3) Beam blanking capability;
per minute; (4) Digital-to-analogue conversion rate greater
(4) Plasma-enhanced or photo-enhanced chemical than 3MHz;
reactor equipment; (5) Digital-to-analogue conversion accuracy
(5) Equipment for automatic control of crystal greater than 12 bits; or
taper and diameter, except taper and diameter (6) Target-to-beam position feedback control
control mechanisms using any of the foUowing precision of 1 micrometre or finer;
equipment techniques: NB:
(i) Radiation pyrometers; This sub-paragraph does not cover electron beam
(H) Thermocouples; deposition systems, and (3) above does not cover
(Hi) RF power sensors; or scanning electron microscopes equipped for Auger
(iv) Mass weighing (without digital or anomaly analysis.
control permitting the growth of semicon- (k) Surface finishing equipment, speciaUy designed for
ductors); the processing of semiconductor wafers and having
(6) Crystal pullers having any of the following any of the foUowing characteristics:
characteristics: (I) Waxless or non-adhesive mounting;
(i) Rechargeable without replacing the (2) Double-sided simultaneous polishing or
crucible container; lapping;
(H) Capable of operation at pressures above (3) Capable of polishing and lapping wafers
2.5 x 105 pascal (2.5 atmospheres absolute) exceeding 76.2 mm (3 inches) in diameter; or
or below 1 x 105 pascal (1 atmosphere (4) Lapping or polishing in two stages on the same
absolute); machine;
(Hi) Capable of puUing crystals of a diameter (I) Interconnection equipment which may include
greater than 76.2 mm (3 inches); common single or multiple vacuum chambers
(iv) Specially designed to minimize convection specially designed to permit the integration of
currents in the melt by the use of magnetic equipment embargoed by this Item into a complete
fields or multiple crucibles; or system.
(v) Capable of pulling sheet or ribbon crystals; (4) Equipment embargoed by sub-item (b) (2) above is
(7) Vacuum induction-heated zone-refining equip- defined as follows:
ment for operation at a pressure of 0.01 pascal (a) Finished masks, reticles and designs, therefor;
or less; (b) Hard surface (eg chromium, silicon, iron oxide)
(d) Equipment for epitaxial growth having any of the coated "substrates" (eg glass, quartz, sapphire) for
following characteristics: the preparation of masks having dimensions
(1) Operation at pressures below 1 x 105 pascal (1 exceeding 76.2 x 76.2 mm (3 x 3 inches);
atmosphere absolute); , (c) Computer-aided design (CAD) equipment, for
(2) "Stored programme controUed"; transforming schematic or logic diagrams into
(3) Rotating vertical-support, radiant-heated designs for producing semiconductor devices or
reactors; integrated circuits, having any of the following
(4) SpeciaUy designed for processing bubble functions:
memories; (I) Storage of pattern cells for subdivision of
(5) Metal-organic chemical vapour deposition integrated circuits;
reactors; or (2) Scaling, positioning, or rotation of pattern cells;
(6) For liquid phase epitaxy; (3) Interactive graphic capabilities;
(e) Molecular beam epitaxial growth equipment; (4) Design rule and circuit checking; or
(l) "Magnetically-enhanced" sputtering equipment; (5) Circuit layout modification of the arrangement
of the elements;
TECHNICAL NOTE:
"Magnetically-enhanced" refers to equipment NB:
incorporating a cathode assembly having an "Software" which performs any of the functions in
integral magnetic structure for enhancing the this sub-paragraph, or which can be used for
plasma intensity. transient analysis, for logic analysis or logic
(g) Equipment designed for ion implantation, or for ion- checking, for automatic routing or cell placement,
enhanced or photo-enhanced diffusion; for the generation of test vectors or for process
(h) Equipment for selective or non-selective removal by simulation is "specially designed software"

14 Security export control March 1989


embargoed by the heading of this Item. of 1 micrometre or finer.
(d) Mask fabrication machines using photo-optical (6) Equipment covered by sub-item (b) (5) above is defined
methods as follows: as follows:
(1) Step and repeat cameras capable of producing (a) "Stored programme controlled" die (chip) mounters
arrays larger than 63.5 x 63.5 mm (2.5 x 2.5 and bonders with a positioning accuracy finer than
inches), or capable of producing a single 50 micrometres or incremental steps finer than 6.4
exposure larger than 3.75 x 3.75 mm (0.15 x micrometres;
0.15 inch) in the focal plane, or capable of (b) "Stored programme controlled" wire bonders and
producing useful line widths of 3.5 micrometres welders for performing consecutive bonding
or less; operations;
(2) Pattern generators specially designed for the (c) Equipment for producing multiple bonds in a single
generation or manufacture of masks or the operation (eg beam lead bonders, chip carrier
creation of patterns in photosensitive layers bonders, tape bonders);
and with placement precision finer than 10 (d) Semi-automatic or automatic hot cap sealers, in
micrometres; which the cap is heated locally to a higher tem-
(3) Mask fabrication equipment containing perature than the body of the package, specially
automatic adjustment of focus or adjustment of designed for ceramic microcircuit packages em-
the mask material into the focal plane; bargoed by Item IL 1564 (b) and which have a
(4) Equipment and holders for altering masks or throughput equal to or greater than one package
reticles or adding pellicles to remove defects; per minute.
(For electron-beam systems, see note (3) (j)
above.) NB:
(e) Mask, reticle or pellicle inspection equipment, as 1 General purpose resistance type spot welders are
follows: not covered by sub-item IL 1355 (b) (5).
(1) For comparison with a precision of 0.75 2 Thermal compression bonders, also known as
micrometre or finer over an area of 63.5 x 63.5 nailhead bonders, are embargoed under the terms
mm (2.5 x 2.5 inches) or more; of this Item.
(2) "Stored programme controlled" equipment (7) Equipment embargoed by sub-item (b) (6) above is
with a resolution of 0.25 micrometre or finer defined as that which has any of the following:
and with a precision of 0.75 micrometre or (a) Positioning accuracy finer than 50 micrometres, or
finer over a distance in one or two coordinates incremental steps finer than 6.4 micrometres;
of 63.5 mm (2.5 inches) or more; (b) Individual die location read-out (X-Y position
(3) "Stored programme controlled" defect information) during testing;
inspection equipment; (c) Capable of testing devices having more than a total
of 24 terminals;
NB: (d) Automatic slice (wafer) alignment.
Conventional scanning electron microscopes,
except when specially designed and FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:
instrumented for automatic pattern inspection, (8) (a) Equipment for the production of polycrystalline
are not covered by this sub-paragraph. silicon;
(f) Align and expose equipment using photo-optical (b) Crystal pullers, except those whicb:
methods, including projection image transfer equip- (1) Are rechargeable witbout replacing the
ment, capable of performing any of the following crucible; or
functions: (2) Operate at pressures above 2.5 x lOS pascal (2.5
(1) Production of useful pattern size of less than 5 atmosphere absolute) and. have any of the
micrometres; follOWing features:
(2) Alignment with a precision finer than 1
micrometre; NB:
(3) Field coverage exceeding 76.2 x 76.2 mm (3 x No process technology to be supplied.
3 inches); (i) Two or more temperature zones;
(4) Wafer backside alignment; (ii) "Stored programmecontrolled U
;

(5) Automatic alignment by the sensing of patterns (iii) Anomaly shape control;
or index marks on the substrate; (iv) Produce ingots of more than· 50.8 mm (2
(6) Projection image transfer for processing slices inches) in diameter: or
(wafers) of 50.8 mm (2 inches) or larger in (v) Produce ingots of more than 1 kg in mass;
diameter; (c) Diffusion furnaces, except those which .use
computer .feedback control operated from an
NB: "associated" computer;
Non-eontacting (proximity) image transfer
equipment is embargoed only by (1) to (5) NB:
above. UAssociated" with equipment or, systems means:
(g) Electron beam, ion beam, or X-ray equipment for (a) Cart. feasibly be·eitber:
projection image transfer; (i) Removed from the equipment or system$;
(For laser equipment, see Note 1 above). or
(h) Photo-optical or non-photo-optical step and repeat (ii) Used for other purposes;, ahd
or partial field equipment for the transfer of the (b) Is not essential to theoperati()n .of such
image on to the wafer; equipment.or systems. .,.'
(i) Mask contact transfer equipment for imaging a field (d) Vacuum induction-heated zone refining equipment;
larger than 76.2 x 76.2 mm (3 x 3 inches). (e) Epitoial reactors, excepttbose which 4re:
(5) Equipment embargoed by sub-item (b) (4) above is (1) For mo\ecularbeamepitaxy;'or
defined as follows: (2) Special!ydesigned.' ~?r .'~r,ano.tnetllni~
(a) Specially designed for the measurement of oxygen deposititn 01' tiquid-pbaseepitaxy.. ' . "
or carbon content in semiconductor materials; (f) Magneticall)'i enbanced rnultipfe-wafe~sputt~rlbg
(b) Equipment for concurrent etching and doping equipment;·,·.....·.'
profile analysis (employing capacitance-voltage or (8) Ion implattt~tioJl,ion ..enhahced·or .p~oto-err~~llced
current-voltage analysis techniques);
diffu$~()n' . equip~~t~ . ~C~f . •~~~~: .• ~~~~~~,';~~'~J,,~f.;~~
(c) Equipment for linewidth measurement with a foUowlng,cbarCl,~~t[$t~::, . " ': . '.~" : ",;",;','~ ': . . '. :';;':;"""':;~'?;'fi,\>
resolution of 1.0 micrometre or finer; (1) P~tte!rring ea~JjiI~~;·. ..':',";;s',":';'J/:,;';;"
(d) Specially designed flatness measurement (2) Ace~ra\l , .lta~,ft?t . . ' t,l\a,~ . . . ,;_e; .,;{.'
instruments capable of measuring deviations from (3lCa~bl~6f';'I*,:~¥fjt!~;i~~t*~~t~'tt~\~'
heated IU
flatness of 10 micrometres or less with a resolution <;:;'/"',.,,,,:,.;.;:'. , . ' .. " ' : . ' . ' . , ... ,'C;~

Security export control March 1989 16


equipment or drive circuitry other than those
IL 1355 NOTE 8 (h) identified in (u) or (v) below;
(u) Test equipment for:
(I) Television circuit testing;
(2) Operational amplifier testing;
(3) Voltage regulator testing;
.:\~i~··#f(.oPtltaJ (4) Analogue-to-digital and digital-to-analogue
:'" .;J.1~<: converter testing; or
~fat, pumps; (5) Discrete semiconductor testing at frequencies
;~~¥i ..,:;., of 18 GHz or less;
/·~i.Ol :: ;~~.~~tban optical (v) "Stored programme controlled" equipment for
' / .....;.,. .:. . . '~trP~;' . ' functional testing (truth table) of integrated circuits
." <:ry9••~~::or·nt"borrto"cutarptlmps;'o r or integrated circuit assemblies capable of either:
'" ~;·Jo'«'loerc.: · :" .,. ", .,:,.' " (1) Generating a basic pattern rate of 10 MHz or
<~!>~~!i:i. .··'X:,··t<,('.•. · less; or
(2) Generating a basic pattern rate of more than 10
~: .~,.:,l.~~:~.!( tefer!t(),dr;y~et~in8,!Bachines which
MHz but not more than 20 MHz and limited to
':,,:'~l\~~'"d~y,~si8J1edfor:,prqd\l~ionprocessing
testing integrated circuits with 64 or fewer pins.
; ...; . ,.. ' ,J',>~ff!1s.:SU~h~~C~i~JE~s:~anprocess two or (9) Licence applications for the following equipment, for the
, l110rewafets simultaneou.lywit~cQm.monprocess
parameters. eSt RF.powet,·'temperatur~, etcb gas People's Republic of China only, will receive favourable
species.•. flow rates. consideration:
Equipment embargoed by sub-items (b) (1) or (2) which
,'SW81~'W'afer ,types" J1}fers tf} ~ry ettbins machines
can produce patterns finer than 3 micrometres but not
'Wliic,~;<ar~$pedauy' desit{ned .. for production
proceSSihg' of:'sinBle wafers.Th~semacbines. may finer than 2 micrometres.
, 'tlSe.l1ufotnati£ 'w~e~ban~~inS4~?~niques toload a
slnglewilferinto:the: equiplllent fl:;)f J)rocessing. The IL 1356
~efinition ,iJlcltt(Jesequipment . . that ',can •load . and
»ro~," several' wafers but.,. wher:e '.• the etching
Equipment specially designed or incorporating
par~~et"St'. eg, .. IF )X>,wer' or. 'end . point, . can .be modifications for the continuous coating of
rnde~ndentl;y "determined for each individual polyester-base magnetic tape embargoed by Item
wafer. " IL 1572, and specially designed components
(I) Low-pressure' chemical ;vapour deposition therefore
equipl1lel1t, except equipment.. capable of. metal
<

deposition:; NOTE:
0) Not used; This Item does not embargo general purpose continuous coating
(k) Singl~side .lapping and . polishing equipment for equipment.
"ater, surface ftniebl~l;
(1) Hardsutface (e.8~chromium. siUcon. itonoxide)
. coatedsubstrates(e.g. glass.' quartz, sapphire) for
IL 1357
the prepara~j()n of masks baving dimensions greater Equipment for the production of fibres
tban 12.5 cm x 12'.5 cm; embargoed by Item IL 1763 or their composites,
(m): Mask .fabrication equipment '. using pnoto-optical as follows, and specially designed components
methods, \yhich .Was.eithe~commercially available and accessories and "specially designed
beforetbelst J~U~.1980torhas a performance
no better than such equi.,ment; software" therefor:
en) Manually.operated .rnaskinjpection equipment; (a) Filament winding machines of which the motions for
(o) (1) Photo-optiealcontact an<Jproximity mask align positioning, wrapping and winding fibres are coordinated and
and expose equipment, defined in. Note. (l); programmed in three or more axes, specially designed to
(2}Projectionaligners.defined in Note 4: (f). fabricate composite structures or laminates from fibrous and
provJd", .Iueb, .. equipment . cannot produce filamentary materials; coordinating and programming
patterns Jtzesfinerthan 3 micrometres; controls therefor;
(3) Wafer steppers. defined., in Note 4 (h), provided (b) Tape-laying machines of which the motions for positioning
they b.ve 'allot .thefoUowingcharacteristics: and laying tape and sheets are coordinated and programmed
(I) ·Cannot· produce', pattern ·sizes finer than 3 in two or more axes, specially designed for the manufacture
micrometres; of composite airframes and missile structures;
An.Ugnment<accuracy no better than .:t:.. (c) Multidirectional, multidimensional weaving machines and
O~25lDicromettes(3s.igma);. and interlacing machines, including adapters and modification
Machine-to-~acbine' . ()verlay .; no better kits, for weaving, interlacing or braiding fibres to
then . .;l:..c.O.3 ',mi~roDletres; manufacture composite structures, except textile machinery
~~ntaetbnal~,transf~~e<Juipment; ... ' which has not been modified for the above end-uses;
!W~fer . ,aQ~.cbip,ins~tion • equJpment . wlllch was (d) Specially designed or adapted equipment for the production
eit~w ·.,e(>rnlJl~dall~i; .av4iJablebefore the. tst of fibrous and filamentary materials covered by Item IL 1763
:;Jfl{lUlfr~,l~lt'~rlt.,A~tform$nceno better tban (a) or (b), as follows:
~~cq eq~pment; .'. ,; < .: <:~ (I) Equipment for converting polymeric fibres (such as
(tr' ,~~ '.. '.~t:;, for"f0r\~W'J:ent. etching .8fld doping polyacrylonitrile, rayon, or polycarbosilane) including
,,>:;j,;pr. ... . ,:~Il~,~iS:0.:~p~ying,~a~cit~te~voltage ,or special provision to strain the fibre during heating;
, '~'eu,re~t~'Q~;:~a1y'i$t~~n!qu~; (2) Equipment for the vapour deposition of elements or
',' ~.) i.·... . ..... . ..:;·;,;pr.~gte,:'(9~(rtlU~(r:;·. wir:~ ··.:·or •. die compounds on heated filamentary substrates; and
. {j~ep~;"2' ;,',\\. . ". .. , " (3) Equipment for the wet-spinning of refractory ceramics
',(~) ,~p~r())I~~~"wuer'proQing (such as aluminium oxide);
.';>;';<'i:; ¥;J\::"<'" ;:;~'s<nQtipeludea&sodated test (e) Specially designed or adapted equipment for special fibre
surface treatment or for producing prepregs and preforms
COLOURED Goods described can be licenced at national covered by Item IL 1763 (c):
TYPE discretion for export to the proscribed
countries. NOTE:
Equipment embargoed by this sub-item includes but is not
limited to rollers, tension stretchers, coating equipment,
cutting equipment and clicker dies.

NOTES:
1. Specially designed or adapted components and accessories

16 Security export control March 1989


for the machines embargoed by this item include, but are not
limited to, moulds, mandrels, dies, fixtures and tooling for IL 1359
pressing, curing, carbonising, graphitising, casting, sintering Specially designed tooling and fixtures for the
or bonding of preforms, composite structures, laminates and
manufactures thereof embargoed by Item IL 1763 (d). manufacture of fibre-optic connectors .nd
2. Not used. couplers embargoed by Item IL 1526 (f).

IL 1358 ,f014:,PEG.
ThtFshi~.'$\~\t<
Equipment specially designed for the manufac- :.op~ :eot1lt~'"
ture or testing of devices and assemblies thereof proVide<ltbe t~1i
embargoed by Item IL 1588 or magnetic mMuf8cture;fib~~;~ntt,
recording media described in Item IL 1572, as (a) . ·:.'Non,t~:"'~~;t)f;~;, ..· V~~~;f:1t?j;/';;u:.;"<., .....••' " ;.' ,}',,;, ,
(b).•' .Pi~e.oPtit.tildW1eador' ibulJ·~.~~tO~c;.1;~J1I·;~~j':··, .,
follows, and specially designed components and
"specially designed software" therefor:
IL 1360
TECHNICAL NOTE: "Stored-programme controlled" equipment
For this Item, single aperture forms described in Item IL 1588 (b) capable of automatic X-ray orientation and angle
with a maximum dimension less than 0.76 mm (30 mils) are
considered embargoed types.
correction of double-rotated stress-compensated
(Se) quartz crystals embargoed by Item IL 1587
(a) Equipment for the manufacture of single and multi-aperture with a tolerance of 10 seconds of arc maintained
forms embargoed by sub-items IL 1588 (b), (c) or (d), as simultaneously in both angles of rotation.
follows:
(1) "Automatic" presses to produce embargoed types;
(For the definition of "stored-programme controlled" see Item IL
(2) Press dies to produce embargoed types;
1355.)
(3) "Automatic" equipment for monitoring, grading, sorting,
exercising or testing of embargoed types;
(b) Equipment for the manufacture of thin film memory storage
or switching devices having square hysteresis loops and
IL 1361
"automatic" equipment for monitoring, grading, sorting, Test facilities and equipment for the design or
exercising or testing of devices embargoed by sub-item IL development of aircraft or gas turbine aero-
1588 (e); engines, as follows, and specially designed
(c) "Automatic" equipment for monitoring, exercising or testing
assemblies of devices embargoed by sub-items IL 1588 (b), components, accessories and "specially
(c), (d) or (e); designed software" therefor:
(d) Equipment which incorporates specially designed
modifications for the application of magnetic coating to (a) Supersonic (Mach 1.4 to Mach 5), hypersonic (Mach 5 to Mach
flexible disk recording media with a "packing density" 15) and hypervelocity (above Mach 15) wind tunnels, except:
exceeding 2,460 bit per cm (6,250 bit per inch); (i) Supersonic (Mach 1.4 to Mach 5) wind tunnels not
specially designed for, or fitted with means of,
NOTE: preheating the air; or
This sub-item does not embargo general purpose coating (ii) (ii)Wind tunnels specially designed for educational
equipment. purposes and having a "test section size" (measured
(e) Equipment specially designed for the application of magnetic internally) of less than 25 cm (10 inches).
coating to non-flexible (rigid) disk type recording media as
described in Item IL 1572 (d); TECHNICAL NOTE:
(f) "Stored programme controlled" equipment for monitoring, By "test section size" is understood the diameter of the
grading, exercising or testing recording media, other than circle, or the side of the square, or the longest side of the
tape, embargoed by Item IL 1572 (d). rectangle constituting possible shapes of the test section.
(b) Devices for simulating flow-environments of Mach 5 and
NOTES: above, regardless of the actual Mach number at which the
1 The term "automatic" refers to machinery not requiring the devices operate, including hot shot tunnels, plasma arc
assistance of a human operator to complete its "function(s)" tunnels, shock tubes, shock tunnels, gas tunnels and light gas
during each complete cycle of operations. guns;
(c) Wind tunnels and devices, other than two dimensional (2-D)
NB: sections, that have unique capabilities for simulating
The term "function(s)" does not include the initial loading or Reynolds number flow in excess of 25 x 10 6, at transonic
final unloading of material from the machine. velocities;
2 Equipment embargoed by sub-item (d) above, provided: (d) Automated control systems, instrumentation (including
(a) The equipment is used for a legitimate civil end-·use and sensors), and automated data-acquisition equipment, specially
is reasonable for that use; designed for use with wind tunnels and devices embargoed
(b) Not used. by (a), (b) or (c) above;
(c) The equipment cannot produce recording media for (e) Models, specially designed for use with wind tunnels or with
computer flexible disk cartridges exceeding a "gross the devices covered by (b) or (c) above, of embargoed aircraft,
capacity" of 17 million bit. helicopters, airfoils, spacecraft, space-launch vehicjes, rockets
or surface-effect vehicles.
FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:
3 The shipment of: NOTE:
(a) "Automatic" equipmel1t . for monitoring, ~adingf Specially designed models are those equipped with sensors
exerci~ing or testing. recording media .·eUt~,oe~'l)y and a means of transmitting data from the sensors to the data-
Item IL 1572 (d)·having the folJowins.. cbaracteristics: acquisition system, or equipped with features for using non-
(1) F()r.Pigit~tecortliI,l8tapet;;ia ·lUaximw:nt~rtiing intrusive sensors (ie not directly connected to the model.-or
_ q~Il~ty,ofJ~~t~~3,93? ~it,per~tn; or not located in the flow adjacent to the model).
(~l·foran~~8tie . r~C?f~ins JCipe,.,a ;:c~.~nlJ',~9iS~Jl~s (f) Specially designed electromagnetic Interference and
\\greaterttian~~~4 ~i9()m~tres;':' ... ' . ' ",.;':- electromagnetic pulse (EMI/EMP) simulators;
(bJ "Dlskette unit test equipment.
" (g) Specially designed test facilities and equipment for the
(ForJP~ 4efinJtioQQf e()ntrQtI~dt •., s~I'~m'L
13S')~·: ,,' Usto,e4prqgramtlle.
. i .; , i' ,~ -,.:':.; '.
development of gas turbine aero-engines and components, as
follows: 1

Security export control March 1989 17


IL 1361 (g) (I) components embargoed by Item IL 1416 (a), (b), (c), (e),
(I), (g) and (h) for use in water tunnels;
(d) "Databases" generated by use of equipment embargoed by
(1) Special test facilities capable of applying dynamic flight this Item.
loads, measuring performance or simulating the design
operating environments for rotating assemblies or aero- NOTE:
engines; The water tunnels referred to in this Item are used for the
(2) Test facilities, test rigs and simulators for measuring hydrodynamic testing of a fixed model, using a moving fluid.
combustion system and hot gas flow path performance,
heat transfer and durability for static assemblies and
aero-engine components; IL 1364
(3) Specially designed test rigs, equipment or modified gas
turbine engines which are utilized for development of
Machinery and equipment for the manufacture of
gas turbine aero-engine internal flow systems (gas path hydrofoil vessel and surface-effect vehicle and
seals, air-oil seals and disc cavity flow fields). SWATU -vessel structures and components, as
follows, and specially designed components and
NOTE: accessories therefor:
Specially designed components embargoed by this Item, for wind
tunnels and for facilities and equipment covered by sub-item (g) (a) Specially designed equipment for manufacturing anisotropic,
previously licensed for export provided that such components will orthotropic or sandwich structures embargoed by Item IL
not upgrade the performance of the wind tunnel, facilities or 1416 (h) (3);
equipment and, for normally-consumable replacement
components, the quantity will not exceed a 6-month supply. TECHNICAL NOTES:
1. Anisotropic construction is the use of fibre reinforcing
IL 1362 members aligned so that the load-carrying ability of the
structure can be primarily orientated in the direction of
Vibration test equipment as follows: expected stress.
2. Orthotropic construction is a means of stiffening plates in
(a) Vibration test equipment using digital control techniques and which the structural members are at right angles to each
specially designed ancillary equipment and "specially other.
designed software" therefor, except: 3. Sandwich construction is the use of structural members
(i) Individual exciters (thrusters) with a maximum thrust of or plates which are fabricated and permanently affixed
less than 100 kN (22,500 Ib); in layers to enhance their strength and reduce their
(H) Analogue equipment; weight.
(Hi) Mechanical and pneumatic exciters (thrusters); (b) Specially designed equipment for the production and testing
(iv) Vibrometers; of flexible materials for skirts, seals, air curtains, bags and
(v) Ancillary equipment not covered by Items IL 1529, IL fingers for surface-effect vehicles;
1531,IL 1565 or IL 1568; (c) Specially designed equipment for the production of water-
(b) High intensity acoustic test equipment capable of producing screw propellers and hub assemblies and water-screw
an overall sound pressure level of 140 dB or greater (refer- propeller systems embargoed by Item IL 1416 (e) and (I);
enced to 2 x 10-5 N/m2) or with a rated output of 4kW or (d) Specially designed equipment for the production, dynamic
greater and specially designed ancillary equipment and balancing and automated testing and inspection of lift fans for
"specially designed software" therefor, except: surface-effect vehicles;
(i) Analogue equipment; (e) Specially designed equipment for the production of water-jet
(H) Ancillary equipment not covered by Items IL 1529, IL propulsion pumps rated at 3,000 hp or greater, or multiple-
1531, IL 1565 or IL 1568; pump system equivalents thereof;
(c) Ground vibration (including modal survey) test equipment (I) Specially designed equipment for the production, dynamic
that uses digital control techniques and specially designed balancing and automatic testing of AC-AC synchronous and
ancillary equipment and "specially designed software" there- AC-DC systems, sectored disc and concentric-drum rotors for
for, except: DC homopolar machines.
(i) Analogue equipment; (See also Item IL 1416.)
(ii) Ancillary equipment not covered by Items IL 1529, IL
1531,IL 1565 or IL 1568.
IL 1365
EXPLANATORY NOTES: Equipment specially designed for in-service
Vibration and acoustic test systems typically consist· of one or monitoring of acoustic emissions in airborne
more exciters (thrusters), or acoustic noise generators, together
with ancillary equipment for instrumentation, control, data vehicles, or underwater vehicles embargoed by
acquisition and analysis. This Item covers only the vibration and Item IL 1418, capable of discriminating acoustic
acoustic test equipment itself. The ancillary equipment, e.g. digital emissions related to crack growth from
and logic instrumentation, computers, FIT's, etc, are to be judged innocuous noise sources and capable of spatial
in their own right against the relevant items of these Lists. location of the crack, and specially designed
components, accessories and "specially
IL 1363 designed software" therefore
Specially designed water tunnel equipment, TECHNICAL NOTE:
components, accessories and "databases" for the The methods used for discriminating acoustic emissions from
design and development of vessels, as follows, innocuous noise sources include pattern-recognition techniques.
and "specially designed software" therefor: This Item does not embargo general purpose acoustic emission
equipment.
(a) Automated control systems, instrumentation (including
sensors) and data acquisition equipment specially designed
for water tunnels;
(b) Automated ~quipment to control air pressure acting on the
IL 1370
surface of the water in the test section during the operation of Machine-tools for generating optical quality
the water tunnel; surfaces, specially designed components and
(c) Components and accessories for water tunnels, as follows: accessories therefor, as follows, and "specially
(1) Balance and support systems; designed software" therefor:
(2) Automated flow or noise measuring devices; and
(3) Models of hydrofoil vessels, surface-effect vehicles, (a) Turning machines using a single point cutting tool and having
SWATH vessels and specially designed equipment and all of the following characteristics:

18 Security export control March 1989


(1) Slide positioning accuracy less (finer) than 0.0005 mm (d) Gas-lubricated foil bearings;
per 300 mm of travel, TIR (peak-to-peak); (e) Bearing parts usable only for bearings embargoed by this
(2) Slide positioning repeatability less (finer) than 0.00025 Item, as follows: outer rings, inner rings, retainers, balls,
mm per 300 mm of travel, TIR (peak-to-peak); rollers and sub-assemblies.
(3) Spindle run-out (radial and axial) less than 0.0004 mm
TIR (peak-to-peak); NOTES:
(4) Angular deviation of the slide movement (yaw, pitch and (1) This item is not intended to cover hollow bearings.
roll) less (finer) than 2 seconds of arc (peak-to-peak) over (2) The shipment of reasonable quantities of bearings embargoed
full travels; and by this Item to civil end-users who have furnished assurances
(5) Slide perpendicularity less than 0.001 mm per 300 mm of that the bearings will be incorporated in equipment
travel, TIR (peak-to-peak); previously imported from non-proscribed countries.
(b) Fly cutting machines having both of the following
characteristics: EXPLANATORY NOTES:
(1) Spindle run-out (radial and axial) less than 0.0004 mm A Balls as covered by item IL 1371 (e) may be identified
TIR (peak-to-peak); and among balls manufactured to the tolerances in table 1 or
(2) Angular deviation of slide movement (yaw, pitch and closer;
roll) less (finer) than 2 seconds of arc (peak-to-peak) over B Rollers 'as covered by item IL 1371 (e) may be identified
full travel; among non-standard rollers, that is, rollers falling outside
(c) Specially designed components, as follows: of the tolerances for graded rollers for standard bearings
(1) Spindle assemblies, consisting of spindles and bearings as which are shown in table 2;
a minimal assembly, except those assemblies with axial The above explanatory note applies to the rollers for bearings
and radial axis motion measured along the spindle axis covered by sub-items (a) (2) and (b) (2). It does not apply to
in one revolution of the spindle equal to or greater rollers for bearings covered by sub-items (a) (1) and (b) (1),
(coarser) than 0.0008 mm TIR (peak-to-peak); because these are indicated by virtue of materials used.
(2) Linear induction motors used as drives for slides, having
all of the following characteristics: Illustrative examples of tolerances for graded rollers for non-
(i) Stroke greater than 200 mm; standard bearings are shown in table 3;
(H) Nominal force rating greater than 45N; and
(Hi) Minimum controlled incremental movement less C Separable ball bearings are not viewed as including
than 0.001 mm; those bearings, one part of which serves as an integral
(d) Specially designed accessories, ie single point diamond part of the equipment incorporating the bearing;
cutting tool inserts having all of the following characteristics:
(I) Flawless and chip-free cutting edge when magnified 400 o Ceramic bearings as covered by Item IL 1371 consist of
times in any direction; bearing elements (e.g. balls, rollers or races) made from
(2) Cutting radius between 0.1 and 5 mm; and ceramic or hybrid (ceramic plus metal) materials and
(3) Cutting radius out-of-roundness less than 0.002 mm TIR designed to operate at temperatures over 150°C and at
(peak-to-peak). ON values equal to or greater than 1.5 x 106;

TECHNICAL NOTE: NB:


Machines will be evaluated under the conditions yielding the most ON is defined as the product of the bearing bore
accurate values, including but not limited to the incorporation of diameter in millimetres and the bearing rotational
control systems which permit mechanical, electronic and velocity in revolutions per minute.
"software" compensation. Table 1 (see IL 1371, explanatory note 2 A)

IL 1371 Ball material Sphericity or Diameter tolerance Diameter tolerance


diameter variation per unit container per shipment
per baR
L±.l C±J L±.l
Anti-friction bearings, as follows:
Chrome steel such as 52100,
51100 and 50100 0.000025" 0.000025" 0.0001"
Carbon steel 0.0001" 0.0001" 0.0004"
(a) Ball and roller bearings having an inner bore diameter of 10 Monel metal 0.0002" 0.001" 0.005"
mm or less and tolerances of ABEC 5, RBEC 5 (or national Stainless steel 0.00005" 0.00005" 0.0002"
Brass 0.0002" 0.001" 0.001"
equivalents) or better and either of the following Bronze 0.0002" 0.001" 0.001"
characteristics:
(1) Made of special materials, ie with rings, balls or rollers Sphericity or diameter variation per ball is the geometric quality which indicates the
maximum permissible variation from absolute roundness in all planes through the centre of
made irom any steel alloy or other material (including the ball.
but not limited to high-speed tool steels, Monel metal, Diameter tolerance per unit container is the maximum degree to which the average diameter
beryllium, metalloids, ceramics and sintered metal of the largest ball and the average diameter of the smallest ball, within the unit container, may
vary from the specific size for indicted grade.
composites), except the following: low-carbon steel,
Diameter tolerance per shipment is the maximum permissible deviation from the specific size
SAE-521 00 high carbon chromium steel, SAE-4615 within the shipment, for the grade indicated.
nickel molybdenum steel, AISI-440C (SAE-51440C)
stainless steel (or national equivalents); or Table 2 (see IL 1371, explanatory note 2 B)
(2) Manufactured for use at normal operating temperatures Roller diameter Outside diameter Maximum out of
tolerance variation round tolerance
Maximum out of
round tolerance
over 150°C (302°F) either by use of special materials or per shipment including taper of
by special heat treatment; cyUndrical roRer
Over Including L±J C±.l C±J
(b) Ball and roller bearings (exclusive of separable ball bearings
Omm 26 mm 0.00004" 0.00004" 0.00008"
and thrust ball bearings) having an inner bore diameter 26 mm 42 mm 0.00006" 0.00006" 0.00012"
exceeding 10 mm and having tolerances of ABEC 7, RBEC 7 42 mm 64 mm 0.00008" 0.00008" 0.00016"
64 mm 100mm 0.0001" 0.0001" 0.0002"
(or national equivalents) or better and either of the following
characteristics:
(1) Made of special materials, Le. with rings, balls or rollers Table 3 (see IL 1371, explanatory note 2 B)
made from any steel alloy or other material (including Roller diameter Outside diameter Maximum out of Maximum out of
but not limited to high-speed tool steels, Monel metal, tolerance variation round tolerance round tolerance
per shipment including taper of
beryllium, metalloids, ceramics and sintered metal cyHndricaI roRer
Over Including L±.l C±J C±J
composites), except the following: low-carbon steel,
SAE-521 00 high carbon chromium steel, SAE-4615 Example No. 1
nickel molybdenum steel, AISI-440C (SAE-51440C) 0 mm 6.5 mm 0.00001" 0.00001" 0.00004" ,

stainless steel (or national equivalents); or


6.5 mm
18 mm
26 mm
18
26
42
mm
mm
mm
0.00D01"
0.00002"
0.00003"
0.00001"
0.00002"
0.00003"
0.00004"
0.00006"
0.00008"
-
(2) Manufactured for use at normal operating temperatures

, over 150°C (302°F) either by use of special materials or


by special heat treatment;
Example 2
0 mm
6.5 mm
6.5
lB
mm
mm
0.0000075"
0.0000075,"
0.000008"
0.000008"
0.00004"
000004"

I (c) Ball and roller bearings having tolerances better than ABEC 7
(or national equivalents);
18 mm
26 mm
26
42
mm
mm
0.00#)(.1,1"
0.000015"
0.00001"
0.000015"
0.00006"
0.00008"

Security export control March 1989 19


IL 1372 either of the following characteristics:
(i) Incorporating power systems greater than 80 kW; or
Technology for industrial gas turbine engines, as (ii) (1) Incorporating power systems greater than 50 kW;
follows: and
(2) Having both of the following characteristics:
(a) Incorporating a liquid pool level laser control
(a) Technology common to industrial gas turbine engines and system which regulates precisely the ingots
gas turbine aero-engines is covered by Item IL 1460. feed rate; and
(b) Technology common to industrial gas turbine engines and (b) Incorporating a computer controlled rate
marine gas turbine engines is covered by Item IL 1431. monitor operating on the principle of photo-
luminescence of the ionised atoms in the
EXPLANATORY NOTES: evaporant stream to control the deposition rate
1. Core-section modules and specially designed components of of a coating containing two or more elements;
industrial gas turbine engines derived from gas turbine aero- (D) "Stored programme controlled" "plasma spraying"
engines embargoed by Item IL 1460 or marine gas turbine production equipment having any of the following character-
engines embargoed by Item IL 1431 shall be treated under istics:
the provisions of those respective items. (1) Operating at atmospheric pressure discharging molten or
2. Industrial gas turbine engines adapted as marine gas turbine partially molten material particles into air or inert gas
engines are covered by Item IL 1431. (shrouded torch) at nozzle exit gas velocities greater than
750 m/sec calculated at 293 K at 1 atmosphere;
(2) Operating at reduced pressure controlled atmosphere
(less than or equal to 100 millibar (0.1 atm) meassured
IL 1385 above and within 30 cm of the gun nozzle exit) in a
vacuum chamber capable of evacuation down to 10-4
Specially designed production equipment for millibar prior to the spraying process; or
compasses, gyroscopes (gyros), accelerometers (3) Incorporating in situ coating thickness control;
and inertial equipment embargoed by Item IL (E) "Stored programme controlled" "sputter deposition"
1485. production equipment capable of current densities of 5
mAlcm 2 or higher at a deposition rate of 10 micrometres/hr
TECHNICAL NOTE: or higher;
Production equipment embargoed by this Item includes the (F) "Stored programme controlled" "cathodic arc deposition"
following: production equipment with either of the following
(a) For ring laser gyro equipment, the following equipment used characteristics:
to characterize mirrors, having the threshold accuracy shown (1) Incorporating target areas larger than 45.6 cm 2; or
or better: (2) Incorporating a magnetic field steering control of the arc
(1) Rectilfnear scatterometer (10 ppm); spot on the cathode;
(2) Polar scatterometer (10 ppm); (G) Deposition process or surface modification equipment for
(3) Reflectometer (50 ppm); "stored programme controlled" production processing which
(4) Profilometer (5 angstroms); enables the combining of individual deposition processes
(b) For other inertial equipment: embargoed by (A) to (F) above so as to enhance the capability
(1) Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) module tester; of such individual processes.
(2) IMU platform tester; .
(3) IMU stable element handling fixture; TECHNICAL NOTES:
(4) IMU platform balance fixture; 1. For the definitions of the coating processes specified in (A) to
(5) Gyro tuning test station; (G) above, see Item IL 1389.
(6) Gyro dynamic balance station; 2. Coating processes include original coating as well as coating
(7) Gyro run-in/motor test station; repair and refurbishing.
(8) Gyro evacuation and fill station; 3. For coating technologies, see Item IL 1389. It should be
(9) Centrifuge fixture for gyro bearings; noted that, while the equipment for "electrophoretic
(10) Accelerometer axis align station; deposition", "pack cementation" and "slurry deposition"
(11) Accelerometer test station. processes is not considered sensitive because of its universal
use, the restrictions on the technology for use of this
equipment, as identified in Item IL 1389, are still in effect.
4. For the definition of "stored programme controlled", see Item
IL 1388 IL 1355.
5. The status of coating and surface modification equipment for
Specially designed equipment for the deposition, non-electronic substrates using lasers is defined in this Item.
processing and in-process control of inorganic
overlays, coatings and surface modifications, as IL 1389
follows, for non-electric substrates by processes
defined in Item IL 1389 and specially designed Technology for application to non-electronic
automated handling, positioning, manipulation devices to achieve:
and control components, and "specially designed inorganic overlay coatings or inorganic
software" therefor: surface modification coatings, specified in
(A) "Stored programme controlled" "chemical vapour deposition" column 3 of the Table below;
(CVD) production equipment with both of the following: on substrates specified in column 2 of the
(1) Process modified for one of the following: Table below;
(a) Pulsating CVD;
(b) Controlled nucleation thermal de'composition by processes as defined in Technical Note (a)
(CNTD); or to (h) and specified in column 1 of the Table
(c) Plasma enhanced or plasma assisted CVD; and below:
(2) Any of the following: and specially designed "software" therefore
(a) Incorporating high vacuum (less than or equal to
10-7 atm) rotating seals; -TABLE
(b) Operating at reduced pressure (less than 1 atm); or 1. Coating 2. Substrate 3. Resultant
(c) Incorporating in situ coating thickness control; process(l) coating
(B) "Stored programme controlled" "ion implantation" pro-
duction equipment having beam currents of 5 mA or higher; A. "Chemical Superalloys Aluminides for internal
(C) "Stored programme controlled" "electron beam physical Vapour surfaces,
vapour deposition" (EB-PVD) production equipment with Deposition" Alloyed aluminides(2) or

20' Security export control March 1989


(CVO) Noble metal modified E. "Plasma Superalloys MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY
aluminide~3) spraying" which contains less than
Titanium or Carbides, (high 22 weight per cent of
Titanium alloys Aluminides or velocity chromium and less than 12
Alloyed aluminide~2) or low weight per cent of
pressure aluminium and less than 2
Ceramics Silicides or Carbides only) weight per cent of
Carbon-carbon, Silicides, Carbides, yttrium'S),
Carbon-ceramic, or Mixtures thereo~4) or Modified zirconia (except
Metal matrix Dielectric layers calcia-stabilized zirconia) or
composites Mixtures thereo~4)
Copper or Tungsten or Aluminium alloy~6) MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY
Copper alloys Dielectric layers which contains less than 22
Silicon carbide or Carbides, Tungsten, weight per cent of
Cemented tungsten Mixtures thereo~4) or chromium and less than 12
carbide Dielectric layers weight per cent of
aluminium and less than 2
B. "Electron- Superalloys Alloyed silicides, weight per cent of
Beam Alloyed aluminide~2), yttrium'S),
Physical MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY Modified zirconia (except
Vapour which contains less calcia-stabilized zirconia),
Deposition" than 22 weight per Silicides or
(EB-PVD) cent of chromium and less Mixtures thereo~4)
than 12 weight per cent of Corrosion resistant MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY
aluminium and less than 2 steeJ(7) which contains less than 22
weight per cent of weight per cent of
yttrium'S), chromium and less than 12
Modified zirconia (except weight per cent of
calcia-stabilized zirconia) or aluminium and less than 2
Mixtures thereof (including weight per cent of
mixtures of the above with yttrium'S),
silicides or aluminidesJ4) Modified zirconia (except
Ceramics Silicides or calcia-stabilized zirconia) or
Modified zirconia (except Mixtures thereo~4)
calcia-stablized zirconia) Titanium or Carbides or
Aluminium alloys(6) MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY Titanium alloys Oxides
which contains less than 22
weight per cent of F. "Slurry Refractory metal~8) Fused silicides or
chromium and less than 12 Deposition" Fused aluminides
weight per cent of Carbon-earbon, Silicides,
aluminium and less than 2 Carbon-eeramic or Carbides or
weight per cent of Metal matrix Mixtures thereo~4)
yttriumJS), composites
Modified zirconia (except
calcia-stabilized zirconia) or
Mixtures thereo~4) G. "Sputtering" Superalloys Alloyed sUicides,
(high rate, Alloyed aluminide~2),
Corrosion resistant MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY reactive or Noble metal modified
steeJ(7) which contains less than 22 radio aluminide~3) ,
weight per cent of frequency MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY
chromium and less than 12 only) which contains less than 22
weight per cent of weight per cent of
aluminium and less than 2 chromium and less than 12
weight per cent of weight per cent of
yttriumJS) or aluminium and less than 2
Modified zirconia (except weight per cent of
calcia-stabilized zirconia) yttriumJS),
Carbon-carbon, Silicides, Carbides, Modified zirconia (except
carbon-ceramic, or Mixtures thereo~4) or calcia-stabilized zirconia),
Metal matrix Dielectric layers Platinum or
composites Mixtures thereof (including
Copper or Tungsten or mixtures of the above with
copper alloys Dielectric layers silicides or aluminidesJ4)
Silicon carbide or Carbides, Tungsten, Ceramics SUicides, Platinum or
Cemented tungsten Mixtures thereo~4) or Mixtures thereof(4)
carbide Dielectric layers Aluminium alloy~6) MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY
which contains less than 22
C. "Electro- Superalloys Alloyed aluminide~2) or weight per cent of
phoretic Noble metal modified chromium and less than 12
Deposition" aluminides(3) weight per cent of
aluminium and less than 2
D. "Pack Superalloys Alloyed aluminide~2) or weight per cent of
cemen- Noble metal modified yttriumJS),
tation"(9) alulninides(3) Modified zirconia {except
(see also A Carbon-carbon, SUicides, Carbides or calcia-stablized zirconia) or
above) Carbon-eeramic or Mixtures thereof(4) Mixtures thereof(4)
Metal matrix Corrosion resistant MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY
composites steel~7) which contains less than 22
Aluminium Aluminides or weight per cent of
alloy~6) Alloyed aluminide~) chromium and less than 12

Security export control March 1989 21


IL 1389 Table G continued (a) "Chemical Vapour Deposition" (CVD) is an overlay coating or
surface modification coating process wherein a metal, alloy,
composite or ceramic is deposited upon a heated substrate.
weight per cent of
aluminium and less than 2 Gaseous reactants are reduced or combined in the vicinity of
weight per cent of a substrate resulting in the deposition of the desired
yttrium~5)
elemental, alloyed or compounded material on the substrate.
Modified zirconia (except Energy for this decomposition or chemical reaction process is
calcia-stabilized zirconia) or provided by the heat of the substrate.
Mixtures thereo~4)
NB:
Titanium or Borides or 1 CVD includes the following processes: out-of-"pack",
Titanium alloys Nitrides pulsating, controlled nucleation thermal decomposition
Carbon-earbon, SUicides, (CNTD), plasma enhanced or plasma assisted processes.
Carbon-eeramic or Carbides, 2 "Pack" denotes a substrate immersed in a powder
Metal matrix Mixtures thereof(4) or mixture.
composites Dielectric layers 3 The gaseous material utilized in the out-of-"pack"
Copper or Tungsten or process is produced using the same basic reactions and
Copper alloys Dielectric layers parameters as the "pack cementation" process, except
that the substrate to be coated is not in contact with the
Silicon carbide or Carbides, powder mixture.
Cemented tungsten Tungsten or (b) "Electron-Beam Physical Vapour Deposition" (EB-PVD) is an
carbide Dielectric layers overlay coating process conducted in a vacuum chamber,
wherein an electron beam is directed onto the surface of a
H. "Ion Im- High temperature Additions of Chromium,
coating material causing vapourization of the material and
plantation" bearing steels Tantalum or Niobium
resulting in condensation of the resultant vapours onto a
Columbium
substrate positioned appropriately.
Beryllium or Borides
Beryllium alloys NB:
Carbon-carbon, Silicides, Carbides, The addition of gases to the chamber during the processing is
Carbon-ceramic or Mixtures thereof(4) or an ordinary modification to the process.
Metal matrix Dielectric layers (c) "Electrophoreti~ Deposition" is a surface modification coating
Titanium or Borides or or overlay coating process in which finely divided particles of
Titanium alloys Nitrides a coating material suspended in a liquid dielectric medium
migrate under the influence of an electrostatic field and are
Silicon nitride or Nitrides, deposited on an electrically conducting substrate.
Cemented tungsten Carbides or
carbide Dielectric layers NB:
Sensor window Dielectric layers Heat treatment of parts after coating materials have been
materials transparent deposited on the substrate, in order to obtain the desired
to electromagnetic coating, is an essential step in the process.
waves, as follows: (d) "Pack Cementation" is a surface modification coating or
silica, alumina, overlay coating process wherein a substrate is immersed in a
silicon, germanium, powder mixture, a so-called "pack", that consists of:
zinc sulphide, zinc (1) The metallic powders that are to be deposited (usually
selenide or gallium aluminium, chromium, silicon or combinations thereof);
arsenide (2) An activator (normally a halide salt); and
FOOTNOTES: (3) An inert powder, most frequently alumina.
(1) Coating process includes coating repair and refurbishing as The substrate and powder mixture is contained within a
well as original coating. retort which is heated to between 1030 K to 1375 K for
(2) Multiple-stage coatings in which an element or elements are sufficient time to deposit the coating.
deposited prior to application of the aluminide coating, even (e) "Plasma Spraying" is an overlay coating process wherein a
if these elements are deposited by another coating process, gun (spray torch), which produces and controls a plasma,
are included in the term 'alloyed aluminide' coating, but the accepts powdered coating materials, melts them and propels
multiple use of single-stage "pack cementation" processes to them towards a substrate, whereon an integrally bonded
achieve alloyed aluminides is not included in the term coating is formed.
'alloyed aluminide' coating.
(3) Multiple-stage coatings in which the noble metal or noble NB:
metals are laid down by some other coating process prior to 1 High velocity means more than 750 metres per second.
application of the aluminide coating are included in the term 2 Low pressure means less than ambient atmospheric
'noble metal modified aluminide' coating. pressure.
(4) Mixtures consist of infiltrated material, graded compositions, (f) "Slurry Deposition" is a surface modification coating or
co-deposits and multilayer deposits and are obtained by one overlay coating process wherein a metallic or ceramic
or more of the coating processes specified in this table. powder with an organic binder is suspended in a liquid and is
(5) MCrAlX refers to an alloy where M equals cobalt, iron, nickel applied to a substrate by either spraying, dipping or painting;
or combinations thereof and X equals hafnium, yttrium, subsequently air or oven dried, and heat treated to obtain the
silicon or other minor additions in various proportions and desired coating.
combinations. (g) "Sputtering" is an overlay coating process wherein positively
(6) Aluminium alloys as a substrate in this Table refers to alloys charged ions are accelerated by an electric field towards the
usable at temperatures above 500 K (227°C). surface of a target (coating material). The kinetic energy of
(7) Corrosion resistant steel refers to AISI (American Iron and the impacting ions is sufficient to cause target surface atoms
Steel Institute) 300 series or equivalent national standard to be released and deposited on the substrate.
steels.
(8) Refractory metals as a substrate in this Table consist of the NB:
following metals and their alloys: niobium (columbium), Triode, magnetron or radio frequency sputtering to increase
molybdenum, tungsten and tantalum. adhesion of coating and rate of deposition are ordinary modi-
(9) This Item does not embargo technology for single-stage "pack fications to the process.
cementation" of solid airfoils. (h) "Ion implantation" is a surface modification coating process
in which the element to be alloyed is ionized, accelerated
TECHNICAL NOTE: through a potential gradient and implanted into the surface
The definitions of processes specified in column 1 of the Table are region of the substrate. The definition includes processes in
as follows: which the source of the ions is a plasma surrounding the

22 Security export control March 1989


substrate and processes in which ion implantation is (v) Coating and substrates bonding;
performed simultaneously with "electron beam physical (vi) Microstructural uniformity. ,
vapour deposition" or "sputtering". V. Technology and parameters related to specific coating and
(i) "Cathodic arc deposition" employs a cathode which is con- surface modification processes listed in the Table, as follows:
sumable and has an arc discharge established on the surface (A) For "Chemical Vapour Deposition":
by a momentary contact of ground trigger. Arc spots form (i) Coating source composition and formulation;
and begin to erode randomly but uniformly the cathode (ii) Carrier gas composition;
surface creating a highly ionised plasma. The anode can be (Hi) Substrate temperature;
either a cone attached to the periphery of the cathode (iv) Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
through an insulator or the chamber can be used as an anode. (v) Gas control and part manipulation;
Substrates appropriately positioned receive deposits from the (B) For "Electron-Beam Physical Vapour Deposition":
ionised plasma. Substrate biasing is used for non-Iine-of-sight (i) Ingot composition;
deposition. A gas can be introduced in the vicinity of the (ii) Substrate temperature;
substrate surface in order to react during deposition to (Hi) Reactive gas composition;
synthesise compound coatings. (iv) Ingot feed rate;
(v) Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
NOTE: (vi) Beam and part manipulation;
It is understood that technology embargoed by Item IL 1389 (C) For "Electrophoretic Deposition":
consists of technical information, data or know-how regarding (i) Liquid dielectric formulation, as follows:
criteria or parameters as follows: (a) Composition;
I. Technology for pretreatments of the substrates listed in the (b) Temperature;
Table, as follows: (c) Specific gravity;
(A) Chemical stripping and cleaning bathcycle parameters, (H) Particle size, distribution and composition;
as follows: (Hi) Bath composition;
(i) Bath composition (iv) Electric field strength;
(a) For the removal of old or defective coatings, (v) Time cycle;
corrosion product or foreign deposits; (vi) Part fixturing;
(b) For preparation of virgin substrates; (D) For "Pack Cementation":
(H) Time in bath; (i) "Pack" composition and formulation;
(Hi) Temperature of bath; (H) Carrier gas composition;
(iv) Number and sequences of wash cycles; (Hi) Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
(B) Visual and macroscopic criteria for acceptance of the (E) For "Plasma Spraying":
cleaned part; (i) Powder composition, preparation and size dis-
(C) Heat treatment cycle parameters, as follows: tributions;
(i) Atmosphere parameters, as follows: (H) Feed gas composition and parameters;
(a) Composition of the atmosphere; (iii) Substrate temperature;
(b) Pressure of the atmosphere; (iv) Gun power parameters;
(ii) Temperature of heat treatment; (v) Spray distance;
(iii) Time of heat treatment; (vi) Spray angle;
(D) Substrate surface preparation parameters, as follows: (vH) Cover gas composition, pressure and flow rates;
(i) Grit blasting parameters, as follows: (vHi) Gun control and part manipulation;
(a) Grit composition; (F) For "Slurry Deposition":
(b) Grit size and shape; (i) Slurry composition and formulation;
(c) Grit velocity; (ii) Slurry application techniques;
(ii) Time and sequence of cleaning cycle after grit blast; (iii) Time-temperature cycles;
(Hi) Surface finish parameters; (iv) Part manipulation;
(E) Masking technique parameters, as follows: (G) For "Sputtering":
(i) Material of mask; (i) Target composition and fabrication;
(H) Location of mask. (ii) Geometrical positioning of part and target;
11. Technology for in situ quality assurance techniques for (Hi) Reactive gas composition;
evaluation of the coating processes listed in the Table, as (iv) Electrical bias;
follows: (v) Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
(A) Atmosphere parameters, as follows: (vi) Triode power;
(i) Composition of the atmosphere; (vii) Part manipulation;
(H) Pressure of the atmosphere; (H) For "Ion Implantation":
(B) Time parameters; (i) Beam control and part manipulation;
(C) Temperature parameters; (H) Ion source design details;
(D) Thickness parameters; (Hi) Control techniques for ion beam and deposition rate
(E) Index of refraction parameters. parameters;
Ill. Technology for post deposition treatments of the coated (iv) Time-temperature-pressure cycles.
substrates listed in the Table, as follows:
(A) Shot peening parameters, as follows:
(i) Shot composition;
(ii) Shot size; IL 1391
(Hi) Shot velocity;
(B) Post shot peening cleaning parameters; "Robots", "robot" controllers and "robot" "end-
(C) Heat treatment cycle parameters, as follows: effectors", as follows, and specially designed
(i) Atmosphere parameters, as follows: components and. "specially designed software"
(a) Composition of the atmosphere;
(b) Pressure of the atmosphere;
therefor:
(H) Time-temperature cycles;
(D) Post heat treatment visual and macroscopic criteria for NOTES:
acceptance of the coated substrates. 1. Mechanical structures for "robots" are included in specially
IV. Technology for quality assurance techniques for the designed components for the above.
evaluation of the coated substrates listed in the Table, as 2. For simulation "softwa.re" used in the evaluation, design and
follows: optimisation of robotk systems, see Item IL 1566.
(A) Statistical sampling criteria;
(B) Microscopic criteria for: (a) "Robots" having any of the following characteristics:
(i) Magnification; (I) Capable of employing feedba,ck inform'alion in "real-time
(H) Coating thickness and thickness uniformity; processing" from one or more "sensors" to generate or
(Hi) Coating integrity; modify "prograln'fne~\~," or to generate or modify
(iv) Coating composition; numerical programme data;

Security export control March 1989 23


IL 1391 (a) (1) NOTES (8) Specially designed or rated as radiation-hardened"
beyond that necessary to withstand normal industrial
(Le., non-nuclear industry) ionising radiation;
NOTES: (9) Equipped with "robot" manipulator arms which contain
1. This sub-item does not embargo "robots" capable of fibrous and filamentary materials embargoed by Item IL
using information derived only from "sensors" 1763;
which can be used to measure: (10) Equipped with precision measuring devices embargoed
(a) The internal state of the "robot", Le., velocity, by Item IL 1532; or
position (by other than inertial position (11) Specially designed to move autonomously its entire
measuring systems), drive motor current or structure through three-dimensional space in a
voltage, fluid or gas pressure or temperature; simultaneously coordinated manner, except systems in
(b) Through-the-arc current (or voltage) for weld which the "robot" moves along a fixed path;
seam tracking; or
(c) Binary or scalar values for: NOTE:
(1) Determining the position of the "robot" This sub-item does not embargo "robots" specially
relative to a work piece; designed for household use or those modified from
(2) Tool drive motor voltage or current or household "robots" for educational purposes (pre-
hydraulic/pneumatic pressure for deter- university) if not embargoed by the other provisions of
mination of force or torque; or this Item.
(3) External safety functions. (b) Electronic controllers for "robots" having any of the
2. This sub-item does not embargo "robots" capable of following characteristics:
using information derived only from vision systems
limited as follows: NOTES:
(a) Capable of processing no more than 100,000 1. For controllers capable of controlling numerically
pixels using an industrial television camera, or controlled machine-tools or dimensional-inspection
no more than 65,536 pixels using a solid-state machines, see Item IL 1091.
camera; 2. For "digital computers" not "embedded" in controllers,
(b) Using a single scene analysis processor having see Item IL 1565.
neither a word size of more than 16-bit
(excluding parity bits) nor parallel processing (1) Controllers specially designed to be part of a "robot"
for the same task; embargoed ,by (a) (2) to (8), (a) (10) or (11) above;
(2) Minimum programmable increment less (finer) than
NB: 0.001 mm per linear axis;
Systems with a 16-bit word length and not (3) Having more than one integral interface which meets or
more than a 32-bit architecture are regarded as exceeds ANSI/IEEE standard 488-1978, IEC publication
16-bit systems for the purposes of this sub- 625-1 or any equivalent standard for parallel data
paragraph. exchange;
(c) "Software" not capable of full three- (4) Capable of being programmed by means other than lead-
dimensional mathematical modelling or full through, key-in (Le., without processing, on-line or off-
three-dimensional scene analysis; line) or teach-pendant techniques;
(5) Word size exceeds 16 bit (excluding parity bits);
NB:
This scene analysis limitation precludes neither NB:
approximation of the third dimension by Systems with a 16-bit word length and not more than a
viewing at a given angle, nor limited grey scale 32-bit architecture are regarded as 16-bit systems for the
interpretation for the perception of depth or purposes of this sub-item.
texture for the approved tasks (2 1/2 D); (6) Incorporating interpolation algorithms for an order of
(d) Having no "user-accessible programmability" interpolation higher than two;
other than by input reference images through (7) Generation or modification of the programmed path,
the system's camara; or velocity and functions other than the following. by on-
(e) Capable of no more than one scene analysis line, "real-time processing":
every 0.1 second. (i) Manual velocity override;
3. This sub-item does not embargo "robots" capable of (H) Linear, rotary or Cartesian offset;
using information derived only from "end-effectors" (Hi) Manual "robot" path editing (including manual path
not embargoed by sub-item (c). compensation) excluding "source language" used to
4. "Software" provided for "robots" released by Notes programme automatically the "robot" path, velocity
2 or 3 above shall be in "object code" only. or function;
5. Documentation provided for "robots'i released by (iv) Branching to pre-programmed modification of
Notes 2 or 3 above shall not exceed that necessary "robot" path, velocity or function;
to perform the operation, repair or maintenance of (v) Fixed cycles (e.g., macro instructions or pre-
the "robot". programmed sub-routines); or
(2) Specially designed to comply with national safety (vi) Key-in or teach-in modifications;
standards applicable to explosive munitions environ-
ments; NOTE:
(3) Incorporating means of protecting hydraulic lines Sub-item (b) (7) does not embargo controllers limited to
against externally induced punctures caused by ballistic operations with "robots" described in Notes 1, 2 or 3 to
fragments (e.g. incorporating self-sealing lines) and sub-item (a) (1).
designed to use hydraulic fluids with flash points higher (c) "End-effectors" having any of the following characteristics:
than 839 K (566°C, I050°F); (1) Having integrated computer-aided data processing,
(4) Specially designed for underwater use (Le., incorporating except those using "sensors" used to measure the para-
special techniques or components for sealing, pressure meters or values specified in Note 1 to sub-item (a) (1);
compensation or corrosion resistance); (2) Equipped with an integral interface which meets or
exceeds ANSI/IEEE Standard 488-1978, IEC publication
"NOTE: 625-1, or any equivalent standard for parallel data
"For underwater manipulator mechanisms, see Item IL exchange;
1417. (3) Having any of the characteristics in (a) (2) to (8) and (a)
(5) Operable at altitudes exceeding 30,000 metres; (10) above.
(6) Specially designed for outdoor applications and meeting
military specifications therefor; NOTES:
(7) Specially designed or rated for operating in an electro- 1. Definitions of the terms used in this Item:
magnetic pulse (EMP) environment; (a) For the purposes of this Item, a "robot" is a manipulation

24 Security export control March 1989


mechanism, which may be of the continuous path or of
the point-to-point variety, may use "sensors", and has all
the following characteristics:
(1) Is multifunctional;
(2) Is capable of positioning or orienting material, parts,
tools or special devices through variable
movements in three dimensional space;
(3) Incorporates three or more closed or open loop
servo-devices which may include stepping motors;
and
(4) Has "user-accessible programmability" by means of
teach/playback method or by means of an
electronic computer which may be a programmable
logic controller, Le., without mechanical inter-
vention.

NB:
The above definition does not include the following NB:
devices: This' precludes.'the 'use of Visio.f SY~~"for:Weld
(1) Manipulation mechanisms which are only seam '. tracking' dl.lfiDa .·the . !eldin_,.. 'oper~n '. bUt
manually/teleoperator controllable; doesBot:p~I~lttaig~t.lIne·. orSiIf~e-pl.ne weld
(2) Fixed sequence manipulation mechanisms seam trackinll'uslna.~ftt€,llepua~,· . .~ . ,. ',
which are automated moving devices, oper- (4) Capa~le ofRomor~' tJ:1~ 'one '~en~anatysiseyery
ating according to mechanically fixed O~02 second; " ,
programmed motions. The programme is (5) The'~software» pro .~ tbevisiol1' prQCessor
tt
mechanically limited by fixed stops, such as
pins or cams. The sequence of motions and the
.shall be in. "obJed .. e ,only arr4"'aJfri R
tapable .' ·.of full thre&dim~ionill' matbeJ1latit81
ot
selection of paths or angles are not variable or modelling or fUD tbree-dimenslonal,scene analysis;
changeable by mechanical, electronic or
electrical means; NB:
(3) Mechanically controlled variable sequence This .sce~eanalysis .limitation does" n~fpr~lude
manipulation mechanisms which are approxilnation of the·third dimension' by viewing at
automated moving devices, operating a given angle, nor .Iimited greyseale interpretatiOn
according to mechanically fixed programmed for the perception of 'd~pth or texture for the
motions. The programme is mechanically approved tasks (2 1/20).
limited by fixed, but adjustable stops, such as
pins or cams. The sequen«e of motions and the
selection of paths or angles are variable within
the fixed programme pattern. Variations or IL 1399
modifications of the programme pattern (e.g., "Software" and technology for "automatically
changes of pins or exchanges of cams) in one or
more motion axes are accomplished only controlled industrial systems", as follows, to
through mechanical operations; produce assemblies or discrete parts:
(4) Non-servo-controlled variable sequence mani-
pulation mechanisms which are automated (a) "Software" with all the following characteristics:
moving devices, operating according to (1) Specially designed for "automatically controlled
mechanically fixed programmed motions. The industrial systems" which include at least eight pieces of
programme is variable but the sequence the equipment enumerated in Technical Note (b) (1) to (9)
proceeds only by the binary signal from below;
mechanically fixed electrical binary devices or
adjustable stops; NOTES:
(5) Stacker cranes defined as Cartesian coordinate 1. The "digital computers" of the "automatically
manipulator systems manufactured as an controlled industrial system" do not share a
integral part of a vertical array of storage bins common "main storage" but exchange information
and designed to access the contents of those by transmitting messages through a "local area
bins for storage or retrieval. network".
(b) "End-effectors" include grippers, "active tooling units" 2. This sub-item does not release "software" in source
and any other tooling that is attached to the baseplate on code.
the end of the "robot's" manipulator arm(s). An "active (2) Integrating, in a hierarchical manner, while having
tooling unit" is a device for applying motive power, access to data which may be stored outside the super-
process energy or sensing to the workpiece; visory "digital computer", the manufacturing processes
(c) For the purposes of this Item, a "sensor" is defined as a with:
detector of a physical phenomenon, the output of which (i) Design functions; or
(after conversion into a signal that can be interpreted by (ii) Planning and scheduling functions; and
a controller) is able to generate "programmes" or modify (3) (i) Automatically generating and verifying the manu-
programmed instructions or numerical programme data. facturing data and instructions, including selection
This includes "sensors" with machine vision, infrared of equipment and sequences of manufacturing
imaging, acoustical imaging, tactile feel, inertial position operations, for the manufacturing processes, from
measuring, optical or acoustic ranging or force or torque design and manufacturing data; or
measuring capabilities. (ii) Automatically reconfiguring the "automatically
controlled industrial system" through reselecting
NB: equipment and sequences of manufacturing oper-
For computer related terms, see Item IL 1565 or IL ation by "real.. time processing" of data pertaining to
1566. anticipated but unscheduled events; and

FORTlJEPEOPL~tS.~~UBLlCOFCHIN~~~LY: NOTE:
2.'The' 'm-nt<>f'tlt., f()1I0WiD8~ui~!'ient:·.'< This sub-item does not embargo "software" which only
(ar,,, . , . . ,ts"embars~}jys~b-~'(~J\VbjCft{~ef()~'~dvit provides rescheduling of functionally identical equipment
;·•. •···~:(~dp~:·'IfI~~:I?,. ..~t~:(al:(2)to,(~)(8).• (a) within "flexible maflufaeturfng units" using prestored '-part"
'(I),(11tt,'·;·.\ ·.,:i ~." ..~' ••. '; ",,~., .... ;.' ••.•. ';;','."X' . , ' •. . . " .,p<~" programmes and a pre:stored strategy for the distribution of
€b) D"ft)nic·~f>Dtrolle,,·'embarlbed:'l)y'~i_,;tI)f6r,the the "part" programmes.

Security export control March 1989 26


IL 1399(b) (2) An overall power output of more than 750 kW based on
80/1269/EEC, ISO 2534 or national equivalents;
(3) A power density of more than 700 kW 1m3 of box
(b) Technology for the design of Uautomatically controlled volume.
industrial systems" which will be used with the usoftware"
embargoed by (a) above, regardless of whether or not the NOTES:
conditions of (a) (1) are met. 1. The box volume is defined as the product of three
perpendicular dimensions measured in the following
TECHNICAL NOTE: way:
For the purposes of this Item: Length: The length of the crankshaft from front flange to
(a) An Uautomatically controlled industrial system" is a flywheel face;
combination of: Width: The greatest of the following:
(1) One or more uflexible manufacturing units"; and (a) The outside dimension from valve cover to valve
(2) A supervisory "digital computer" for coordination of the cover;
independent sequences of computer instructions to, from (b) The dimension of the outside edges of the cylinder
and within the uflexible manufacturing units"; heads; or
(b) A "flexible manufacturing unit" is an entity which comprises (c) The diameter of the flywheel housing;
a combination of a "digital computer" including its own "main Height: The greater of the following:
storage" and its own "related equipment", and at least one of (a) The dimension of the crankshaft centreline to the
the following: top plane of the valve cover (or cylinder head) plus
(1) A machine tool or a dimensional inspection machine 2 times the stroke; or
embargoed by Item IL 1091 or IL 1370; (b) The diameter of the flywheel housing.
(2) A urobot" embargoed by Item IL 1391; 2. Not used.
(3) A digitally controlled spin-forming or flow-forming 3. Not used.
machine embargoed by Item IL 1075; (b) Development and production technology for solid or dry film
(4) A digitally contro~d equipment embargoed by Item IL cylinder wall lubrication permitting operation at tempera-
1080, IL I a8 I , ILl 086 0 r ILl 088; tures in excess of 723 K (450°C) measured on the cylinder
(5) A digitally controlled electric arc device embargoed by wall at the top limit of travel of the top ring of the piston.
Item IL 1206;
(6) Digitally controlled equipment embargoed by Item IL IL 1416
1354 or IL 1355 (b);
(7) Digitally controlled equipment embargoed by Item IL Vessels, surface-effect vehicles, water-screw
1357; propellers and hub assemblies, water-screw
(8) Digitally controlled electronic equipment embargoed by propeller systems, moisture and particulate
Item IL 1529; or
(9) A digitally controlled measuring system embargoed by
separator systems and specially designed
Item IL 1532; components, as follows:
(a) Hydrofoil vessels with automatically controlled foil systems
NB: which are capable of speeds of above 40 knots in rough water
For the definitions of other terms in quotation marks, see Item IL (Sea State Five);
1391, IL 1565 or IL 1566. (b) Surface~effect vehicles, Le. hovercraft, air cushion vehicles
(both sidewall and skirted varieties) and all variations of
EXPLANATORY NOTE: vehicles using the wing-in-ground effect for positive lift;
Sub-item (a) above does not embargo Usoftware" (in "machine (c) Small waterplane area twin-hull (SWATH) vessels having
underwater hulls whose cross-sectional area varies along the
executable form" only) for industrial sectors other than nuclear,
longitudinal axis between points two major diameters from
aerospace, shipbuilding, heavy vehicles, machine building,
the bow and two major diameters from the stern;
microelectronics and electronics. It is also understood that this
Note does not release design technology specified in sub-item (b) TECHNICAL NOTE:
above.
SWATH vessels are those which maintain buoyancy by
NOTE: means of submerged hulls using slender struts to support the
deck and superstructure of the vessel above the waterline.
The phrase "in a hierarchical manner" refers to the "software" (d) Vessels incorporating:
relationship between a supervisory computer and at least one (I) Equipment covered by any Munitions List Item, or by
"flexible manufacturing unit" as defined in Technical Notes (a) and any of the following Items IL 1485, IL 1501, IL 1502
(b). The "software" has an overall management function that and IL 1510;
subordinates the manufacturing process to the design or planning (2) Degaussing facilities; or
and scheduling function regardless of the physical (3) Closed ventilation systems designed into the vessel
communications link or of the equipment configurations. which are designed to maintain air purity and positive
pressure regardless of the conditions external to the
vessel except where those closed ventilation systems are

Group E specially designed for and incorporated in the vessel's


medical facilities only;

NOTE:
Transportation This sub-item does not apply to vessels containing equipment
covered by Items IL 1485, IL 1501, IL 1502 or IL 1510

equipment whose export has been previously authorized.


(e) Water-screw propellers and hub assemblies, as follows:
(I) Supercavitating propellers rated at greater than 10,000
IL 1401 hp;
(2) Controllable-pitch propellers and hub assemblies rated at
Reciprocating diesel engine development and above 40,000 hp capacity;
(t) Water-screw propeller systems, as follows:
production technologies, including "specially (1) Contrarotating propeller systems rated at greater than
designed software", as follows: 20,000 hp,
(a) Development and production technology, including (2) Ventilated, base-ventilated and super-ventilated
"specially designed software", for reciprocating diesel engine propeller systems;
ground vehicle propulsion systems having all of the following (3) Systems employing pre-swirl and post-swirl techniques
specifications: for smoothing the flow into a propeller so as to improve
(1) A box volume of 1.2m3 or less; propulsive efficiency of:

26 Security export control March 1989


(i) SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels, and surface-
effect vehicles; or .IL 1417
(ii) Other vessels whose propeller rotational speed is
above 200 rpm, or having propellers with a rating Submersible systems (even when incorporated in
exceeding 50,000 hp per shaft; 8 submersible vehicle), 8S follows, and specially
(g) Moisture and particulate separator systems which are capable designed components therefor:
of removing 99.9 per cent of particles larger than 2 micro-
metres in diameter with a maximum pressure loss of 1.6 kPa (a) Automatically-eontrolled atmosphere-regeneration systems
(16 millibar) for gas turbine engine air inlets. specially designed or modified for submersible vehicles
which, in a single chemical-reaction cycle, ensure carbon
NOTE: dioxide removal and oxygen renewal;
Technology control for the moisture and particulate separator (b) Systems specially designed or modified for the automated
systems covered by this sub-item above is limited to the control of the motion of a submersible vehicle using
following: navigation data and having closed-loop servo-control(s) so as
(1) Technology for preventing water leakage around the to:
filter stages; and (1) Enable the vehicle to move within ten metres of a
(2) Technology for integrating the components of such a predetermined point in the water column;
system. (2) Maintain the position of the vehicle within ten metres of
(h) Specially designed components for vessels covered by sub- a predetermined point in the water column; or
items (a), (b) and (c) above, as follows: (3) Maintain the position of the vehicle within ten metres
(1) Advanced hull forms which incorporate any of the while following a cable on or under the sea bed;
following: (c) Underwater vision systems, as follows:
(i) Stepped hulls for hydrofoil vessels; (1) Television systems (comprising camera, lights, monitor
(ii) Hulls for air cushion vehicles with trapezoidal and signal transmission equipment) specially designed or
planforms; modified for remote operation with a submersible
(Hi) Hulls for surface-effect vehicles with catamaran-like vehicle, having a "limiting resolution", when measured
sidewalls; in the air, more than 500 lines, using IEEE Standard
(iv) Hulls for wing-in-ground effect vehicles; 208/1960 or any equivalent standard;
(v) Underwater hulls and struts for SWATH vessels;
(2) Fully submerged subcavitating or supercavitating TECHNICAL NOTE:
hydrofoils; "Limiting resolution" in television is a measure of
(3) Lightweight structural components for SWATH vessels, resolution usually expressed in terms of the maximum
hydrofoil vessels and surface-effect vehicles, constructed number of lines per picture height discriminated on a test
using anisotropic, orthotropic or sandwich construction chart.
methods. (2) Systems specially designed or modified for remote
operation with a sub'mersible vehicle employing tech-
TECHNICAL NOTES: niques to minimize the effects of back-scatter, such as
1. Anisotropic construction methods relate to the use range-gated illuminators;
of fibre reinforcing members aligned so that the (d) Remotely controlled articulated manipulators specially
load-carrying ability of the structure can be designed or modified for use with submersible vehicles and
primarily orientated in the direction of expected having any of the following characteristics:
stress. (1) Systems which control the manipulator using infor-
2. Orthotropic construction methods relate to means mation from sensors which measure force or torque
of stiffening plates, in which the structural members applied to an external object, distance from an external
are at right angles to each other. object, or tactile sense between the manipulator and an
3. Sandwich construction methods relate to the use of external object;
structural members or plates which are fabricated (2) Controlled by proportional master-slave techniques or by
and permanently affixed in layers to enhance their using a dedicated stored-programme computer; or
strength and reduce their weight. (3) Capable of exerting a force of 250 Newtons or more or a
(4) Flexible skirts, seals and fingers for surface-effect torque of 250 Newton-metres or more and using titanium
vehicles; based alloys or fibrous and filamentary composite
(5) Systems for automatically controlling the stability of materials in their structural members;
SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels or surface-effect (e) Photographic cameras and associated equipment specially
vehicles; designed or modified for use underwater, having a film
(6) Power transmission shaft systems which incorporate format of 35 mm or larger, and capable of any of the
composite material components, for SWATH vessels, following:
hydrofoil vessels or surface-effect vehicles; (1) Film advancement of more than 5 frames per second;
(7) Lightweight, high capacity (K factor greater than 150) (2) Annotating the film with data provided by a source
gearing (planetary, cross-connect and multiple inputl external to the camera;
output gears and bearings) for SWATH vessels, hydrofoil (3) Taking more than 250 full frame exposures without
vessels and surface-effect vehicles; changing the film;
(4) Autofocusing specially designed or modified for use
TECHNICAL NOTE: underwater; or
For the K factor, see AGMA tables of K factor values (5) Operating at depths of more than 1,000 metres;
(based on tooth profile, pinion and gear materials and (f) Light systems specially designed or modified for use under
surface endurance limits). water, as follows:
(8) Water-cooled electrical propulsion machinery (motor (1) Stroboscopic lights capable of:
and generator), including AC-AC synchronous and AC- (i) Light output energy of more than 150 joules per
DC systems, sectored-disc and concentric-drum rotors for flash; or
DC homopolar machines, for SWATH vessels, hydrofoil (ii) Flash rates of more than 5 flashes per second at a
vessels and surface-effect vehicles; light output energy of more than 10 joules per flash;
(9) Superconducting electrical propulsion machinery for (2) Other lights and associated equipment, capable of
SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels and surface-effect operating at depths of more than 1,000 metres;
vehicles;
(10) Lift fans for surface-effect vehicles, rated at greater than (For underwater "robots", see Item IL 1391).
400 hp;
(11) Waterjet propulsor systems rated at 3,000 input hp or NOTES:
greater for hydrofoil vessels and surface-effect vehicles; 1. . This item does not embargo specially designed components
for equipment which would not have been embargoed had it
(See also Item ML 9 on the Munitions List.) not been modified:.
(For marine gas turbine engines, see also Item IL 1431.) 2. Sub-item (a) above embargoes equipment using light metal

Security export control March 1989 21


IL 1417 NOTE 2 continued the three types of facilities described in the Note to that
sub-item; and
(2) Design, production and use of onboard floating dock
peroxides such as K~ without covering the shipment of K~ facilities covered by sub-item (b) above which permit the
itself. operation, maintenance and repair of nuclear reactors.
3. Sub-item (b) above does not embargo automated control
systems incorporated in underwater bulldozers or trench-
cutters not capable of operating at depths greater than 100

4.
metres and possessing only negative buoyancy.
Sub-item (c) above does not embargo television cameras used
IL 1431
merely through a porthole. Marine gas turbine engines (marine propulsion
5. Sub-item (d) (1) above does not embargo systems where force or shipboard power generation engines),
or torque are only measured and then displayed to the whether originally designed as such or adapted
operator. for such use, and specially designed components
therefor:
IL 1418
Deep submergence vehicles, manned or NOTES:
unmanned, tethered or untethered, capable of 1. Embargo of aero or industrial gas turbine engines and their
specially designed components which have been adapted for
operating at depths exceeding 1,000 metres, and marine propulsion or shipboard power generation does not
specially designed or modified associated re-embargo (or embargo, for industrial gas turbine engines)
systems, equipment, components and materials the unmodified version of such engines and their specially
therefor, including but not limited to the designed components (see also Item IL 1460).
following: 2. Shipboard power generation does not include offshore
platform applications.
3. Engines and their specially designed con1ponents covered by
(a) Pressure housings or pressure hulls; this Item for non-marine propulsion or non-shipboard civil
(b) Propulsion motors and thrusters; end-use, provided that:
(c) Hull penetrators or connectors. (a) The numbers to be exported are appropriate for the
stated end-use;
(For syntactic foam, see Item IL 1759.) (b) Only the minimum necessary technology for
maintenance and repair is transferred; and
(For hull penetrators for military use, see Item ML 9 on the (c) None of the following technologies is transferred:
Munitions List.) (1) Technology which is common to aero-engine
technology embargoed by Item IL 1460 and is not
(For manned underwater vehicles which may be discretely eligible for national discretion treatment under that
operated with an autonomy equal to or greater than 10 hours, see Item;
Item ML 9 on the Munitions List.) (2) Technology for liquid-cooled turbine blades or
vanes and nozzles capable of operating in hot gas
temperature environments greater than 1OOooC and
IL 1425 their "associated systems";
Floating docks, "software" and technology TECHNICAL NOTE:
therefor, as follows: "Associated systems" are closely connected to the
engioe and consist of the specially designed cooling
(a) Floating docks specially designed for use at remote locations fluid and fuel control systems, pumps, condensers
(i.e. without support from shore bases). and fluid purification systeIns.

NOTE: (3) Technology for fuel nozzles, combustors and gas


These docks incorporate the following three facilities at least: turbine engine-mounted fuel-handling systems (fuel .
(1) Welding and pipe fitting repair shop(s); pumping, metering and controls) which permit
(2) Electrical and electronic repair shop(s); marine gas turbines to burn heavy residual fuel oils
(3) Mechanical repair or metal working (machine) shop(s); (ASTM grades 5 and 6 or equivalent);
and normally contain more than 3,000 kW (4,000 hp) of
electrical power generation equipment. TECHNICAL NOTE:
(b) Floating docks specially equipped to permit the operation, ASTM grade 5 residual fuel-oil has a maximum
maintenance or repair of nuclear reactors; kinematic viscosity of 81 centistokes at 50°C
(c) Floating docks having all the following characteristics: (122°F), and ASTM grade 6 residual fuel-oil has a
(1) A lifting capacity of more than 40,000 short tons (36,364 kinematic viscosity range of 92 to 638 centistokes at
metric tons). 50°C (122°F). Kinematic viscosity is measured by
(2) Larger tqan 120 metres in length and 30 metres in width, the Saybolt-furol viscosimeter (the test n1easures the
measured between the pontoons; time in seconds for 60 cc of the oil to pass through
(d) "Specially designed software" for computer-eontrolled the furol orifice).
pumping and flooding systems for the above floating docks,
to permit the docking of listing vessels; (4) Technology for high-temperature (above 700°C gas
(e) Technology covered by this Item is limited to the following: temperature) heat exchangers for pre-heating C001-
(1) That portion of the design of a floating dock covered by pressor exit air;
sub-item (a) above which relates to the incorporation of (5) Technology for lightweight, compact cornbined gas
turbine and steam (COGAS) systems having heat
recovery rates of more than 40,000 BTU/hr. per
COLOURED Goods described can be licenced at national cubic foot of waste heat boiler volume, or more than
TYPE discretion for export to the proscribed 1000 BTU Ihr. per pound of waste heat boiler
countries. weight, designed for use with gas turbine engines
for marine propulsion or shipboard power
generation.
4. Core-section modules and specially designed components
covered by Item IL 1460 shall be treated under the
provision$ of that Item even if the gas turbine aero-engine has
been modified for use in marine propul~ion or shipboard
power generation.

'28 Security export control March 1 989


IL 1460 (5) Technology for the design, production and recon-
struction of adhesively bonded airframe structural
Aircraft and helicopters, aero-engines and air- members designed to withstand operational tempe-
ratures in excess of 120°C (248°F);
craft and helicopter equipment, and technology
therefor, as follows: NOTE:
Airframe structural members mentioned in this sub-item
NOTE: do not include engine nacelles and thrust reversers.
(6) Technology for the design and production of propeller
The provisions of this Item, do not release technology for blades constructed wholly or partly of composite
computer-aided design (CAD) or computer-aided design/manufac- materials, and specially designed hubs therefor;
turing (CAD/CAM); or technology relating to manufacturing
equipment or hardware, embargoed by Items IL 1080, IL 1081,
IL 1086, IL 1088, IL 1091, IL 1312, IL 1357, IL 1361, IL 1362, NOTE:
IL 1371, IL 1522, IL 1529 or any other Item, for the production This sub-item does not embargo technology for the
or evaluation of aero-engines, APUs, "helicopter power transfer production of propeller blades:
systems" or their specially desigped components, or technology (a) Constructed wholly of wood or glass-fibre-
specific to production of superalloys as embargoed by Item IL reinforced plastics; or
1301. (b) Which are constructed mainly of wood or glass-
fibre-reinforced plastics; and which use other
(a) Aircraft and helicopters, except those which do not contain materials only in the leading edge or tip.
equipment covered by the Munitions List or Items IL 1485 or (7) Technology for the design and production of digital
IL 1501 (unless the export of such equipment is elegible for electronic synchrophasers specially designed for
national discretion treatment under IL 1485 and IL 1501) propellers; technology for the design of digital electronic
and which are of types which are in bona fide normal civil controls for propellers; and technology for the
use; production of digital electronic controls for the
(b) Technology for aircraft and helicopter airframes, for aircraft ..propellers described in (6) above;
propellers, and for aircraft and helicopter airframe aircraft- (8) Technology for the design and production of active
propeller, and "helicopter-rotor-systems" components, as laminar flow control lifting surfaces;
follows, and "specially designed software" therefor:
NOTE:
TECHNICAL NOTE: Design technology covered by this sub-item includes the
"Helicopter-rotor-systems" consist of hubs, blades, blade data used to substantiate the design approach.
attachments and upper controls. Upper controls are those (9) Technology for the development of helicopter multi-axis
control elements located in the rotating system including the f1y-by-light or fly-by-wire controllers which combine the
swashplate if used. functions of at least two of the following into one
(1) Design technology using computer-aided aerodynamic controlling element:
analyses for integration of the fuselage, propulsion (i) Collective controls;
system and lifting and control surfaces to optimize (ii) Cyclic controls;
aerodynamic performance throughout the flight regime (iii) Yaw controls.
of an aircraft; (10) Technology for the development of "circulation-
(2) Technology for the design of active flight control controlled" anti-torque or directional control systems for
systems, as follows: helicopters;
(i) Technology for configuration design for inter-
connecting multiple microelectronic processing TECHNICAL NOTE:
elements (on-board computers) tOo achieve high- "Circulation-controlled" anti-torque and directional
speed data transfer and high-speed data integration control systems utilise air blown over aerodynamic
for control law implementation; surfaces .to increase or control the forces generated by
(H) Technology for control law compensation for sensor the surfaces. Buried fan-in-fin anti-torque designs fitted
location and dynamic airframe loads, Le. compen- or not fitted with guide vanes such as the "fenestron" are
sation for sensor vibration environment and for excluded from this category.
variation of sensor location from centre of gravity;
(Hi) Technology for electronic management of systems (11) Technology for the development of helicopter rotor
redundancy and data redundancy for fault blades incorporating variable geometry airfoils;
detection, fault tolerance and fault isolation;
TECHNICAL NOTE:
NOTE: Variable geometry airfoils utilise trailing edge flaps of
This sub-item does not embargo technology for the tabs, or leading edge slats or pivoted nose droop, which
design of physical redundancy in hydraulic or can be controlled in position in flight.
mechanical systems or in electrical wiring.
(iv) Technology for design of flight controls which (12) Technology for the development of active control of
permit in-flight reconfiguration of force and helicopter blades and other surfaces used to generate
moment controls; aerodynamic forces and moments;

TECHNICAL NOTE: TECHNICAL NOTE:


Active flight control systems function to prevent Active control (of helicopter blades and other surfaces
undesirable aircraft motions or structural loads by used to generate aerodynamic forces and moments)
autonomously processing outputs from multiple functions to prevent undesirable helicopter vibrations,
sensors and then providing necessary preventative structural loads, or helicopter rotor dynamic behaviour
commands to effect automatic control. by autonomously processing outputs from multiple
(3) Design technology for integration of flight control, sensors and then providing necessary preventive
navigation and propulsion control data into a flight commands to effect automatic control.
management system for flight path optimization; (c) "Helicopter power transfer systems" and technology therefor,
(4) Design technology for protection of avionic and except:
electrical sub-systems against electromagnetic pulse (i) Those "helicopter power transfer systems" destined for
(EMP) and electromagnetic interference (EMI) hazards use in "civH helicopters" only~ as follows:
from sources external to the aircraft, as follows: (1) Those which have been in civil use in bona fide
(i} Technology for design of shielding systems; "civil helicopters" for more than eight years;
(ii) Technology for the configuration design of (2) Those which it is tonsidered do not contain, and
hardened electrical circuits and sub-systems; were qot fabricated utilizing, any of the
(iii) Determination of hardening criteria for the above; techn04o'gief~ shown in Note 9;

Security export control March 1989 29


changes which do not significantly enhance the performance
IL 1460 (c) (I) (3) of a particular gas turbine aero-engine or improve its
reliability. It is the intent for control purposes, that:
(3) Not used. (a) A gas turbine aero-engine which is recertified as the
(4) Those for replacement in or servicing of specific, result of incorporating any technology listed in Note 8
previously exported helicopters; will be treated as a newly certified engine.
(ii) Data not in the public domain resulting from "helicopter Recertification which does not result from incorporation
power transfer system" performance and installation of such technology, or modifications which do not
design studies; fabrication technology, or overhaul and require recertification by national authorities, will not
refurbishing technology for specific "helicopter power affect the current period of civil use of the engine;
transfer systems" in civil use in bona fide "civil (b) Modification of a gas turbine APU by incorporation of
helicopters" for more than eight years, unless they any technology listed in Note 8 will cause it to be treated
remain listed in Note 9; as a new APU. Other modifications will not affect the
current period of civil use of the APU;
NOTE: (c) Modification of a "helicopter power transfer system" by
"Helicopter power transfer system" performance and incorporation of any technology listed in Note 9 will
installation design data do not include technology for: restart the control period for the "helicopter power
computer-aided design (CAD); computer-aided transfer system" as though it were newly certified in a
design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM); or parametric helicopter. Other modifications will not affect the current
performance analysis, engine analysis and selection, or period of civil use of the "helicopter power transfer
component design utilizing unpublished technical data. system".
(d) Gas turbine engines and auxiliary power units (APUs) for use 3. "Helicopter power transfer systems" referred to in sub-item
in aircraft or helicopters and technology therefor, except: (c) above are defined as all those components which transfer
(i) Those destined for use in "civil aircraft" or "civil power from the engine to the. main and tail rotor blade(s).
helicopters" only, as follows: 4. Exports of technology, including transfer of skills and data,
(l) Jet, turboprop and turboshaft aircraft engines in necessary for the design, fabrication, assembly and
civil use in bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil production testing of gas turbine engines embargoed by sub-
helicopters" for more than eight years, or which it is item (d) above or of the specially designed components
considered do not contain, and were not fabricated embargoed by sub-item (e) are subject to the embargo except,
utilizing, any of the technologies shown in Note 8; for civil use only, as provided in (a) to (g) below and in Notes 7
(2) Not used. and 8. It is intended that export of any of these technologies
(3) Gas turbine powered aircraft APUs in civil use in to a military end-user or for military end-use be subject to the
bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" for embargo. This Note does not remove from embargo
more than eight years, or where it is considered do computer-aided design (CAD) or computer-aided
not contain, and were not fabricated utilizing, any design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) technology. Only
of the technologies shown in Note 8; technology which is non-CAD, non-CAD/CAM may be
(ii) Data not in the public domain resulting from aircraft shipped as provided for in the appropriate sub-paragraph(s).
performance and installation design studies; fabrication This Note also does not release technology relating to
technology, or overhaul and refurbishing technology for manufacturing equipment or hardware, covered by Items IL
specific gas turbine aero-engines or gas turbine powered 1080, IL 1086, IL 1088, IL 1091, IL 1312, IL 1357, IL
aircraft APUs in civil use in bona fide "civil aircraft" or 1361,IL 1522, IL 1529 or any other Item, for the production
"civil helicopters" for more than twelve years, unless or evaluation of gas turbine engines or their specially
they remain listed in Note 8; designed components, or technology specific to production of
superalloys as embargoed by Item IL 1301.
NOTE: (a) Technology, including transfer of skills and technical
Aircraft performance and installation design data do not data, necessary for aircraft performance analyses and
include technology for: computer-aided design (CAD); installation design studies of specific gas turbine aero-
computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM); or engines or aircraft gas turbine APUs embargoed by sub-
parametric engine performance analysis, engine cycle item (d) above or of their specially designed components
analysis and selection, or component aerodynamic embargoed by sub-item (e) above shall be subject to the
design utilizing unpublished technical data. embargo for a period of twelve years, as defined in Note
(e) Specially designed components for gas turbine engines, APUs 2, after those engines have entered into bona fide civil
and "helicopter power transfer systems", embargoed by (c) use. From the end of the embargo period, the above
and (d) above, as follows: technology may be shipped to civil end-users for civil
(1) Embodying technologies listed under Notes 8 or 9; end-uses.
(2) Hot-section components; (b) Fabrication technologies listed in Note 8 for gas turbine
(3) Engine control system components; aero-engines or aircraft gas turbine APUs embargoed by
(4) Gas turbine engine or APU rotor system components sub-item (d) above or for their specially designed
(including bearings); components embargoed by sub-item (e) above shall
remain embargoed until those engines or APUs have
NOTE: been in civil use for more than twelve years, as defined
(Aero-engines, APUs or "helicopter power transfer systems" which in Note 2, unless they remain listed in Note 8.
have any special feature designed for a military application are Fabrication technologies (other than CAD/CAM) to civil
embargoed by the Munitions List. See also Items IL 1485 and IL end-users for civil end-uses provided that such engine
1501. For technology relating to industrial gas turbine engines, technologies have been in engines or APUs in civil use
see Item IL 1372; for marine gas turbine engines and related for more than eight years, as defined in Note 2.
technology, see Item IL 1431.) (c) Fabrication technology for gas turbine aero-engines or
aircraft gas turbine APUs embargoed by sub-item (d)
above, or for specially designed components embargoed
NOTES: by sub-item (e) above, which do not embody any
1. "Civil aircraft" and "civil helicopters" are defined under Note technology listed in Note 8.
10. Fabrication technologies (other than CAD/CAM) to civil
2. The period of bona fide civil use referred to in sub-items (c) end-users for civil end-uses.
and (d) above begins with the date that the particular engine (d) Technology for assembly and production testing of gas
or "helicopter power transfer system" (model and turbine aero-engines or aircraft gas turbine APUs
specifications) or its most recent modification was certified as embargoed by sub-item (d) above, or of their specially
airworthy for commercial service or commercial navigability designed components embargoed by sub-item (e) above.
under the standards and requirements of the government of Technology (other than CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for
the country in which it was manufactured. However, it is civil end-uses.
recognized that many modifications which may require (e) Technology for on-site installation, operation,
recertification may pertain to minor safety or operational maintenance and repair of gas turbine engines or APUs

30 Security export control March 1989


embargoed by sub-item (d) above. systems" embargoed by sub-item (c) above or ,for
Technology (other than CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for specially designed "helicopter power transfer system"
civil end-uses. components embargoed by sub-item (e) above, whic~ do
(f) Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for gas turbine not embody any technology listed in Note 9.
engines or APUs embargoed by sub-item (d) above or for Fabrication technology (other than CAD/CAM) to civil
specially designed components embargoed by sub-item end-users for civil end-uses.
(e) above, which embody any technology listed in Note (d) Technology for assembly and production testing of
8, shall remain embargoed until those engines or APUs "helicopter power transfer systems" embargoed by sub-
have been in civil use for more than twelve years, as item (c) above or of their specially designed components
defined in Note 2. embargoed by sub-item (e) above.
Overhaul and refurbishing technologies (other than CAD Technology (other than CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for
or CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil end-uses civil end-uses.
prDvided that such engines or APUs have been in civil (e) Technology for on-site installation operation,
use for more than eight years, as defined in Note 2. maintenance and repair of "helicopter power transfer
(g) Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for gas turbine systems" embargoed by sub-item (c) above.
engines or APUs embargoed by sub-item (d) above or for Technology (other than CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for
specially designed components embargoed by sub-item civil end-uses.
(e) above, which do not embody any technology listed in (f) Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for "helicopter
Note 8, shall remain embargoed until those engines or power transfer systems" embargoed by sub-item (c)
APUs have been in civil use for more than eight years, as above, or for specially designed components embargoed
defined in Note 2. by sub-item (e) above, which embody any technology
Know-ho"'! (other than CAD or CAD/CAM) to civil end- listed in Note 9, shall remain embargoed until those
users for civil end-uses. "helicopter power transfer systems" have been in civil
use for more than eight years, as defined in Note 2.
NB: Overhaul and refurbishing technologies (other than CAD
The provisions of (a) to (g) above apply provided that: or CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil end-uses,
(a) Technology as described in this Note, including provided that such "helicopter power transfer system"
unpublished data (all data other than those generally technologies have been in bona fide "civil helicopters" in
available to the public), to be provided will be the civil use for more than six years, as defined in Note 2.
minimum necessary in content and quality for the (g) Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for "helicopter
purposes of the transaction; and power transfer systems" embargoed by sub-item (c)
(b) It is considered that the specially designed components above, or for specially designed components embargoed
to be assembled into gas turbine engines or APUs by sub-item (e) above, which do not embody any tech-
produced by the recipient with technology supplied nology listed in Note 9, shall remain embargoed until
under this Note, and all the gas turbine engines and those "helicopter power transfer systems" have been in
APUs thereby assembled, will be for civil use as civil use for more than eight years, as defined in Note 2.
described in Note 10. Overhaul and refurbishing technologies (other than CAD
5. Exports of technology including transfer of skills and data, or CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil end-uses.
necessary for the design, fabrication, assembly and pro- NB:
duction testing of "helicopter power transfer systems" The provisions of (a) to (g) above apply provided that:
embargoed by sub-item (c) above, or of the specially designed (a) Technology as described in this Note, including
components embargoed by sub-item (e) above, shall be unpublished technical data (all data other than that
subject to the embargo except, for civil use only, as provided generally available to the public), to be provided will be
in (a) to (g) below and in Note 9. It is the intent that export of the minimum necessary in content and quality for the
any of these technologies to a military end-user or for military purposes of the transaction; and
end-use be subject to embargo. This Note does not remove (b) It is considered that the specially designed components
from embargo computer-aided design (CAD) or computer- to be assembled into "helicopter power transfer systems"
aided design/ manufacturing (CAD/CAM) technology. Only produced by the recipient with technology supplied
technology which is non-CAD, non-CAD/CAM may be under this Note, and the "helicopter power transfer
shipped as provided for in the appropriate sub-paragraph(s). systems" thereby assembled will be for civil use as
This Note also does not release technology relating to described in Note 10.
manufacturing equipment or hardware, covered by Items IL 6. The shipment, for civil end-uses by civil end-users, of:
1088,IL 1091, IL 1312, IL 1357, IL 1371, IL 1522, IL 1529 (a) "Helicopter power transfer systems" embargoed by sub-
or any other Item, for the production or evaluation of item (c) above when incorporated in bona fide "civil
"helicopter power transfer systems" or their specially helicopters" as defined in Note 10;
designed components. (b) Gas turbine engines or APUs embargoed by sub-item (d)
(a) Technology, including transfer of skills and technical above for incorporation into or incorporated in bona fide
data, necessary for "helicopter power transfer systems" "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" as defined in Note
performance analyses and installation design studies of 10;
specific "helicopter power transfer systems" embargoed (c) Specially designed cornponents ernbargoed by sub-item
by sub-item (c) above or of their specially designed (e) above, for use in engines, APUs or "helicopter power
components embargoed by sub-item (e) above shall be transfer systems" authorized for production in
subject to the embargo for a period of eight years, as proscribed destinations or previously exported under (a)
defined in Note 2, after those systems have entered into or (b) above, provided that:
bona fide civil use. From the end of the embargo period, (1) The specially designed components will only be
the above technology may be shipped to civil end-users incorporated in engines, APUs or "helicopter power
for civil end-uses. transfer systems" produced for use in bona fide
(b) Fabrication technologies listed in Note 9 for "helicopter "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" as defined in
power transfer systems" embargoed by sub-item (c) Note 10; and
above or for specially designed "helicopter power (2) It is conSidered that exports of specially designed
transfer system" components embargoed by sub-item (e) componects for "helicopter power transfer systems"
above shall remain embargoed until those technologies embodying technologies listed in Note 9, or for gas
have been in bona fide "civil helicopters" in civil use for turbine aero-engines or aircraft gas turbine APUs
more than eight years, as defined in Note 2, unless the embodying technologies listed in Note 8, only in
technology remains listed in Note 9. quantities appropriate:
Those fabrication technologies (other than CAD/CAM) to (i) To support the assembJy of that number of
civil end-users for civil end-uses, provided that such "helicopter power transfer systems", engines or
"helicopter power transfer system" technologies have APUs . required for installation in, and as
been in bona fide "civil helicopters" in civil use for more stan(k4rd ~pares for, bona fide "civil aircraft" or
than six years, as defined in Note 2. "civil helicopters" in current production; or
(c) Fabrication technology for "helicopter power transfer (ii) To support current civil fleet operati()ns.

Security export control March 1989 31


IL 146ONoTE 7 Table 1 (see It 1460 NOTE 8)
I. Materials and manufacturing procedures Initial certifi-
cation date
Engine Type certi-
ficate number

7. This Item does not embargo for civil use gas turbine engines, Ceramic, ceramic-composite or composite
hot-section components (combuster, tur-
APUs and "helicopter power transfer systems" and modifi- bine blades and vanes, seals, discs, flow
path) None
cations (and technology therefor) certified or re-eertified for
Turbine blades on basis of directional
civil use, as described in Note 2 prior to the 1st January 1979, solidification or monocrystal technology
and not embargoed by the following definitions: • directional solidification
• monocrystal technology
30/09/74"
25/11/80
JT9D-7F
JT9D-7R4
E20EA
E3NE
Helicopters over 4530 kg (10,000 Ib) empty weight, and Turbine blades consisting of several parts
power transmissions systems therefor; connected by diffusion bonding None
Fibre technology in frames or in highly
stressed discs, casings, blades and vanes None
NOTE: Protective coating technology for air-
cooled turbine blades and vanes with inter-
Empty weight is understood to include normal installation nal and external cooling passages and their
and normal minimum crew, but does not include fuel or pay- related flow paths capable of operating in
high gas temperatures environments (in ex-
load. cess of 1,499°C), irrespective of the ac-
Aero-engines, as follows: tual gas temperature environment in which
they will be used, involving applications or
(i) Piston engines; metallic or ceramic materials by vapour,
(H) Jet engines of less than 2,265 kg (5,000 Ibs) thrust; pack, plasma, electron beam, sputtering or
sintering processes
(Hi) Turboprop or turboshaft engines of less than 2,500 Metallic coatings
hors~power or with a residual thrust of less than 453 kg • plasma sprayed 30/09174 JT9D-7F E20EA
• other None
(I,OOOlbs). Ceramic coatings None
8. Sub-item (d) above does not embargo for use in bona fide Application of powder metallurgy for fan
"civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" those engines which it is compressor and turbine blades or vanes;
discs, wheels, reduction gears, engine
considered contain none of the technologies listed. Gas main shafts and frames
01178 JT8D-17 E2EA
turbine engines embodying any of these technologies shall • discs
• fan, compressor and turbine blades or
remain under embargo until the technology has been in civil vanes, wheels, reduction gears, engine
main shafts and frames None
use for eight years, as defined in Note 2, after the initial Cooled components on basis of elec-
certification date (shown in table 1). The following trostream or laser drilling methods;
30/09174 JT9D-7F E20EA
technologies shall remain under control for twelve years after • electrostream drilling
• laser drilling 16/09/70 (.... ) CF6-6 E23EA
the initial certification date of the engine in (shown in table 1), Electron beam drilling for small holes in tur-
unless the expiration date of the embargo period is extended: bine blades and vanes (Item IL 1080 I c
sets out the parameters for small holes) None
9. Sub-item (c) above does not embargo for use in bona fide Titanium or superalloy-casting on basis of
"civil helicopters" those "helicopter power transfer systems" centrifugal techniques 13/01/78 TFE-731 E6WE
which it is considered contain none of the technologies listed Ceramic core casting technology for
casting holes in turbine blades and vanes 07/04/71
below. "Helicopter power transfer systems" embodying any (* .... ) JT8D-15 E2EA
of these technologies, and these technologies themselves, 11. Construction methods
shall remain under control for eight years after the initial Adjustable flow path geometry and
certification date (shown in table 2), unless the expiration associated control systems for:
• fans None
date is extended: • gas generator turbine(s) None
• fan/power turbine(s) None

FOR PEl?!U:'S;REPti8IJCO'CHlrfAONLY:
• propelling nozzles None
(Adjustable flow path geometry and associated control systems do not include: inlet guide
10» The" ,sbipnient', ", of '",aircraft:a.nd,' .'. belicopters
which are vanes, variable pitch fans. variable stators or bleed valves for compressors.)
Full authority or hybrid digital electronic
COil$i.«t,~be.,oflypes wbicb·are'in,bonafidenormal civil control and respective sensor equipment 25/11/80 JT9D-7R4 E3NE
U$e, wbich.cofltain equipmentcovered by.ltemsIL1485 orlL High temperature (capable of utilizing
1501, provided that:. gases heated above 1,100 ° C) heat
exchangers for preheating compressor exit
(a) ,M,eJQbarl~deomponent$. in'$l.ldlair~aft or air None
:belicopters.'ar~' lim.~edtotl1o .. n~Y;installedby the Combustors with combustion in several
stages 08/11/79 CFM-56 E2GL
ntallukcturer; Maintenance of compressor or turbine tip
(b) R.ir and maintenan~.· of,4tm~rloed' "inertial clearance through methods employing
active compensating casing technology:
fla)'j8ation$y&teJJ1.~ ':ao,t ,,complete: ,·:overbaul, of • compressor alone None
embargoed ', ,ensines ' wiUbeperifurme6 in ,·a .non.. • turbine alone
• compressor and turbine
01/04/81 JT9D-7R4E1
None
E3NE

pJ:oseribed country or by repre$eotative& of tbeWestern Ceramic bearings None


s~pplierl; :and Nozzles with thrust vectoring (not including
(cl Embarloed parts win be'replaced,onaone·for-one basis. reverse thrust) None
NB: Technology for computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) is not released by
11. The terms "civil aircraft" and "civil helicopters" are the deletion of any technology from the above list.
understood to include only those types of civil aircraft and
helicopters which are listed by designation in published (.. ) Embargo period extended by three years to 30th September 1989.
(**) Embargo period extended by three years to 16th September 1988.
airworthiness certification lists by the civil aviation (** .. ) Embargo period extended by three years to 7th April 1989.
authorities to fly commercial civil internal and external
routes or for legitimate civil, private or business use. The total Table 2 (see IL 1460 NOTE 9)
number of aircraft or helicopters (and aero-engines or I. Materials and manufacturing procedures Initial certifi- Helicopter Type certi-
"helicopter power transfer systems") by type which may be cation date ficate number

included within the terms "civil aircraft" and "civil A. Rotor heads, containing:
• Hot-isostatically pressed materials None
helicopters" shall not exceed that number which appears to B. Gear boxes, containing:
constitute a reasonable requirement for operation of • Novikoff-type gears None
published scheduled services or for legitimate civil, private or • Gears or gear support structures based
on materials applying directional
business use. solidification or monocrystal technology None
• High contact-ratio double-helical (arrow-
shaped) gears None
• Fibre technology None
• Hot-isostatically pressed components None
• Gear tooth surfaces hardened by
vacuum carburizing or ion nitriding None
COLOURED Goods described can be licenced at national C. Drive shaft systems containing super-
TYPE discretion for export to the proscribed critical drive shafts None

countries. 11. Construction methods

A. Components fabricated by diffusion


bonding None
B. High-survivability loss-of-Iubrication
technology for high-speed bearings (ON
equal to or greater than 2.4 million
where 0 is expressed in millimetres and
N in rpm) None _
NB: Technology for computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) is not released by
lhe deletion of any technology from the above list.

32 Security export control March 1989


NOTE: CAD or CAD/CAM (including parametric helicopter
The intention of Note 2 to Item IL 1460 is to ensure an eight-year gear-box performance analysis and helicopter load-cycle
embargo on gas turbine aero-engines, gas turbine powered aircraft analysis and selection). .
APUs, and "helicopter power transfer systems". A twelve-year
control of technologies for aero-engines and APUs, and an eight-
year control of technologies for "helicopter power transfer
systems" applies. It is intended that, even after these time periods
IL 1465
have elapsed, the aero-engines, APUs and "helicopter power "Spacecraft" and launch vehicles, as follows:
transfer systems" and technology therefor shall be exported only
for use in bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters". (a) "Spacecraft", manned or unmanned (not including their
Computer-aided design (CAD) or computer-aided payloads);
design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) technology is not removed
from embargo, nor authorised for national discretion, by any NOTE:
provision of Item IL 1460. For controls applicable to products contained in "spacecraft"
The technology which shall be treated according to Notes 4 and payloads, see the appropriate List items.
5 to Item IL 1460 is defined as follows: (b) Launch vehicles;
1) On-site maintenance, component/sub-assembly replacement (c) Propulsion systems, guidance equipment, attitude control
or repair; equipment and on-board communications equipment for
On-site installation; remote control of the equipment embargoed by sub-items (a)
On-site assembly and related testing; or (b) above;
Operational limitations; (d) Specially designed components for the above.
System specifications;
Tooling drawings 'tor on-site maintenance and module TECHNICAL NOTE:
separation;
"Spacecraft" are defined as active and passive satellites and space
Illustrated parts catalogue;
probes.
Operations engineering bulletins;
On-site maintenance manual;
2) Fabrication: NOTE:
Production line assembly and test; Scientific-mission space probes which do not contain equipment
Heat treating; either covered by sub-item (c) above or covered by any other item
Drilling processes; on these Lists are not covered by this Item.
Chemical processes;
Materials composition;
Foundry practices;
Protective coating application techniques;
IL 1485
Powder metallurgy; Compasses, gyroscopes (gyros), accelerometers
Joining techniques; and inertial equipment, and specially designed
Complex machining techniques; "software" therefor, as follows; and specially
Direction solidification and single-crystal blade/vane designed components therefor:
fabrication technology;
3) Design:
(a) Aircraft performance analyses and installation design (See also Items IL 1385 and IL 1465.)
studies not in the public domain including data specific to
a particular engine: (a) Gyro compasses with provision for determining and
Tabulated performance data for installation design use; transmitting ship's level reference data (roll, pitch) in addition
Structural and heat transfer analysis; to own ship's course data;
Vibration analysis; (b) Integrated flight instrument systems which include gyro-
Bearing and seal design; stabilisers or automatic pilots for aircraft and specially
Durability and heat analysis; designed integration "software" therefor, except:
Engine skin temperatures, engine cycle pressures, and (1) Flight instrument systems integrated solely for VOR/ILS
engine thruster nozzle coefficients; navigation and approaches; or
Mounting system analysis; (2) Integrated flight instrument systems which:
Lubrication system analysis; (i) Have been in normal civil use for more than two
Fuel system analysis; years; and
Control system analysis; (H) Are standard equipment and "software" of aircraft
Exhaust system analysis; excluded from embargo under Item IL 1460;
Engine noise characteristics;
Dimensions/tolerances; NOTE:
Airfoil shapes; An integrated flight instrument system is a primary instru-
(b) Helicopter power transfer system performance analyses ment display system of attitude and azimuth with facilities for
and installation design studies not in the public domain giving manoeuvre guidance information to the pilot and often
(including data specific to a particular helicopter power integrated with an autopilot to the extent of embodying a
transfer system): common unit for setting up the required demands.
Dimensions/tolerances; (c) Gyro-astro compasses and other devices which derive
Mounting system analysis; position or orientation by means of automatically tracking
Structural analysis; celestial bodies;
Vibration analysis; (d) Gyro-stabilisers used for other purposes than aircraft control
Bearing and seal design; except:
Durability and heat transfer analysis; (1) Those for stabilising an entire surface vessel; or
Lubrication systems analysis; (2) Those which have been in normal civil used for more
Gear-box noise characteristics; than two years;
4) Other design technologies, not released on the basis of age, (e) Automatic pilots used for purposes other than aircraft control
including but not limited to: and specially designed integration "software" therefor,
(a) For engines or APUs: except marine types for surface vessels:
CAD or CAD/CAM (including design and analysis (t) Accelerometers with a threshold of 0.005 g or less or a
computer programmes, parametric engine performance linearity error within 0.25 per cent of full scale output or both,
analysis); which are designed fo~ use in inertial navigation systems or in
Engine cycle analysis and selection; guidance systems of at) t)pes;
Component aerodynamic design; (g) Gyros with a rated free directional drift rate (rated free
Airfoil cooling and seal design; precession) of less than 0.5 degree (1 Sigma or r.m.s.) per hour
(b) For "helicopter power transfer systems": in a 1 g environment;

Security export cpntrol March 1989 33


IL 1485(h) (a) Is needed to equip "civil aircraft"; or
(b) Is normal standard equipment incorporated in "civil
aircraft";
(h) Continuous output accelerometers which utilize 'servo' or (b) Navigation and direction finding equipment, as follows,
'force balance' techniques and gyros, both specified to specially designed components and "specially designed
function at acceleration levels greater than 100 g; software" therefor, and specialised testing, calibrating and
(i) Inertial or other equipment using accelerometers embargoed training/simulating equipment therefor:
by (I) or (h) above or gyros embargoed by (g) or (h) above, and (1) Airborne navigation equipment and direction finding
systems incorporating such equipment, and specially equipment, as follows:
designed integration "software" therefor; (i) Designed to make use of "Doppler" frequency
0) Specially designed test, calibration and alignment equipment phenomena, except navigation equipment to be
for commodities embargoed by any of the above sub-items. installed in "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters", and
which, is normal standard equipment of a type
~RPItOPL£~$'REPUBUC OF,CHlNA ONLY: installed in "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" in a
Western country.
NOTE: N.B.:
~qujPfJleot,etn~ar8ged, by sulritem '.(b), as fonows:R~asonable Technology for navigation equipment using
quan~~i,ti.of-integratetJ fUghtinstrumentation systems·spare parts,
Doppler frequency phenomena remains under
con$lilUtin.~P t() a six-mQnthsupply 0.1 such parts at I'lormalrates
embargo.
of consumption "for aircraft previously exported',to . tbe,"People's (ii) Utilising the constant velocity or the rectilinear
Republic:'ofCbina. underNQte 10 to Item 1460. providedtbey are propagation characteristics of electro-magnetic
replacement p~ for equipment previously instal'ed.. waves having frequency less than 4 x 10 14 Hz (0.75
microns);
(iii) Radio altimeters, the following:
Groups F and G (a) Pulse modulated;
(b) Frequency modulated having a displayed
electrical output accuracy better than ± 0.914
Electronic equipment m (±3 ft) over the range between 0 and 30.4 m
(100 ft) or better than±,3 per cent above 30.4
m (100 ft), except standard commercial
including airborne equipment needed to equip "civil
aircraft" or "civil helicopters" or as normal

communications, radar, standard equipment incorporated in "civil


aircraft" or "civil helicopters" being exported
for civil commercial use, provided such
computer hardware equipment is equivalent in all characteristics
and performance to standard equipment of

and software aircraft not subject to embargo, and which are


frequency-modulated radio altimeters which
have been in normal civil use for a period of
more than one year.
See also Item ML 11
N.B.:
NB: Technology of these radio altimeters remains
Broadcast and television receivers of the domestic type are ' under embargo.
expressly exempt from control. (c) Frequency modulated which have been in
normal civil use for less than one year;

TECHNICAL NOTE:
IL 1501 The accuracy is related to that provided by the
electrical output circuits of the altimeter at any
Navigation, direction finding, radar and airborne altitude. The word accuracy also refers to the equip-
communication equipment, as follows: ment's accuracy over time. This accuracy over time
(See also Items IL 1485 (b) and (i), IL 1573 and IL 1574.) is defined for the instrument itself without reference
either to a calibrated value or to a designated
(a) Airborne communication equipment having any of the electrical value.
following characteristics, and specially designed components (iv) Direction finding equipment operating at
and "specially designed software" therefor: frequencies greater than 5MHz;
(1) Designed to operate at frequencies greater than 156 (v) Rated for continuous operation over a range of
MHz; ambient temperatures extending from below
-55°C to above + 55°C.
(2) Incorporating facilities for:
(i) The rapid selection of more than 200 channels per NOTES:
equipment; or 1. Sub-item (b) (1) (ii) does not embargo Loran-C
(ii) Equipment using frequency synthesis techniques equipment having all of the following
(see also Item IL 1531); characteristics:
except equipment operating in the frequency range (a) It has been in normal civil use for a period of
of 108 to 136 MHz with 720 channels or fewer at not more than one year;
less than 25 kHz spacing, and which has been in (b) It is standard commercial equipment:
normal civil use for at least one year; (1) Needed to equip "civil aircraft"; or
(3) Rated for continuous operation over a range of ambient (2) Incorporated in "civil aircraft";
temperatures extending from below -55°C to above (c) It is equivalent in all characteristics and per-
+55°C; formances to standard equipment of aircraft
(4) Designed for modulating methods employing any form not subject to embargo;
of digital modulation using time and frequency (d) It is in conformity with IeAO standards;
redundancy such as 'Quantized Frequency Modulation' (e) It is not designed to make use of hyperbolic
(QFM); grids at frequencies higher than 3MHz; and
(f) It does not contain electronic equipment which:
NOTE: (1) Can compute the position of the aircraft
This sub-item does not embargo airborne communication in one coordinate system when furnished
equipment which is not embargoed by (4) above and: position information in another coordinate

34 Security export control March 1989


system (Le., "coordinate conversion equip- carrier frequency that may change from pulse to
ment"); pulse between two fixed frequencies separated in
(2) Could not be shipped under the provisions time and in frequency ~y constant magnitudes;
of Item IL 1565; and (v) Utilising a Doppler technique for any purpose other
(3) Has been in normal civil use for a period than M.T.I. systems using a conventional double or
of less than one year. triple pulse delay line cancellation technique; except
2. Direction finding equipment specially designed for those utilised for surveillance and control radars for
search and rescue purposes and operating at a aerial navigation in civil airports;
frequency of 121.5 MHz or 243 MHz is not covered (vi) Including any digital signal processing techniques
by this sub-item. This exclusion also applies to used for automatic target tracking, or having a
personallocator beacons operating in this form and facility for electronic tracking;
which may also have an additional channel (vii) Including signal processing techniques other than
selectable for voice mode only. those covered by sub-item (vi) above, which have
(2) Ground and marine equipment for use with airborne been in normal civil use for a period of less than two
navigation equipment utilising the constant velocity or years;
the rectilinear propagation characteristics of electro- (viii) In the case of ground radar, having been in
magnetic waves having frequency less than 4 x 10 14Hz commercial use for a period of less than one year.
(0.75 micron);
(3) Ground and marine direction finding equipment TECHNICAL NOTE:
operating at frequencies greater than 30 MHz; Probability of detection is determined according to the
following parameters:
NOTE: (a) Radial closing velocity of the target: 610 metres per
This sub-item does not embargo equipment, other than second (2,OOO feet per second);
single side band equipment, operating at frequencies up (b) Probability of false alarm: 10-8;
to 157 MHz and employing a loop system or a system (c) Operator factor: 3dB; and
employing a number of spaced vertical aerials uniformly (d) Fluctuation of the target in accordance with Rayleigh
disposed around the circumference of a circle, excluding distribution.
electronically commutated types.
(4) Timing receivers whose only function is automatically NOTE:
providing time derived from satellite signals to within 1 (a) Radar equiprnent embargoed only by (2) (i), (ii) or (Hi)
millisecond of Universal Coordinate Time (UCT) or above, provided that both of the following conditions are
better; met:
(5) Ground or marine navigation and geodetic positioning (1) It is specially designed for the surveillance and
systems designed for use with satellite-provided timing coordination of airfield surface traffic; and
positioning or navigation information; (2) It is to be installed at airports operating scheduled
(c) Radar equipment as follows, and specially designed commercial flights;
components, specialised testing, calibrating and (b) Radar equipment embargoed only by (2) (ii) or (Hi) above,
training/simulating equipment, and "specially designed soft- or by both, provided that all the following conditions are
ware" therefor: met:
(For lidar equipment see Item IL 1522) (1) Operating at a frequency of not more than 1.5 GHz
(1) Airborne radar equipment; and having a peak output power from the trans-
mitter not greater than 5 MW; or operating at a
NOTE: frequency within the range of 1.5 to 3.5 GHz and
having a peak output power not greater than 2.5
This Item does not embargo airborne civil weather radar
MW;
conforming to international standards for civil weather
(2) Having an 80 per cent or better probability of
radars provided they they not include any of the
detection for a 10 sq.m. target at a free space range
following:
of 270 nautical miles;
(a) Phased array antennas;
(3) Having a pulse repetition frequency exceeding 300
(b) "Frequency agility";
pulses per second;
(c) "Spread spectrum"; or
(4) It is to be installed for air traffic control of scheduled
(d) Any signal processing specially designed for
international commercial flights;
tracking of vehicles.
(c) Radar equipment covered only by (2) (iv) or (v) above,
(2) Ground and marine radar equipment having one or
provided it is to be installed for air traffic control
more of the following features:
purposes in international airports and has been in
(i) Operating at a frequency not in normal civil use or
nonnal civil use for a period of not less than three years;
at a frequency of more than 10.5 GHz;
(d) Radar equipment covered by (2) (vi) above, provided it is
(ii) Operating at a frequency of less than 1.5 GHz and
specially designed for marine, harbour or meteorological
having a peak output power from the transmitter
use, or has been in normal civil use for not less than
greater than 2.5 MW; or operating at a frequency
three years;
within the range of 1.5 to 3.5 GHz and having a
(e) Radar equipment covered only by (2) (vii) above,
peak output power from the transmitter greater
provided it is specially designed for marine (or harbour)
than 1.5 MW; or operating at a frequency within the
use, or radar equipnlent embargoed only by (2) (vii) or
range of 3.5 to 6 GHz and having a peak output
(viii) above, or both, provided it is specially designed for
power from the transmitter greater than 1 MW; or
meteorological observation.
operating at a frequency within the range of 6 to
10.5 GHz and having a peak output power from the
transmitter greater than 500 kW; TECHNICAL NOTES:
(iii) Operating at a frequency of less than 3.5 GHz and 1. The term "civil aircraft" and "civil helicopters" are
having an 80 per cent or better probability of understood to include only those types of "civil aircraft"
detection for a 10 sq.m. target at a free space range and "civil helicopters" which are listed by designation in
of 250 nautical miles; or operating at a frequency published a.irworthiness certification lists by the civil
within the range of 3.5 to 10.5 GHz and having an aviation authorities to fly commercial civil internal and
80 per cent or better probability of detection for 10 external routes or for legitimate civil, private or business
sq.m. target at a free space range of 100 nautical use.
miles; 2. By "coordinate conversion equipment" is meant
(iv) Utilising other than pulse modulation with a electronic equipment designed to compute the position
constant or staggered pulse repetition frequency, in of the aircraft in one coordinate system when furnished
which the carrier frequency of the transmitted position information in another coordinate system.
signal is not changed deliberately between groups
of pulses, from pulse to pulse, or within a single NOTES:
pulse; except civil commercial airport radars using a 1. Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting the

Security export control March 1989 36


IL 1501 NOTE 1 continued 2.
(4) Including no cesium beam standards; and
(5) Including no null steerable antennae.
Specialised testing or calibrating equipment shipped pursuant
export of specially designed "software" or technology for to the various exclusion clauses in this Item shall be limited to
navigation, direction finding, radar and airborne equipment:
communication equipment, or technology for specially (a) Shipped with operational equipment for which the
designed components therefor, except for the minimum exclusion clause is intended; or
"software" and technology for the use (Le. the installation, (b) Specifically for such operational equipment which has
operation and maintenance) of the following equipment. This previously been exported.
Item does not embargo the following:
(a) Standard commercial airborne equipment listed in sub-
item (b) (1) (ii) above needed to equip "civil aircraft" or
"civil helicopters" or as normal standard equipment
incorporated in "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters"
IL 1502
being exported for civil commercial use provided, such Communication, detection or tracking
equipment is in conformity with ICAO standards and equipment of a kind using ultra-violet radiation,
assures no function exceeding those resulting from such
standards, is not designed to use satellite-broadcasted infrared radiation or ultrasonic waves, and
navigation signals and is not designed to make use of specially designed components and "specially
hyperbolic grids at frequencies greater than 3 MHz. designed software" therefore
(Standard commercial airborne equipment designed to 1. Infrared or ultra-violet sensing devices not otherwise
make use of hyperbolic grids at frequencies of less than 3 embargoed by Munitions List Item ML 15 and which contain
MHz may be exported if coordinate conversion image intensifiers embargoed by Item IL 1555 are dealt with
equipment, which has been in normal civil use for less in this Item.
than one year, or which could not be shipped under the 2. This Item does not embargo ultrasonic devices which operate
provisions of Item IL 1565, is not included and is not in contact with a controlled material to be inspected, or which
separately supplied.) Normal civil equipment released by are used for industrial cleaning, sorting or materials handling,
this paragraph consists of: Marker beacons, ILS, VOR industrial and civilian intrusion alarm, traffic and industrial
("OMNI"), Omega, Loran A and B; movement control and counting systems, medical appli-
(b) Ground and marine equipment listed in sub-item (b) (2) cations, emulsification, homogenisation, or simple
above, for use with airborne navigation equipment using educational or entertainment devices.
the constant velocity or rectilinear propagation
characteristics of electromagnetic waves having a NB:
frequency less than 4 x 10 14 Hz (wavelength 0.75 micro- Simple educational devices are defined as devices designed
metre), provided the ground equipment is for use at civil for use in teaching basic scientific principles and
airports or for civil use in association with civil airborne demonstrating the operation of those I;:inciples in
equipment, and: educational institutions.
(1) Is in conformity with ICAO standards and assures no 3. This Item does not embargo underwater ultrasonic
function exceeding those resulting from such communications equipment designed for operation with
standards; amplitude modulation and having a communications range of
(2) Is not designed to make use of hyperbolic grids at 500 m or less (Sea State 1), a carrier frequency of 40 to 60 kHz
frequencies greater than 3 MHz; and a carrier power supplied to the transducer of 1 W or less.
(c) Equipment listed in sub-item (b) (5) above which is 4. This Item does not embargo the following:
restricted to use with TRANSIT satellite systems or other (a) Industrial equipment employing cells not embargoed by
unembargoed systems and which is not also embargoed Item IL 1548;
by sub-item (b) (4) above; (b) Industrial and civilian intrusion alarm, traffic and
(d) Secondary radar equipment embargoed by sub-item (c) industrial movement control and counting systems;
above specially designed for civil air traffic identification (c) Medical equipment;
and control purposes; (d) Industrial equipment used for inspection, sorting or
(e) Equipment assemblies for civil marine automatic radar analysis of the properties of materials;
plotting aids or electronic relative motion analyzers (e) Simple educational or entertainment devices which
designed to achieve the requirements published by the employ photo cells;
International Maritime Organization in accordance with (I) Flame detectors for industrial furnaces;
the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) conventions, provided (g) Equipment for non-eontact temperature measurement
the designed tracking speeds do not exceed relative for laboratory or industrial purposes utilising a single
values of greater than 150 knots (77.1 metres/second); detector cell with no scanning of the detector;
(f) Ground radar of the hand-held and automobile-mounted (h) Instruments capable of measuring radiated power or
type used for vehicle speed monitoring by police energy having a response time constant exceeding 10
authorities and operating in the frequency band from ms;
10.5 to 10.55 GHz. (i) Equipment designed for measuring radiated power or
(g) Global positioning satellite receivers listed in sub-items energy for laboratory, agricultural or industrial purposes
(b) (4) and (b) (5) above which have all of the following using a single detector cell with no scanning of the
characteristics: detector and single detector cell assemblies or probes
(1) Capable only of processing the Ll channel (also specially designed therefor, having a response time
called the Standard Positioning Service (SPS) constant exceeding 1 microsecond;
channel); 0) Infrared geodetic equipment, provided that equipment
(2) Capable of only the Short-Term Code (Coarse uses a lighting source other than a laser and is manually
Acquisition Code (C/A) code) with short term operated or uses a lighting source (other than a laser or a
generation cycle; Iight-emitting diode) remote from the measuring
(3) No decryption capabilities; equipment.

COLOURED Goods described can be licenced at national NB:


TYPE discretion for export to the proscribed Simple educational devices are defined as devices designed
countries. for use in teaching basic scientific principles and
demonstrating the operation of those principles in
educational institutions.
5. This Item does not embargo:
(a) Infrared thermal imaging equipment having all the
following characteristics:
(1) The detector is a single element;
(2) The detector is neither a charge coupled device

36 Security export control March 1989


(CCD) nor an integrate-while-scan device; use only, or mechanical (eg air gun or vapour-shoclt
(3) The detector is either: gun) or chemical (eg explosive) noise sources;
(i) Not cooled; or (4) Acoustic systems or equipment for positioning
(ii) Cooled by using a liquid nitrogen Dewar vessel; surface vessels or underwater vehicles, provided:
and (a) Their control capability is limited to release and
basic transponder capabilities;
NB: (b) They are not capable of processing responses
This sub-paragraph does not release Joule- from more than four beacons in the calculation
Thompson coolers, cooling engines or thermo of a single point, and have neither devices nor
electric coolers. software for correcting automatically velocity-
(4) The equipment is: of-propagation errors for point calculation, nor
(a) Non-ruggedised, medical equipment; or any coherent signal processing means;
(b) Has both of the following: (c) They are capable only of operating within a
(i) A resolution not exceeding 22,500 range of less than 1,000 metres or, if capable of
resolvable elements; and operating beyond a range of more than 1,000
(ii) A Noise Equivalent Temperature Differ- metres, are not capable of achieving positional
ence (NETD) (or temperature sensitivity) of accuracy of better (less) than 20 metres when
no less than I.O°C; measured at a range of 1,000 metres;
(b) Infrared viewing equipment having all the following (d) Transducers, acoustic modules or hydrophones
characteristics: therefor are not designed to withstand pressure
(1) The detector is a pyroelectric vidicon without during normal operation at depths greater than
reticle; 1,000 metres; and
(2) The equipment is designed for fire fighting and (e) Beacons therefor are not designed to withstand
buried body detection; and pressure during normal operation at depths
(3) The optimal sensitivity is in the wavelength range greater than 1,000 metres, do not have
from 8 to 14 micrometres. oscillators with a stability greater than 10-5
over periods of 24 hours, and do not use
NB: complex codes or beamformers which have
Nothing in this Note shall be construed as releasing any shaded or formed beams;
technology from embargo. (B) Passive (receiving, whether or not related in normal
application to separate active equipment) acoustic
FOR THE PEOPLE'S REPlJBUC;OF CHINA ONLY: hydrophones or transducers having all of the following
6. Underwater ultrasoniceommunicatiol1$equipmenlwhich characteristics:
does not: (1) Independently mounted or configured and not
(a) Use electronic beam steering; reasonably capable of assembly by the user into a
(b) Incorporate any encryption·· technique; or towed hydrophone array;
(cl Have a carrier frequency outside the range of 20 to 60 (2) Incorporating sensitive elements made of piezo-
kHz. electric ceramics or crystal:
(a) With a sensitivity no better than -180 dB
(reference 1 volt per micropascal) when not
IL 1510 designed for operation at depths of more than
100 m and not acceleration compensated;
Marine or terrestrial acoustic or ultrasonic (b) With a sensitivity no better than -192 dB
systems or equipment specially designed for (reference 1 volt per micropascal) when not
positioning surface vessels or underwater designed for operation at depths of more than
vehicles, or for detecting or locating underwater 100 m;
(c) With a sensitivity no better than -204 dB
or subterranean objects or features, and (reference 1 volt per micropascal) when not
specially designed components of such systems designed for operation at depths of more than
or equipment, including but not limited to 1000 m;
hydrophones, transducers, beacons, towed (ii) Terrestrial systems or equipment having both the following
hydrophone arrays, beamformers and characteristics:
(a) Not reasonably capable of conversion by the user to
geophones (except moving coil or moving underwater or marine applications embargoed by this
magnet electromagnetic geophones) and Item;
"specially designed software" therefor, except: (b) Not employing geophones or other transducers
embargoed by this Item.
(i) Marine systems or equipment, as follows:
(A) Active (transmitting, or transmitting and receiving) NOTES:
systems or equipment, including but not limited to depth 1. Signal- and data-processing parameters for related
sounders and fish-finders and their associated equipment are defined in Items IL 1529 and IL 1565,
beamformers, as follows: and parameters for related cable in Item IL 1526.
(1) Depth sounders used solely for measuring the depth 2. Magnetic detection and locating apparatus are covered
of water or the distance of submerged or buried by Item IL 1571.
objects vertically below the apparatus; 3. Nothing in this Item shall permit the export of
(2) Horizontally-operated object detection or location technology or technical data associated with the design,
systems, having all of the following characteristics: manufacture or upgradJng of an item excepted from
(a) Transmitting frequency of 15 kHz or greater; embargo by this definition, when such technology or
(b) Sound pressure level less than 250 dB technical data are also relevant to equipment embargoed
(reference 1 micropascal at 1 metre) for by this definition.
equipment with operating frequency between 4. With respect to repairs and alterations to ships owned
15 an(j 30 kHz, with no decibel limitation for and controlled by organisations in proscribed
equipment operating at frequencies of 30 kHz destinations, t.hen those systems or equipment
or higher; embargoed by Item IL 1570 shall not be installed
(c) Transmission capability limited to ±. 10 per pursuant to such repair or alterations, unless previously
cent of the design centre frequency; approved.
(d) Not designed to withstand pressure during (See also 'tern IL 1416.)
normal operation at depths greater than 1,000 5. Acoustic syst"ms or equipment embargoed by this Item
metres; for use in positioning surface vessels or underwater
(e) Displaying a range of 5,000 metres or less; vehicles are systems or equipment using acoustic travel
(3) Electronic noise sources for vertically directional time differences between beacons operating as

Security export control March 1989 37


IL 1510 NOTE 5 continued IL 1514
Pulse modulators capable of providing electric
responders, transponders or independent transmitters impulses of peak power exceeding 20 MW or of a
and one or more hydrophones carried by a surface
vessel or underwater vehicle. duration of less than 0.1 microsecond, or with a
6. Passive hydrophone sensitivities cited in this item are duty cycle in excess of 0.005; and pulse
based on sensitivity being defined as 20 times the transformer, pulse-forming equipment or delay
logarithm to the base 10 of the ratio of rms output lines being specially designed components of
voltage to a 1 volt reference, when. th~ hydrophone
sensor is placed in a plane wave acoustic field haVing an
such modulators.
rms pressure of 1 micropascal.. For example, a
hydrophone of -160 dB (reference 1 volt per
micropascal) would yield an output voltage of 10-8 volts
IL 1516
in such a field, while one of -180 dB sensitivity would Receivers, as follows, and specially designed
yield only 10-9 volts output. components, accessories and "specially
7. Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting designed software" therefor:
the export of technology for the following equipment.
This Item does not embargo towed acoustic hydrophone (For instruments using time compression of the
arrays having all of the following characteristics: input signal or FFf techniques associated with
(a) Not specially designed for operation at greater than receivers, see Item IL 1533 (i».
100 metres depth or at tow speeds in excess of 8
knots; (a) Panoramic radio receivers (which search or scan
(b) Not incorporating temperature or heading sensors; automatically a part of the electromagnetic spectrum. and
(c) Having hydrophone groups uniformly spaced at not indicate or identify the received signals); except ancdlary
less than 25 metres and not more than 60 metres; equipment for commercial receivers with which the
(d) Having an assembled diameter of 40 mm or greater frequency searched does not exceed a band~idth of 20 ~Hz
and using metallic strength members only; or does not incorporate a raster or storage display capablhty;
(e) Not having multiplexed hydrophone group signals; (b) Digitally-controlled radio receivers, whether or not computer
(f) Not having a configuration for multiple or controlled, which search or scan automatically a part of the
overlapping acoustic aperture operation; electromagnetic spectrum, in which t~e s~it~hing o~erati?n
(g) Not having characteristics better than those takes less than 10 milliseconds, and which Indicate or IdentIfy
specified in sub-items (i) (B) (I) and (2) above; . the received signals, except non-ruggedized, digitally-
(h) Not having associated processing equipment which controlled, pre-set type radio receivers designed for use in
provides any of the following features: . civil communications which have 200 selective channels or
(1) Electronically-steerable beamformlng fewer (for digitally-controlled radio receivers using frequency
capabilities; synthesizers, see also Item IL 1531);
(2) Side-lobe suppression techniques such as (c) Receivers for "spread spectrum" and "frequency agile"
shading coefficients; systems having a total transmitted bandwidth w~ich is:
(3) On-line real-time processing or off-line batch (I) 100 or more items greater than the bandWidth of any
pre-processing capabilities exceeding the limits one information channel; and
specified in Items IL 1529 and IL 1565. (2) In excess of 50 kHz;
(d) Receivers which incorporate digital signal processing, except
receivers specially designed for internationally allocated civil
frequency bands only and 'Yhich .d? n~t permit u~er­
FOR PEOPLE'S' REPUBUC ·OF CHINA ONLY: accessible reprogrammability of the digital Signal-processing
8. TbeshiPment .of 'the following equipment: . circuits.
(a) Ac()Usticsystems or equipment for positioning
, surface vesselS ·ot underwater vehicles, provided
i.
TECHNICAL NOTES:
that: 1. "Spread spectrum" is defined as the tec~ni~ue whereb.y
(1) They.· are·not capable ofproceS$ing r~ponses energy in a relatively narrow-band communication channel IS
from more than 8 beacon$ in tbe calculation of spread over a much wider energy spectrum under the control
a singJepoint; of a random or pseudo-random bit stream. On receipt, the
(2) ;They. have neither de~ice$'nor ·"software" for signal is correlated with the same bit str~am to ~chiev.e .the
correcting . . au~omatically velocity.. ()f- reverse process of reducing the bandWidth to ItS ?nglnal
propagation err()rsfor~ntc.lculatio~;. form. By allocating different bit streams to different
Th~y have. no calter-ent' .signal .proceSSIng
subscribers transmitting simultaneously, significantly greater
means; and . .' .' .'.~.. •. . .••.,. . i use can be made of available bandwidth.
(4) Transducers, acoustic modules;' .beacons .or 2. "Frequency agility" (or frequency hopping) is another form of
,:;N.hydrophooe$/ therefor~ arenotdesignrd .to "spread spectrum" in which the transmission frequen~y of a
i':,,:\yilhstan4. pr~uFe4tlrtng nonnaloperatlonat single communication channel is made to change by discrete
,', ;.' ·.'dePths greatertban 1,OOOmelres; steps under the control of a similar bit stream.
Cttl $J~ansu~ttom· Pfoflle$yaems 'QQ.·portion of (See also Item IL 1517 (c).)
~iehls specially designed fori QPefatioD at d~pths
.r~t.,r, :tban l,()OO ",elres.
NOTE:
This Item is not intended to cover signal analysers (see Item
IL 1533) or field strength meters (see Item IL 1529).

IL 1517
COLOURED Goods described can be licenced at national Radio transmitters, except radio relay 'com-
TYPE discretion for export to the proscribed munications equipment (for which see Item IL
countries. 1520), as follows, and specially designed com-
ponents therefor:
(a) Transmitters or transmitter-amplifiers designed to operate at
output frequencies greater than 960 MHz;
(b) Transmitters or transmitter-amplifiers designed to provide
any of the following features:

38 Security export control March 1989


(1) Any system of pulse modulation (this does not include (A) 1,200 bitls when:
amplitude-, frequency- or phase-modulated televisions or (a) Employing an automatic error detectioq and
telegraphic transmitters or pulse-width modulated sound correction system; and
broadcasting transmitters); (b) Retransmission is not required for correction;
(2) Rated for operation over a range of ambient (B) 9,600 bitls when using the, "bandwidth of one voice
temperatures extending from below -40°C to above channel"; or
+60°C; (C) 64,000 bitls when using baseband;
(c) Transmitters for spread spectrum and frequency agile
systems having a total transmitted bandwidth which is: NOTE:
(For the definition of "spread spectrum" and "frequency For statistical multiplexers, which satisfy the definitions of
agility", see Technical notes 1 and 2 to Item IL 1516.) either "data (message) switching" or "stored programme
(1) 100 or more times greater than the bandwidth of any controlled circuit switching", and for the definitions of these
one information channel; and terms, see Item IL 1567.
(2) In excess of 50 kHz. (b) Electronic measuring or test equipment specially designed for
(For quartz crystals, see Item IL 1587; and for radio the equipment embargoed by sub-item (a) (1) above;
transmitters incorporating transmitter drive units,
exciters and master oscillators using frequency TECHNICAL NOTE:
synthesis, see also Item IL 1531.) Definition of terms
"bandwidth of one voice channel" -
NOTE: In the case of data communication equipment designed to
This item is not intended to cover the following transmitters or operate in one voice channel of 3,100 Hz, as defined in CCITI
transmitter-amplifiers, or systems containing such equipment, Recommendation G. 151;
accessories and sub-assemblies therefor: "data signalling rate" -
(a) Specially designed for medical applications and operating at As defined in ITV Recommendation 53-36, taking into
ISM frequencies; account that, for non-binary modulation, -baud' and -bit per
(b) Having an output power of not more than IOW, which are second' are not equal. Bits for coding, checking and
specially designed for: synchronisation functions are to be included.
(1) Industrial or civil intrusion detection and alarm;
(2) Industrial and traffic detection, counting, speed NB:
measurement, identification and movement control; When determining the "data signalling rate", servicing and
(3) Carrying the information from the equipment above, or administrative channels shall be excluded.
the information of environmental, air or water, pollution "Telecommunication transmission equipment" -
detection or measurement systems. For the purpose of this Item is:
(c) Transmitters using wideband amplifiers designed for non- (a) Categorised as follows, or combinations thereof:
frequency agile civil applications, such as television and (1) Line terminating equipment;
mobile service. (2) Intermediate amplifier equipment;
(3) Repeater equipment;
IL 1518 (4) Regenerator equipment;
(5) Translation encoders (transcoders);
Telemetering and telecontrol equipment suitable (6) Multiplex equipment;
for use with aircraft (piloted or pilotless), space (7) Modulatorsldemodulators (modems);
vehicles or weapons (guided or unguided), and (8) Transmultiplex equipment (see CCITT Rec. G701; or
(9) Stored programme controlled digital crossconnection
test equipment specially designed for such equipment; and
equipment. (b) Designed for use in single or multi-channel communication
via:
NOTE: (1) Wire (line);
This item is not intended to cover equipment specially designed to (2) Coaxial cable;
be used for remote control of toys such as model planes and boats (3) Optical fibre cable; or
and having electric field strength of not more than 200 microvolts (4) Radio.
per metre at a distance of 500 metres.
NOTES:
IL 1519 1. Nothing in this Item shall be construed as sanctioning the
export of technology for the development or production of
"Telecommunication transmission equipment" equipment employing digital transmission techniques for
and measuring and test equipment, as follows, operation at a total digital transfer rate' at the highest
multiplex level exceeding 8.5 million bitI s;
and specially designed components, accessories 2. This Item does not embargo:
and "specially designed software" therefor: (a) Telemetering, telecommand and telesignalling
(a) "Telecommunication transmission equipment" employing equipment designed for industrial purposes, together
digital techniques (including the digital processing of with data transmission equipment not intended for the
analogue signals) and having at least one of the following transmission of written or printed text;
characteristics:
(1) Designed for a total digital transfer rate which, at the NB:
highest multiplex level, exceeds: Telemetering, telecommand and telesignalling equip-
(A) 45 million bitls (including when designed for under- ment consists of:
water use); or (a) Sensing heads for the conversion of information into
(B) 8.5 million bitls for stored programme controlled electrical signals;
digital crossconnection equipment; (b) The systems used for the long-distance transmission
of these electrical signals; and
NOTE: (c) The process used to translate electrical signals into
The maximum of 45 million bitls for the highest coded data (telemetering), into control signals
multiplex level does not preclude total digital transfer (telecommand) and into display signals
rates of maximally a factor two (2 times) higher for: (telesignalling);
(a) Line terminating equipment; (b) Facsimile equipment which is not embargoed by Item IL
(b) Intermediate amplifier equipment; 1527; or
(c) Repeater equipment; (c) Equipment emploving exclusively the direct current
(d) Regenerator equipment; or transmission 'technique.
(e) Translation encoders (transcoders);
(2) Designed for a "data sign.alling rate" which exceeds:

Security export control March 1989 39


IL 1519NoTE3 (v)
(3) Ku- and Ka-band: 10.7 - 12.75 GHz.
The equipment is specially designed for the transmission
of television signals:
FOR'PEOPLE·S ··REPUBLIC-OF CHINA ONLY: (I) Between camera and studio or between studio and
television transmitter; and
3. The sbipmentof tbefollowing communication, measuring or (2) Not exceeding a line-of-sight distance with respect
test equipment: ,', \
to anyone installation;
(a) ·'Telecommunication transmissio~ equipment" provided
(vi) The equipment is specially designed to be installed and
it is: operated in communication satellite earth stations using:
(1) Intended for general commercial traffic in a civil (I) INTELSAT;
communication system; (2) MARISAT;
(2) Designed for operation ala total digital transfer rate (3) EUTELSAT; or
at the highest multiplex level of 140 million bit/s or (4) INMARSAT;
less; (vii) The equipment is tropospheric scatter communication
(3) Installed under the supervision of the seller in a equipment which:
permanent circuit; and (1) Is designed for civil fixed use;
(4) To be operated by the civilian authorities of the (2) Operates at fixed frequencies of 2.7 GHz or less;
importing country; (3) Uses frequency modulation; and
(b) Me~uring andlor test equipment necessary for the use (4) Has a power amplifier output of 10 kW or less;
(i.e., installation, operation, and maintenance) of
equipment exported under the conditions of this Note, NOTES:
provided:
(1) It is designed for use with communication 1. Nothing in the above shall be construed as
transmission equipment operating at a Udata permitting the export of technology for equipment
signalling rate" of 140 million bit/sor less; and employing quadrature-amplitude-modulation (QAM)
(2) It will be supplied in the minimum quantity required techniques, except technology for installation,
for the transmission equipment eligible for admin- operation or maintenance.
istrative exception treatment: 2. Nothing in the above shall be construed as
permitting the export of technology for equipment
NB: released by (vi) above, other than technology for
installation, operation or maintenance.
Where possible, built-in test equipment (BITE) will (b) Stand-alone radio transmission media simulators/channel
be provided for installation or maintenance of estimators and "specially designed software" therefor,
transmission equipment eligible for administrative specially designed for testing equipment embargoed by (a)
exception treatment under this Item rather than above, except those in which the adjustments are only made
individual test equipment; manually.
NB: NOTES:
1. For communication equipment using optical fibre as the 1. This Item does not embargo equipment permanently installed
communication medium,~ the 'transmission wavelength in a circuit operated by the civilian authorities of the
must not exceed 1,370 nm. importing country for civil television transmission or for
2. A statement is provided identifying the following: general commercial traffic or technology for the installation,
(i) Locations of the connection points; maintenance and operation therefor, provided:
(H) Types of equipment being connected; and (a) The equipment is not designed for operation at a total bit
(Ui) Transmission rates. rate exceeding 45 million bit/s;
4. The shipment of modems and multiplexers embargoed by (b) The equipment does not employ quadrature-amplitude-
sub-item (a) (2) above designed for operation at "data modulation (QAM) techniques; and
signalling rates" of 19,200 bitls or less. (c) Associated or integrated multiplex equipment is con-
sidered separately under the provisions of Item IL 1519.
2. This Item does not embargo equipment for civil industrial use,
IL 1520 eg, remote supervision, control and metering of oil and gas
pipelines, civil public utility services (eg, electricity networks)
Radio relay communication equipment, specially including telephone channels for the operation of such
designed test equipment and "software" as networks and the engineering service circuits required for the
follows, and specially designed components and maintenance of telecommunication links, or technology for
accessories therefor: the installation, maintenance and operation therefor,
provided:
(a) Radio relay communication equipment designed for use at,
(a) Microwave radio links employing analogue transmission
frequencies exceeding 960 MHz, except when having any of '" techniques have a capacity not exceeding 2,700 voice
the following sets of characteristics: channels of 4 kHz each;
(i) Microwave radio links for fixed civil installations (b) Microwave radio links employing digital transmission
operating.at fixed frequencies not exceeding 19.7 GHz J
techniques operate at a frequency not exceeding 19.7
employing analogue transmission with a capacity of up GHz and are designed to operate at a total digital bit rate
to 2,700 voice channels of 4 kHz each or of a television not exceeding 45 million bit/s;
channel of 6 MHz maximum nominal bandwidth and (c) The equipment does not employ quadrature-amplitude-
associated sound channels; modulation (QAM) techniques;
(H) Microwave radio links for fixed civil installations (d) Associated or integrated multiplex equipment is con-
operating at fixed frequencies not exceeding 19.7 GHz, sidered separately under the provisions of Item IL 1519.
employing digital transmission techniques designed for
operation at a total bit rate not exceeding 8.5 million
bit/s; FOR PEOPLE'S,REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:
(Hi) Ground communication radio equipment for use with 3. The shipment of the follOWing radio relay communication
temporarily fixed services operated by the civilian equipment:
authorities of the importing country and designed to be (a) Digitalrnicrowave radio l~nks for. fixedcivU installations
used at fixed frequencies not exceeding 15 GHz with a operating at fixed frequencies not exceeding 19.7 GHz
power output of not more than 5 W; with a capacity ()fupto 1.920 voice channels of 3.1 kHz
(iv) TV-receive-only (TVRO) stations for satellite reception or four television channels of6 MHzmaximum nominal
specially designed for use at fixed frequencies meeting bandwidth and associated sound 'channels;
ITU standards in civil television or sound radio systems (b) Groundcommunicati0l.l ~radio '. equipment for use with
in the following frequency ranges: ,'br
temporarily fixed ~, '•. ~ryices: "operated,' the civilian
(I) S-band: 2.5 - 2.69 GHz authodti~s~J1d,'designed to ,be us.edat',fixed frequencies
(2) C-band: 3.4 - 4.2 GHz l10t ~xceedil'1.2()'OH~~." ,. ',,' ".' .'
4.5 - 4.8 GHz (cl Radiottansmi8$ionmedia simulators/channel estimators
40 Security export control March 1989
desiluedfor thete4ting of equipmenteovered by (a) or (Hi) Helium-neon "lasers" with an output wavelength shorter
,.(b).&bo'Ve;·, than 0.8 micrometre; .
(d) Power •. amplifiers . nOt .. exceeding ·.10, 'fl.·'aDd6/ 4-GHz.. (iv) Ruby-"Iasers" with both of the following characteristics:
traD$lllitterslreceiversforcommunicadon satellites; (I) An output wavelength shorter than 0.8 micrometre;
(e) Equipment specially. designed' to .receiv~civil· meteoro- (2) An energy output not exceeding 20 joules per pulse;
logical· data provided: \ (v) C~, CO or CO/C~ "lasers" having either of the
(1) The equipment or systems are designed and used following characteristics:
for fixed civil meteorological applications; (I) An output wavelength in the range of 9 to 11
(2) The equipment has all the following characteristics: micrometres and a pulsed output energy not
(i) It is specially designed. t9 receive and process exceeding 2 joules per pulse and a maximum rated
Weather· Facsimile (WEFAX) or receive and average single- or multi-mode output power not
process· meteorological data· from civil weather exceeding 1.2 kW or a continuous..wave maximum
satellites such as: . GOES (Geostationary rated single- or multi-mode output power not
Operating·. Environmental Satellite), NOAA exceeding 5.0 kW; or
(National Oceanic and Atmospheric (2) An output wavelength in the range of 5 to 7
Administration) polar orbiting satellites, or the micrometres and having a continuous..wave
ARGOS meteoroligical satellite; maximum rated single- or multi-mode output power
(ii) "Frequency agility" techniques are not not exceeding 50 watts;
incorporated; and (vi) Nd:YAG "lasers" having an output wavelength of 1.064
(Ui) The. weather satellite ground system fre- micrometres with either of the following characteristics:
quencies do not exceed 1,750 MHz. (I) A pulsed output not exceeding 0.5 joule per pulse
and maximum rated average single- or multi-mode
output power not exceeding 10 watts or a
IL 1521 continuous-wave maximum rated single- or multi-
mode output power not exceeding 50 watts;
Solid-state amplifiers having any of the following (2) A pulsed output not exceeding 10 joules per pulse
characteristics, and specially designed with a pulse width not less than 50 microseconds
components and accessories therefor: and a maximum rated average single-or multi-mode
output power not exceeding 50 watts;
(a) Exceeding a maximum output power of 2 kW at operating (vii) Nd:Glass "lasers" with both of the following
frequencies between 10 and 35 MHz inclusive;
characteristics:
(b) Exceeding a maximum output power of 50 W at operating
(1) An output wavelength in the range of 1.05 to 1.06
frequencies between 35 and 400 MHz; or
micrometres; and
(c) A product of the maximum output power times tyo maximum (2) A pulsed output not exceeding 2 joules per pulse;
operating frequency of more than 2 x 10 W.Hz at
(viii) "Tunable" CW dye "lasers", with both of the following
operating frequencies above 400 MHz.
characteristics:
NOTES: (I) An output wavelength shorter than 0.8 micrometre;
and
1. This Item does not embargo solid state amplifiers: (2) An output not exceeding an average or continuous-
(a) Specially designed for community television distribution wave maximum rated single- or multi-mode output
systems; or power of 1 W;
(b) Having a "bandwidth" of 10 MHz or less. (ix) "Tunable" pulsed "lasers" (for argon and krypton
2. For amplifiers designed to operate at frequencies above 1 "lasers", see (a) (i) above), including dye, having all of the
GHz, see Item IL 1537. following characteristics:
3. For amplifiers specially designed for and intended to work (I) An output wavelength between 0.15 and 0.8
with oscilloscopes, see Item IL 1584. micrometre;
4. For amplifiers specially designed for transmitters, see Item IL (2) A pulse duration not exceeding 100 nanoseconds;
1517. (3) A pulsed output energy not exceeding 0.5 joule per
pulse; and
TECHNICAL NOTE: (4) An average power not exceeding 10 watts;
"Bandwidth" is defined as the range of frequencies over which the (x) Single-element semiconductor "lasers" with a wave-
power amplification does not drop to less than one half of its length shorter than 1 micrometre designed for, and used
maximum value. in, equipment as defined in (b){xiii), (xiv), (xix) or (xx)
below;
IL 1522 NOTE:
"Lasers" and "equipment containing lasers", as This sub-item does not embargo semiconductor "lasers"
follows: having:
(1) An output wavelength no longer than 1,000 nm;
(a) "Lasers" and specially designed components, therefor, and
including amplification stages, except the following when not . (2) A continuous wave (CW) output power not
specially designed for equipment covered by (b) below: exceeding 100 mW.
(i) Argon, krypton and non-"tunable" dye "lasers" having (b) "Equipment containing lasers", and specially designed
one of the following sets of characteristics: components therefor, except the equipment listed below
(1) An output wavelength in the range from 0.2 to 0.8 which contains "lasers" excluded from embargo by sub-item
micrometre, a pulsed output energy not exceeding (a):
0.5 joule per pulse and an average or continuous- (i) Specially designed for industrial and civilian intrusion
wave maxirnum rated single- or multi-mode output detection and alarm systems;
power not exceeding 20W; or (H) Specially designed for medical applications;
(2) An output wavelength between 0.8 and 1.0 (Hi) Equipment for educational and laboratory purposes;
micrometre, a pulsed output energy not exceeding
0.25 joule per pulse and an average or continuous-
wave maximum rated single- or multi-mode output NB:
power not exceeding 10 watts; The educational equipment referred to "in this sub..item is
(ii) Helium-cadmium, nitrogen and multigas "lasers" not defined as devices designed for use in teaching basic
otherwise specified in this item with both of the scientific principles and demonstrating the operation of
following characteristics: those principles in educational institutions.
(1) An output wavelength shorter than 0.8 micrometre; (iv) Specially designed ~or traffic and industrial movement
(2) A pulsed output not exceeding 0.5 joule per pulse control and cOiUntin~ systems;
and an average or continuous-wave maximum rated ~v) Specially designed for detection of envirQnmental
single- or multi-mode output power not exceeding pollution;
120 watts; (vi) Optical spectrometers and densitometers;

Security export control March 1989 41-


(b) containing "lasers" described in (a) (vi) (1) and (vii)
IL 1522 (b)(vU) provided the "lasers" have a maximum pulsed output not
exceeding 2 joules per pulse;
(vii) Equipment containing continuous-wave helium-neon gas (c) This Item does not embargo Nd. YAG "lasers" used for
"lasers" (but see sub-item (c) below); pumping "tunable" pulsed dye "lasers" excluded from
(viii) Textile-cutting and textile-bonding equipment; embargo under (a) )ix), and having all of the following
(ix) Paper cutting equipment; characteristics:
(x) Equipment containing "lasers" for drilling diamond dies (1) An output wavelength of 1.064 micrometre;
for the wire drawing industry; (2) A pulsed output energy not exceeding 1.5 joule per
(xi) Electronic scanning equipment with auxiliary electronic pulse; and
screening unit specially designed for printing processes, (3) A maximum rated average single- or multi-mode
including such equipment when used for the production output power not exceeding 25 w.
of colour separations; 2. This item is intended to cover semiconductor "lasers" but not
(xii) Laser-radar (lidar) equipment specially designed for non-eoherent light-emitting diodes and assemblies or
surveying or meteorological observation; integrated circuits containing such light-emitting diodes. (see
(xiii) Consumer-type reproducers for video and audio discs, Items IL 1544 and IL 1564).
employing non-erasable media; 3. For "laser" feedback systems'and "laser" interferometers, see
(xiv) Price scanners (point of sale); also Item IL 1093 (c).
(xv) Equipment designed for surveying purposes, provided 4. For the status of optical fibre and optical preform character-
there is no capability of measuring range; isation equipment which contains lasers, see Item IL 1353.
(xvi) Equipment specially designed for the marking of 5. Not used.
components;
(xvii) Specially designed gravure (printing plate) manufac- FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:
turing equipment; 6. 'The shipment otthe following:
(xviii) Equipment specially designed for visual entertainment (a) Tunable pul~d ._. flowing-dye "lasers" _ having all 01 .the
purposes ("laser" light shows) provided it has no following _ characteristics, and specially designed
holographic capability; components theretor:
(xix) Electronic printers, including those capable of being used (1) An output- wavelength sborterthao' 0.8 micrometre;
with "digital computers", not exceeding 2,000 lines (30 (2) A,pulse duration -not exceeding lOOns; and
pages) per minute or 300 characters per second; (3) A peak output power not exceeding 15 MW;
(xx) Electronic copiers, including those capable of being used (b) CO 2 CO or CO/C02 ulasersHhaving an output
with "digital computers", not exceeding 30 pages per wavelength-in tbe range from 9 to Ilmicrometres-and a
minute and which do not include any of the following: pulsed output not exceeding 2 joules per pulse and a
(I) Optical character recognition (OCR) equipment maximum rated average single- or multi-mode output
which is not released by item IL 1565 (h) (2) (iv) (k); power not exceeding 5 kW or a continuous.. wave
(2) Digitising equipment which is not released by item maximum rated single- or multi-mode output power not
IL 1565 (h) (2) (iv) (h); exceeding-lO kW;
(3) "Image enhancement" capability; or (c) Equipment specially_ designed for medical- applications
(c) Measuring systems which have both of the following using "lasers" not freedJrom embargo by sub-item (a) (vi)
characteristics: above;
(I) Contain a "laser"; and (d) "Laser" systems for trimming resistors or thick/thin film
(2) Maintain for at least 48 hours, over a temperature range electronic circuits;
of .±...IOK around a standard temperature and at a (e) Equipment incorporating CO2 ulasers" -with -average or
standard pressure: continuous-wave ou~put power not~xceeding5 kW. not
(i) A resolution over their full scale of .±...O.I exceeding the parameters of Item IL 1091 and specially
micrometre or better; and designedJor welding~ cutting, bonding or drilling metals
(H) An accuracy of.±...1 part per million or better; for civil·applications.
(f) Minimum quantiUesof semiconductor "laser" designed
TECHNICAL NOTE: and destined for,use with a civilian fibre optic communi-
Standard temperatures and standard pressures as catioIls systeJl!:which would be either unembargoed or
indicated in IEC Publication 160. . eligible for n.oonal-discretion treatment for China under
(d) Particle measuring systems employing helium-neon "lasers", Item·IL 15 _,8 ,or It 1528. having an output wavelength
designed for measuring particle size and concentration in no longer / than 1370 nm and a power output not
gases, which have both of the following characteristics: exceeding 100 mW CW.
(I) Capable of measuring particle sizes of 0.3 micrometre or
less; and
(2) Capable of characterising Class 10 clean air or better.

TECHNICAL NOTES:
1. "Tunable" refers to the ability of a "laser" to produce an
output at any wavelength within its tuning range. A line- IL 1526
selectable "laser" which can operate only on discrete
wavelengths is not considered tunable. Optical fibres, optical cables and other cables
2. The term 'specially designed components' is intended, among and components and accessories, as follows:
other things, to include active and passive components in (a) Unarmoured or single-armoured ocean cable having an
semi-fabricated forms as well as in fabricated forms. attenuation of 1.62 dB/km (3.0 dB per nautical mile) or less,
3. A "laser" is an assembly of components to produce a coherent measured at a frequency of 600 kHz;
light which is amplified by stimulated emission of radiation. (b) Optical-fibre communication cable or optical fibres therefor,
4. "Equipment containing lasers" uses coherent light in the having any of the following characteristics:
equipment for a certain application. (I) The optical fibre is designed for single mode light
propagation;
NOTES: (2) The optical fibre:
1. Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting the (i) Is designed for muItirnode light propagation; and
export of technology for the following equipment, except for (ii) Has an attenuation of less than 1.0 dB/km at a
the minimum technology for their use (Le., installation, wavelength of 1300 nm; or
operation and maintenance): (3) Optical fibres capable of withstanding a "proof test"
(a) Sub-item (a) does not embargo uncooled, unsegmented tensile strength of 1.1 x 109 N/m 2 or more;
mirrors with glass or dielectric substrates for use as end
reflectors for "laser" resonators. TECHNICAL NOTE:
(For segmented mirrors, see Item IL 1556.) "Proof Test" consists of on-line or off-line production
(b) This Item does not embargo equipment listed in sub-item screen testing that dynamically applies a prescribed

42 Security export control March 1989


tensile stress over a 0.5 to 3 m length of fibre at a:
running rate of 2 to 5 m/s while passing between IL 1527
capstans approximately 15 cm in diameter. The ambient
temperature is a nominal 20°C and relative humidity
Cryptographic equipment and specially designed
40%. components therefor, designed to ensure
secrecy of communications (such as telegraphy,
NB: telephony, facsimile, video, and data communic-
Equivalent national standards for executing the "proof cations) or of stored information; and "software"
test" may be used. controlling or computers performing the
(4) Specially designed for underwater use; or
(5) Specially designed to be insensitive ot nuclear radiation; functions of such cryptographic equipment.
(c) Optical fibres for sensing purposes, having any of the
following characteristics: NOTES:
(1) Specially fabricated either compositionally or struc- 1. This Item also covers video systems which, for secrecy
turally, or modified by coating to be acoustically, purposes, use digital techniques (conversion of an analogue,
thermally, inertially, electromagnetically or nuclear ie video or facsimile, signal into a digital signal).
radiation sensitive; 2. This Item is not intended to cover simple cryptographic
(2) Modified structurally or by coating to have either: devices or equipment only ensuring the privacy of
(i) A "beat length" of more than 50 cm (low communications, as follows:
birefringence), except if designed for operation at (a) Equipment for voice transmission making use of fixed
wavelengths of less than 650 nm; or frequency inversions or fixed band scrambling
(H) A "beat length" of less than 5 cm (high techniques in which the transposition changes occur not
birefringence); more frequently than once every 10 seconds;
(b) Standard civil facsimile and video equipment designed to
TECHNICAL NOTE: ensure the privacy of communications by an analogue
"Beat length" is defined as the distance over which two transmission using non-standard practices for intended
orthogonally polarised signals, initially in phase, must receivers only (video system equipment effecting the
pass in order to achieve 2 Pi radian(s) phase difference; transposition of analogue data);
(d) Secure communication cable, being either coaxial or (c) Video systems for pay television and similar restricted
multiconductor communication cable protected by audience television, including industrial and commercial
mechanical or electrical means from physical damage or television equipment using other than standard
intrusion in such a manner that communications security is commercial sweep systems;
maintained between terminals without the necessity for 3. "Digital computers" and digital differential analysers
encryption; (incremental computers) designed or modified for, or
(e) Components and accessories specially designed for the above combined with, any cypher machines, cryptographic
optical fibres or cable, including fibre-optic bulkhead or hull equipment, devices or techniques including "software",
penetration connectors impervious to leakage at any depth "microprogramme" control ("firmware") or specialized logic
for use in ships or vessels, and multiport fibre-optic couplers control (hardware), associated equipment therefor, and
(including but not limited to T, star, bidirectional and wave- equipment or systems incorporating such computers or
length division multiplexing and demultiplexing couplers), analysers are covered by this Item or Munitions List Item ML
except connectors for use with optical fibres or cable with a 11.
repeatable coupling loss of 0.5 dB or more.
(See also Item ML 9 (g) on the Munitions List).
IL 1529
NOTES: Electronic equipment for testing, measuring (eg
1. Sub-item (e) above does not embargo cable that is armoured time interval measurement), calibrating or
by only either a tough outer sheath or by an electromagnetic counting, or for microprocessor/microcomputer
screen.
2. Associated equipment for sub-items (a), (b), (c) and (d), and development, as follows, and specially designed
specially. designed components therefor, are considered "software" therefor:
under Item IL 1519.
3. For military type cable (shear-resistant, etc) see Item ML 11 (a) Equipment, as follows:
on the Munitions List. (1)Designed as reference frequency standards for
4. Silica-based optical fibres and optical cable, other cable, laboratory use and having either of the following
connectors and couplers eInbargoed by sub-items (a), (b), (c) characteristics:
(1) to (4) or (f) above, provided: (i) A long-term drift (ageing) over 24 hours or more of
(a) The cable, optical fibres, connectors or couplers are for a 1 part in 10 10 or better; or
specific civil end-use; (ii) A short-term drift (stability) over a period from 1 to
(b) The quantities of cable, optical fibres, connectors or 100 seconds of 1 part in 1012 or better;
couplers are normal for the purpose; (2) Containing frequency standards having any of the
(c) The optical fibres specially designed for underwater use: following characteristics:
(i) Are not enlbargoed by sub-item (c) (1) above; and (i) Designed for mobile use and having a long-term
(ii) Have performance characteristics inferior to those drift (ageing) over 24 hours or more of 1 part in 1()9
described in sub-items (c) (2) or (c) (3); and or better;
(d) Connectors and couplers embargoed by sub-item (f) are (ii) Designed for fixed ground use and having a long
not: term drift (ageing) over 24 hours or more of 5 parts
(i) Fibre-optic bulkhead or hull penetration connectors, in 10 10 or better; or
specially designed for use in ships or vessels; or (Hi) A short-tenTI drift (stability) over a period from 1 to
(ii) Wavelength division multiplex type fibre-optic 100 seconds of 1 part in 1012 or better;
couplers. (b) Instruments, as follows (see also Note 1 below):
(1) Instruments designed for use at frequencies exceeding
FORPEOPL£'$·,REPUBUC .OFCHlNAONLYc 18 GHz;
5~ Q~icalfibrett¥mbar~ed bY.J~b-iteJJl.'(~)(2)~, .wb~:e:tCported (2) "Comb frequency generators" designed and rated for use
fo~~idenUfiable·~ivil·applicatiot1s,.ham8'allsof tbef9ltowing at frequencies exceeding 12.5 GHz;
~lir.~e~~: ' :.. .• .•. :.•. • •. . •.•. . •. . .•. . . . . . . ,.: ,.•.•. . . . .•. . •· . :.. •.
··...............,..>i. if (3) Instruments designed for use at frequencies exceeding 1
¥t:). :f!ot····fabrie.ted·cto':be~~r·:tadiatjon·~nsil¥e;' GHz, as follows,:
(b) ::/t. tfbeat length tt. bf;~re·;tban:~O·>crn{lowbirefrinlell~~); (i) "Swept-frequency network analyzers" for the
f· ::'If!rt1?'? .' ..:.: '' L f Y : ' , ; : ; , , · t , :" automatic measurement of ;complex equivalent
(~1"·,~':;~i)~\t.:ifit:~/.·~~~~~~;:'·~t',\,~1~,:;'WJ~8llatb circuit \parameters over a range of frequencies;
, ;':'exc~lrtI.;·lt!1011anQm~i;·'T'ii{;;>'<?· (ii) Specially calibrated microwave instrumentation

Security export control March1989 43


IL 1529 (b) (3) (U) continued
single events or providing stimuli at single test
points;
(b) Logic clips and logic comparators;
receivers capable of measuring amplitude and (c) Digital word generators capable of operating at
phase simultaneously; a maximum clock rate of 2 MHz or less with
(Ui) Automatic "frequency (heterodyne) converters" and word lengths of 8 bit or less.
"transfer oscillators"; (6) Microprocessor or microcomputer development
(iv) Instruments in which the functions can be instruments or systems, capable of developing
controlled by the injection of digitally-coded "software" for, or capable of, programming microcircuits
electrical signals from an external source; embargoed by Item IL 1564;
(4) Instruments having both of the following characteristics:
(i) "User-accessible programmability"; and
(H) A user-alterable 'programme" and data storage of
NOTES:
more than 65,536 bit; 1. This sub-item does not embargo microprocessor or
microcomputer development instruments or systems
which can be used to develop "software" for, or to
NOTES: programme, a "family" of microprocessor microcom-
1. This sub-item does not embargo; puter microcircuits not designed or produced within a
(a) Instruments, the "user-accessible programmability" proscribed area, provided:
of which is provided by, or with the legal agreement (a) The instruments or systems can be used only for
of, the original "manufacturer" and limited to: microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuits
(1) The replacement of fixed storage devices (eg having an operand (data) word length of less than or
ROMs) which do not change the embargo status equal to 8 bit and not having an arithmetic logic unit
of the instrument; or (ALU) wider than 8 bit; and
(2) The selection of pre-programmed functions (b) The "family" contains at least one microprocessor
from a menu. or microcomputer microcircuit which is not
embargoed by Item IL 1564.
NB:
The instrument concerned must be designed to ensure NB:
that any "software" (ROM replacement) would not For the purposes of this sub-item, a "family" consists of
enable the instrument to be enhanced to a level where it microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuits which
would become embargoed. have:
(b) Instruments which: (a) The same architecture;
(I) Have been designed for non-strategic use and (b) The same basic instruction set; and
by nature of design, "software", (c) The same basic technology (eg only NMOS or only
umicroprogramme" control (Ufirmware"), CMOS).
specialised logic control (hardware) or 2. This sub-item includes accessories specially designed for
performance are substantially restricted to the microprocessor or microcomputer instruments or
particular application for which they have been systems such as:
designed; and (a) "Cross-hosted" assemblers, "cross-hosted"
(2) Are not covered by any other part of this Item compilers;
and do not exceed the limits of Note 6 to Item (b) Adapter interfaces for prototypes or emulation
IL 1565. probes;
2. For the purposes of this Item, the "manufacturer" is the (c) Debuggers;
individual or organisation designing the instrument for (d) Programmable read-only memory (PROM)
the intended application (in contrast to an individual or programmers;
organisation merely programming an instrument at, or (e) Programmable read-only memory (PROM) copiers;
in accordance with, a user's request). (t) So-called 'personality' modules which contain more
(5) Test instruments with "user-accessible programmability" than one of the accessories enumerated under (a) to
and having any of the following characteristics: (e).
(i) Specially designed to examine or compare one or 3. "Cross-hosted" compilers or "cross-hosted" assemblers,
more binary coded streams of electrical signals; needed for use with a particular microprocessor or
(H) A maximum sampling rate of more than 100 MHz; microcomputer development instrument or system not
(Hi) A maximum of more than 32 channels excluding a embargoed by this sub-item must contain only the
maximum of 6 qualifier channels; minimum "software" in machine executable form to
(iv) A "figure of merit" of more than 400; perform the functions for which they were designed. To
(v) A capability of state coupled timing analysis (Le. make other incompatible instruments or systems
synchronized mode state/timing analysis); perform the same functions must require:
(vi) A total acquisition memory for word storage (a) Modification of this "software";
exceeding 32,768 bit with an acquisition memory (b) Addition of "programmes".
for bit storage per channel exceeding 1,024 bit; or 4. For "cross-hosted" compilers or "cross-hosted"
(vii) A total acquisition memory for word storage assemblers, which are not specially designed for use with
exceeding 16,384 bit with an acquisition memory microprocessor or microcomputer development instru-
for bit storage per channel exceeding 2,048 bit; ments or systems described in this sub-item, see Item IL
1566.
TECHNICAL NOTE: (c) Digital counters, as follows:
The above "figure of merit" is defined as the product of (1) Capable of counting successive input signals with less
the maximum sampling rate (in MHz) and the number of than 5 nanoseconds time difference without prescaling
input channels (excluding qualifier channels). (digital division) of the input signal (for counter/timers
having a time interval measurement mode, see also (d)
NOTES: below);
1. This sub-item includes instruments such as: (2) Employing prescaling of the input signal, in which the
(a) Digital circuit testers; prescaler is capable of resolving successive input signals
(b) Logic state analysers, logic timing analysers with less than 1 nanosecond time difference;
and logic state and logic timing analysers; (3) Capable of measuring burst frequencies exceeding 100
(c) Bus analysers; MHz for a burst duration of less than 5 milliseconds;
(d) Serial data analysers; or (d) Time interval measuring equipment employing digital
(e) Digital word generators. techniques, capable of measuring time intervals of less than 5
2. This sub-item does not embargo: nanoseconds on a single shot basis;
(a) Logic probes, logic pulsers, digital current (e) Testing equipment rated to maintain specified operating data
tracers (current 'sniffers'), signature analysers when operating over a range of ambient temperatures from
and other digital circuit testers for observing below -25°C to above +55°C;

44 Security export control March 1989


(f) Digital voltage measuring apparatus, with or without transmitted pulse-eompression radar pulse ('chirp radar'). This
electrical outputs, irrespective of the physical units in which profiling may be achieved by internal or external gating.
calibrated, with a reading speed (from zero to the measured "Pulse frequency profiling" is not intended to include
value) faster than 25 accesses per second and having any of 'frequency modulation tolerance' while it is being frequency
the following characteristics: modulated and is of interest to the communication field. The
(1) A digital resolution at all points on the scale greater than ability to perform measurement of the time interval of the
one part in 200,000; pulse itself (pulse width) as opposed to frequency
(2) An accuracy, measured without reference to an external measurements within a pulse is covered under time interval
standard, better than 1 part in 50,000 (0.002%) of instruments in sub-item (d) above.
reading over an ambient temperature range of ±.5°C or
more, or a stability better than 10-6 of reading over a NOTES:
period of 24 hours or more; 1. For signal analyzers, see Item IL 1533;
(3) Capable of more than 500 independent measurements For microwave equipment, see also Item IL 1537;
per second; For analogue-to-digital converters, other than digital voltage
measuring instruments, see Item IL 1568;
NOTES: For frequency synthesizers, see Item IL 1531.
1. Reading speed is assumed not to include changes in See also Items IL 1355, IL 1485 0) and Item ML 18 on the
range or polarity. Munitions List.
2. This sub-item does not embargo:
(a) Visual quantization apparatus capable of providing FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBUC OF CHINA ONLY:
an average value, displayed or not, of the results of 2. The shipment of the follOWing equipment:
the measurement; (a) Quartz or rubidium frequency standards not specially
(b) Multichannel analyzers of all types used in nuclear designed for military use;
experimentation; (b) "Swept frequency network analysers" or sweep
(c) Industrial telemeasuring devices in which a pre-set generators for use at frequencies not exceeding 400Hz
storage value is used as a basis for measuring. and which cannot be controlled remotely; .
(g) Transient recorders, utilizing analogue-to-digital conversion (c) Noise meters, power meters, microwave bridges and
techniques, capable of storing transients by sequentially noise generators embargoed by sllb-item (b) (1) or (b) (3)
sampling single input signals at successive intervals of less (iv) above for use at frequencies not exceeding 26.5 GHz;
than 50 nanoseconds. (d) "Swept frequency network analy-sers". for the automatic
measurement of complex equivalent circuit parameters
TECHNICAL NOTES: over a range of frequencies where the maximum
1. "Comb frequency generators" (sub-item (b) (2)) are generally frequency does not exceed 20 GHz;
understood to be devices which generate a spectrum of (e) Instruments in which the functions can be controlled by
harmonics. the injection of digitally coded electrical signals from an
2. "Swept-frequency network analyzers" as understood in sub- external source where the maximum frequency does not
item (b) (3) (i) above involve the automatic measurement of exceed 20 GHz;
equivalent circuit parameters over a range of frequencies. (f) Instruments incorporating computing facilities with
This involves swept-frequency measurement techniques but "user-accessible programmability" embargoed by sub-
not CW point-to-point measurements. item (b) (4) above;
3. "Amplitude and phase receivers" (sub-item (b) (3) (ii)) are (g) Digital test instruments with "user-accessible
instruments capable of measuring the amplitude of a programmeability" embargoed by sub-item (b) (5).
microwave signal or the amplitude of two microwave signals required for the use (installation. operation or
and the relative phase between them. The principal maintenance) of microcircuits or computers exported to
application of these instruments is the measurement of near the People's Republic ,of China under the national
and far zone phase and amplitude antenna patterns. They can discretion notes to Items IL 1584 or IL 1585;
also be used for measurement of microwave device and (h) Microprocessor and microcomputer development
components characteristics. In general, they are more instruments for microcircuits which are either
sophisticated and sensitive (better than -100 dBm) than unembargoed or exportable to the People's Republic of
phase and impedance measuring instruments such as RF China under the national discretion notes to Item IL
vector impedance meters and vector voltmeters. They also 1564;
feature wide dynamic range (80 dB) and very good linearity (i) Digital counters not haVing any of the following
(approximately ±. 0.25 dB). characteristics:
4. "Frequency (heterodyne) converters" (sub-item (b) (3) (iii)) (1) Capable of performing frequency measurements
down convert an unknown frequency by mixing with an above 20 GHz;
accurately known frequency. The accurately known (2) Capable of measuring' either the frequency or the
frequency is developed by multiplication of a crystal-derived change in phase or frequency within a pulse ("pulse
reference which is passed through a harmonic generator. By frequency profiling"), using either internally or
mixing the appropriate harmonic and the unknown externally. gated sampling intervals of 100 ns or less;
frequencies, an accurate third frequency results. or
5. "Transfer oscillators" (sub-item (b) (3) (iii)) are based also on (3) Capable of measuring burst frequencies'exceeding
the property of harmonic mixing. Differences exist in that a 250 MHz for a burst duration of less than ,2 ms;
local oscillator is utilized whereas a crystal-derived reference 0) Time· interval measuring· equipment employing digital
frequency is utilized in the case described in Note 4 above. techniques•.not capable.of. ~easuring time intervals of
The unknown frequency is mixed with the local oscillator les than 1 ns. on Cl single shot basis;
(LO) and the two are phase-locked by tuning the LO. The LO (k) Instruments embargoed by su~item. (f)" .not capable of
can then be measured by a counter. more than 1,000 independent measuremenls,per second;
6. "User-accessible programmability" as used in sub-items (b) (4) (1) Transient recordel'$, Dot capable 9fsarnplin" si~gle input
and (b) (5) above is meant defined as the facility allowing a sisnals at sqccessive Intervals of less than .10 ns.
user to insert, modify or replace "programmes" by means (m) PRQM pro4ram~ersembarsoed by sub-item (b) . (6)
above. .~~.. i·.· . . < .
... ,
other than:
(a) A physical change in wiring or interconnections; or
(b) The setting of function controls including entry of
parameters.
IL 1531
7. "Burst frequency measurement" counters (sub-item (c) (3)) "Frequency synthesizers" (and equipment
contain special gating circuits which start only when the input containing such "frequeacy synthesizers") 8S
signal is present and stop counting at the completion of the follows:
burst.
8. "Pulse frequency profiling" is the capability of measuring the (a) "Frequency synthesizers" containing frequency standards
changes of frequency (or phase) within a pulse as a function of embargoed by Item IL 1529 (a) (1) or temperature-
time; such changes in frequency would be present in a compensated ci'ystal oscillators covered by Item IL 1587 (c)

Security exportcoir'ltrol March1989 46


IL 1531 (b) (d) Digitally-controlled radio receivers, whether or not computer-
controlled, which search or scan automatically a part of the
electromagnetic spectrum, using "frequency synthesizers", as
(b) Instrument "frequency synthesizers" and synthesized signal follows, and specially designed components and accessories
generators, and specially designed components and therefor:
accessories therefor, designed for ground use, producing (1) Digitally-controlled receivers in which the switching
output frequencies whose accuracy and short- and long-term operation takes less than 10 milliseconds, except non-
stability are controlled by, derived from, or disciplined by the ruggedized digitally-controlled preset type radio
input frequency or internal master standard frequency, and receivers designed for use in civil communications,
having any of the following characteristics: which have 200 selective channels or fewer;
(1) A maximum synthesized output frequency of more than (2) "Frequency synthesizers" designed for the above
550 MHz; equipment, whether supplied separately or with the said
(2) Any of the following noise characteristics: equipment, exceeding the parameters specified in (b)
(i) A single sideband (SSB) phase noise better than above, except those specially designed for receivers
-120 dBc/Hz when measured at a 20 kHz offset freed from embargo under (d) (1) above;
from the carrier frequency;
(ii) A single sideband (SSB) phase noise better than NOTES:
-106 dBc/Hz when measured at a 100 Hz offset 1. This sub-item does not embargo "frequency
from the carrier frequency; synthethisers" specially designed for use in tuners for
(iii) An integrated phase noise better than -60 dBc/Hz entertainment type receivers.
referred to a 30 kHz band centred on the carrier and 2. See also Item IL 1516.
excluding the 1 Hz band centred on this carrier; or
(iv) An integrated AM phase noise better than -70 (e) Radio transmitters incorporating transmitter drive units,
dBc/Hz referred to a 30 kHz band centred on the exciters and master oscillators using frequency synthesis, as
carrier and excluding the 1 Hz band centred on this follows, and specially designed components and accessories
carrier; therefor:
(1) Having an output frequency of up to 32 MHz with a
NOTE: frequency resolution of better than 10Hz and with a
Synthesized signal generators which are embargoed only by "frequency switching time" of less than 10 milliseconds;
(b) (1) or (b) (2) (i) above may be exported up to a maximum (2) Having an output frequency from 32 MHz to 235 MHz
synthesized output frequency of 1,400 MHz or down to a with a frequency resolution of better than 250 Hz and
single sideband phase noise of -136 dBc/Hz when measured with a "frequency switching time" of less than 10
at an offset of 20 kHz from a carrier frequency of 100 MHz, milliseconds;
provided the technology supplied is only the minimum (3) Having an output frequency of more than 235 MHz,
necessary for the use (Le. installation, operation and except:
maintenance) of such generators. (i) Television broadcasting transmitters having an
output frequency from 470 MHz to 960 MHz with a
(3) Electrically programmable in frequency (in that the frequency resolution of not better than 1 kHz and
output frequency can be controlled or selected by the where the manually-operated "frequency
injection of digitally coded electrical signals from an synthesizer" incorporated in or driving the trans-
external control source) with a "frequency switching mitter has an output frequency not greater than 120
time" of less than 10 milliseconds; MHz;
(4) Electrically programmable in phase (in that the phase of (H) FM and AM ground communication equipment for
the output frequency can be varied relative to the use in the land mobile service and operating in the
internal or external reference standard, or selected in 420 to 470 MHz band, with a power output of 50 W
accordance with an externally supplied code or signal or less for mobile units and 300 W or less for fixed
with a switching speed from one selected phase value to units, with a frequency resolution of not better than
6.25 kHz and with a "frequency switching time" of
another of less than 10 milliseconds) except those
equipments incorporating pre-emphasis networks for more than 50 milliseconds;
(Hi) Portable (personal) or mobile radiotelephones for
frequency modulation;
(5) Having a level of spurious components in the output, civil use, eg for use with commercial civil cellular
radiocommunications systems having all of the
measured relative to the selected output frequency
following characteristics: .
better than:
(a) Operating in the 420 to 960 MHz range;
(i) -60 dB harmonic; or
(ii) -92 dB non-harmonic; (b) A power output of 25 W or less; and
H

(6) Having more than three different selected synthesized (c) A "frequency switching time of 10 ms or
output frequencies available simultaneously from one or more.
more outputs;
(7) With facilities for pulse modulation of the output NOTE:
frequency; For stored programme controlled communications
(c) Airborne communication equipment using "frequency swithing equipment used with cellular radio base
synthesizers", as follows, and specially designed components stations, see Item IL 1567.
and accessories therefor:
(,1) Designed to receive or transmit frequencies greater than (4) Having more than three different selected synthesized
156 MHz; output frequencies available simultaneously from one or
(2) Incorporating facilities for the rapid selection of more more outputs;
than 200 channels per equipment, except those equip- (5) With facilities for pulse modulation of the output
ments operating in the frequency range of 108 to 137 frequency of the transmitter or of the incorporated
MHz incorporating facilities for the rapid selection of 760 "frequency synthesizer";
channels or fewer at not less than 25 kHz channel (6) "Frequency synthesizers" designed for the above
spacing, which have been in normal civil use for at least equipment, whether supplied separately or with the said
one year; equipment, exceeding the parameters specified in (b)
(3) With a "frequency switching time" of less than 10 above;
milliseconds;
(4) "Frequency synthesizers", designed for the above NOTE:
equipment, whether supplied separately or with the said See also Item IL 1517.
equipment, exceeding the parameters specified in (b)
above; TECHNICAL NOTES:
1. "Fr~quency synthesizer" means any kind of frequency source
NOTE: or Signal generator, regardless of the actual technique used,
See also Item IL 1501 (a). providing a multiplicity of simultaneous or alternative output

48 Security export control March 1989


frequencies, from one or more outputs, controlled by, derived NOTE:
from or disciplined by a lesser number of standard (or master) This sulritem does not embargo optical comparators.
frequencies. (c) Angular measuring systems having an "accuracy" equal to or
2. "Frequency switching time" means the maximum time (Le. better than .±.. 1 second of arc;
delay), when switched from one selected output frequency to
another selected output frequency, to reach: NOTE:
(a) A frequency within 100 Hz of the final frequency; or
(b) An output level within 1.0 dB of the final output level. This sub-item does not embargo optical instruments, such as
autocollimators, using collimated light to detect angular
NOTES: displacements of a mirror.
(d) Non-contact type measuring systems having, at a standard
1. This Item does not embargo equipment in which the output ambient test room temperature.±.. 1 K, either of the following
frequency is produced by the addition or subtraction of two or pairs of characteristics:
more crystal oscillator frequencies which may be followed by (1) Effective probe measurement diameter less than 0.5 mm
multiplication of the result. and drift less than 0.5 per cent per day; or
Equiprrlent covered by sub-item (b) (3), above, with a
"frequency switching time" not less than 5 milliseconds. (2) "Linearity" better than.±.. 0.3 per cent and drift less than
0.5 per cent per day;
(e) Contact type measuring systems specially designed for
FOlt"PEOPLE'SRE~QLICO' C.llfNJ\:Q~t Y: combined, simultaneous linear-angular inspection of
3. The .bipmentof .t~ .foUowiOI, ·.andsl*i.Uy ...de$illled hemishells, having both the following characteristics:
components and.. ac(~orie$. tber~for: .• ;................ ..... ... " (1) Linear "accuracy" equal to or better than .±..0.005 mm in
(a) ~'Frequenty .•yntbesiz,rs~'.ml)"g()ed::onlyby<sub-iteJJl any 5 mm; and
(a)· and not incorporating c~$ium; bea~:standards; (2) Angular "accuracy" equal to or better than.±.. 1 minute
(b) ,Instrument . ··"frequen~Y.·$YIJ~hesil~rs'; .A!ldy.ynlltesized in any 90° of arc.
signal generator. embar~edonly.by"l).item(b) (ll and
(b). (3) and having a maximum QutPttt •frequency of 18 TECHNICAL NOTES:
GHz, provided the "frequency switching time"is 2.0 ms 1. "Accuracy" is usually measured in terms of inaccuracy. It is
or more; defined as the maximum deviation, positive or negative, of an
(c) Instrument "frequency' synthesizers" and. synthesized indicated value from an accepted standard or true value.
signal generators not.embargoed by sub-item(b) (4) and 2. "Linearity" is usually measured in terms of non-linearity. It is
having a maximum . output frequency of .'·2.6·· GHz, defined as the maximum deviation of the actual character-
provided tlte "frequenc.y $witcbing.timen :isO.3 .MS .or istics (average of upscale and downscale readings), positive or
more; negative, from a straight line so positioned as to equalise and
(d) Conventional synthesizer based. digitally.· .controlled, minimise the maximum deviations.
civil land or marine mobile radio receivers and trans-
mitters, provided: ' NOTE:
(1) The operate at frequencies· not exceeding 960. MHz;
(2) The. power output anti frequency resolution para.. Equipment covered by sub-items (a) or (d) above to civil end-users
meters specified in sub-item (e) (3) (ii) above remain not engaged in aerospace activities.
in force;
(3) The equipment has a "frequency switching time" of
5 ms or more; IL 1533
(4) The equipment does not employ either frequency
agility or other.spread spectrum· techniques; and Signal analysers (including spectrum analysers),
(5) The synthesizers must be embedded in tberadio with any of the following characteristics, and
receivers or transmitters; specially designed components, accessories and
(e) Radio receivers embargoed by sulritem (d)(l) above
which have 1000 selective channels. or fewer.
"specially designed software" therefor:
(a) Non-programmable and capable of operating at frequencies
over 12.5 GHz;
IL 1532 (b) Programmable and capable of operating at frequencies over 1
GHz;
Precision linear and angular measuring systems, (c) Having a display bandwidth in excess of 125 MHz;
(d) Including a scanning preselector for analysing frequencies of
as follows and specially designed components more than 1 GHz;
and "specially designed software" therefor: (e) Incorporating a tracking signal generator for analysing
frequencies of more than 1 GHz;
(a) Contact-type systems or linear voltage differential trans- (f) Radio frequency analysers having an overall display dynamic
formers (LVDT) therefor, as follows: range of better than 80 dB;
(1) Contact type measuring systems having all of the (g) Employing time compression of the input signal;
following characteristics: (h) Employing Fast Fourier Transform techniques
(i) Range equal to or less than 5mm;
(H) "Linearity" equal to or better than.±.. 0.1 per cent; TECHNICAL NOTE:
and; Signal analysers are instruments capable of measuring the basic
(Hi) Drift equal to or less than 0.1 per cent per day at a properties of a signal in the time or frequency domain.
standard ambient test room temperature.±.. 1K;
(2) Linear voltage differential transformers with no NOTES:
compensation networks and having either of the 1. This Item is not intended to embargo optical spectrum
following characteristics: analysers.
(i) Range equal to or less than 5 mm; or 2. Fast Fourier Transforms are described in eg 'Gauss and the
(ii) "Linearity" equal to or better than.±.. 0.2 per cent; History of the Fast Fourier Transform' by MT Heideman, 0 H
Johnson and C S Burrus in IEEE ASSP Mag. I, No 4 (October),
NOTE: 12-21, 1984.
"Linearity limits apply to measurements made in the static 3. This Item does not ,embargo instruments embargoed only by
mode. sub-item (c), provided that the instrument is not capable of
(b) Linear measuring machines having all of the following operating at frequencies over 2 GHz.
characteristics: 4. If the signal analyser is an oscrJloscope plug-in, see Item IL
(1) Two or more axes; 1584 for associated f!ah"lframe.
(2) Range in any axis greater than 200 mm; 5. The shipment of eqjit>mt~nt embargoed by sub-items (g) or (h)
(3) "Accuracy" (including any compensation) better than ~aving any of the following characteristics:
.±..0.0008 mm per any 300 mm segment of travel; (a) Capable of .computing 512 complex spectral lines in 200

Security export control March 1-989 47'


than 1.7: 1 and directivity over the band of 20 dB or
IL 1533 NOTE 5 (a) continued more;
(2) Rotary joints capable of transmitting more than one
milliseconds or more; isolated channel or having a bandwidth greater than 5
(b) Capable of computing 512 real spectral lines in 100 milli- per cent of the centre mean frequency, except those used
seconds or more; or in air traffic control equipment carrying combinations of
(c) Having no zoom capability and capable of computing frequencies suitable for secondary surveillance radar
512 complex spectral lines in 100 milliseconds or more, antennae co-mounted on a primary radar antenna and
or capable of computing 512 real spectral lines in 50 which do not have a bandwidth exceeding 5 per cent of
milliseconds or more. the centre mean frequency;
(3) Magnetic, including gyro-magnetic, waveguide
TECHNICAL NOTE: components;
Zoom capability (range translation) permits a spectrum analysis (4) Diode waveguide components using diodes embargoed
starting from an arbitrary frequency rather than at frequency by Item IL 1544;
zero, leading to an improved resolution. (d) Transverse electromagnetic mode TEM devices:
(1) Using magnetic, including gyro-magnetic, properties; or
l£'•• i,~I·~~~~fV~C:~!CHJNAONLY: (2) Using diodes embargoed by Item IL 1544;
Y~" " ' , ":f~1J9Wln_~~9Uip~~~t:t '< ,,', ,~ (e) TR and anti-TR tubes and specially designed components
therefor, except those designed for use in waveguides and
(itJ·,'<.,j';, ,~JEr; " ~~~. ;~l1~Y~l"Sin~I~~,:,~g\ ~ose having any of the following characteristics, which are in
,;;"t . . ,.StJl~r,a!~r pro!.~qtb.e;di~play normal civil use for ground or marine radar:
.t)',: ,." :",.,,: ,',: " .' "'."," ,,~!~fress; c , , ' , ' ',",.'",'",' "
(i) Operating at a peak power not exceeding 3 MW and at a
.~08';~t:p~~.,.&1g11at,aM}y~rs,Jncludin~ ,~hose with, a frequency of 1.5 GHz or less;
~.nqinIPt~l~br: ":or 'Jl t!~kil'lg '••i8~al ',~enetator, (ii) Operating at a peak power not exceeding 1.2 MW and at
1ul:vi111.~ 9ft~e:;foU(rWingth~a<:terlstic$: '' a frequency over the range of 1.5 to 6 GHz;
(l):~~tj~g:a~ ,fr~uenciesof,4~.4(ltlzi,~rl~~; (Hi) Operating at a peak power not exceeding 300 kW and at
(2) ''qle 9veraU display dynamic range 'not' exceeding a frequency over the range of 6 GHz to 10.5 GHz;
'··'lOO'·dB;'" ".' :,'" ."',.", '; ~ (t) Assemblies and sub-assemblies in which the isolating base
;(~'St~~lh~~$ ern~o)'ingtiltl~c0lt1pr~ion of the material functions as a dielectric (as used in stripline,
:=.:~o;FatrFourier·TranSfo~·techniques not microstrip or slotline) except for those items specifically
designed for use in civil television systems to meet ITU
" "(tl' ';AJl~t,'II~g'liln~Wt,thf.l!tequencY higher than lOO standards and using as an isolating material paper base
t~zJf:!bei~strutne~rusestimeeOJ\1pre$Sion, or phenolics, glass cloth melamine, glass cloth epoxy resin,
'(2) 'Qltculafing512'corrtplexUnes' in 'lessthari50' ms. polyethylene terephthalate or other isolating material with an
operating temperature not exceeding 150°C (302°F);
(For logic and network analysers and transient recorders, see Item
(g) Phased array antennae and sub-assemblies, designed to
IL 1529). permit electronic control of beam shaping and pointing (see
Munitions List Item ML 15), and specially designed
IL 1534 components therefor (including but not limited to duplexers,
phase shifters and associated high-speed diode switches);
FIatbed microdensitometers (except cathode-ray (h) Other antenna~ specially designed for operation at
types), having any of' the following character- frequencies above 30 GHz having a diameter of less than 1
metre, and specially designed components therefor;
istics, and specially designed components (i) Microwave assemblies and sub-assemblies capable of being
therefor: used at frequencies above 3 GHz and having circuits
fabricated by the same processes used in integrated circuit
(a) A recording or scanning rate exceeding 5,000 data points per technology, which include active circuit elements.
second; (For acoustic wave devices, see Item IL 1586).
(b) A figure of merit better (less) than 0.1, defined as the product (For integrated circuits and related technology, see also Item
of the density resolution (expressed in density units) and the IL 1564).
spatial resolution (expressed in micrometres); 0) Microwave assemblies and sub-assemblies which contain
band-pass or band-stop filters and are capable of operating at
NOTE: 3 GHz or greater;
This sub-item does not embargo equipment with a spatial (k) Amplifiers, except parametric or paramagnetic amplifiers
resolution not better (less) than 2 micrometres and a density having any of the following characteristics:
resolution not better (less) than 0.01 density unit. (1) They are specially designed for medical applications;
(c) An optical density range greater than 0 to 4. (2) They are specially designed for use in "simple
educational devices" and operate at industrial, scientific
TECHNICAL NOTE: or medical (ISM) frequencies; or
(3) They have an output power of not more than IOW and
Density resolution (expressed in density units) is measured are specially designed for:
over the optical density range of the instrument. (a) Industrial or civilian intrusion detection and alarm
systems;
NOTE: (b) Traffic or industrial movement control and counting
Equipment specially designed for medical applications. systems;
(c) Environmental pollution of air or water detection
IL 1537 systems; or
(d) "Simple educational devices";
Microwave (including millimetric-wave) TECHNICAL NOTE:
equipment, including parametric amplifiers, as "Simple educational devices" are defined as devices
follows, capable of operating at frequencies over designed for use in teaching basic scientific principles and
I GHz(other than microwave equipment em- demonstrating the operation of those principles in
bargoed by Items IL 150I,lL 1517, IL 1520 and IL educational institutions.
1529): NOTE:
See also Item IL 1521.
(a,)Rigid and flexible waveguides designed for use at frequencies (I) Modulators using PIN (positive-intrinsic-negative) transistor
in excess of 18 GHz; technology.
(b) Waveguides having a bandwidth ratio greater than 1.7:1;
(c) Waveguide components, as follows: NOTE:
(1) Directional couplers having a bandwidth ratio greater see also Item IL 1544.

48 Security export control March 1989


NOTES: NOTE:
1. Equiprnent covered by sub-iten1s (c) (~{) and (d) above required Technology for the design or production of cathode-ray 'tubes
as replacement parts in specific civil equipment not incorporating microchannel-plate electron multipliers is not
exceeding the capability of that which could be exported released under this sub-item.
under Items It 1501 or It 1520, provided such parts do not
upgrade the initial perforrnance of that equipnlent.
Equiprnent covered by sub-itern (e) above required as
replacement parts in specific civilian equipment not
exceeding the capability of that which could be exported
IL 1542
under Henl It 1501, provided such parts do not upgrade the ~old cathode tubes and sWitch~, as f~llows:
initial perforrnance of that equipment.
EquipITlent covered by sub-item (f) above designed and
(a) Triggered spark-gaps, having an anode delay time of 15
intended for use in civil telecommunication systerns at
microseconds or less and rated for a peak current of 3,000 A
frequencies allocated by the ITU for that purpose.
or more; specially designed parts therefor, and equipment
4. Sub-item (g) above is not intended to cover duplex,ers and 'incorporating such devices;
phase shifters specifically designed for use in civil television (b) Cold cathode tubes, whether gas-filled or not, operating in a
systems or in other civil radar or communication systems not manner similar to a spark gap, containing three or more
covered elsewhere in these Lists. electrodes and having all the following characteristics:
5. Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting the (1) Rated for an anode peak voltage of 2,500 volts or more;
export of technology, except the minimum technol6'gy for the (2) Rated for peak currents of 100 A or more;
use (Le. installation,· operation and maintenace) of the (3) An anode delay time of 10 microseconds or less; and
following equipment. (4) An envelope diameter of less than 25.4 mm (1 inch).
Sub-items u) and (k) do not embargo microwave assemblies,
sub-assemblies or amplifiers (or combinitions therefor) TECHNICAL NOTES:
having all of the following characteristics: '
(a) Fixed tuned at the time of manufl,lcture to operate only 1. Triggered spark-gaps are tubes with a structure consisting of
within the ITV satellite broadcasting band from 11.7 to two opposed anodes with shapes resembling flattened hemis-
12.5 GHz; pheres, and with one or more triggering probes placed
(b) Not caJiable of being retuned to a new frequency band approximately in the centre of one anode. The structure is
by the user; and sealed and contains a mixture of gases, principally nitrogen,
(c) Specially designed for use with, or in, civil television under less than atmospheric pressure.
2. Sub-item (b) above covers gas 'krytron' tubes, vacuum
receivers.
'krytron' tubes and similar tubes.
FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY: NOTE:
6. The shipment of microwave equipment embargoed by sub-
Sub-item (a) does not embargo cold cathode relay tubes or
items (a), (b) or (c), when designed for use at frequencies not
decade counter tubes.
exceeding 40 GHz and when specially designed for use with
Sub-item (b) does not embargo ignitrons.
conventional commercial instruments described in Items IL
1529, IL 1531 or IL 1533, provided the equipment does not
in any way extend the frequency range of the basic

7.
instrument.
Amplifiers and modulators, as follows:
IL 1544
(a) Amplifiers embargoed by sub-item (k), when designed Semiconductor diodes, as follows, and dice and
for use with signal analysers described in Note 3 to Item
IL 1533 and designed for a maximum operating wafers therefor:
frequency not ex~eeding 2 GHz, provided these
amplifiers are not radiation hardened or "space- NOTE:
qualified." This item does not cover semiconductor diodes based upon
germanium, selenium or copper oxide.
NB:
The term uspace qualified" used in this.lternrefers. to (a) Semiconductor diodes, designed or rated for use at input or
products which are 'stated by the manufacturer .'.., output frequencies exceeding 12.5 GHz;
designed and tested to meet the special electrical, (b) Mixer and detector diodes designed or rated for use at input
mechanical. or environmental' .requirements . for .use in or output frequencies greater than 3 GHz, except:
rockets, satellites orhigh..altitude fUgbt. $yst~m$ (i) Point contact diodes designed or rated for use at input or
operating at altitudes of 100 km or m~)l:e... .... ,_ output frequencies of 12.5 GHz or less;
(b) PIN modulators embargoed by sub-item (1), designed for (H) Schottky diodes designed or rated for mixer use at input
use at frequencies not exceeding 10.5 GHz. or output frequencies of less than 12.5 GH~ and having a
noise figure of more than 6.5 dB; " ,
(Hi) Schottky diodes designed or rated for detector use at
IL 1541 input or output frequencies of less than 12.5 ,9Hz and
having a minimum rated tangential sensitivity of either
Cathode-ray tubes having any of the following worse than -45 dBm under unbiased conditions or
characteristics: worse than -50 dBm under biased conditions;
(c) Oscillator and amplifier devices such as Gunn, Impatt,
(a) A resolving power of 32 lines per mm (800 lines per inch) or Trapatt, TED, and LSA (including those used for the direct
more, using the shrinking raster method of measurement; conversion of de to rf power) designed or rated for use at:
(b) With travelling wave or distributed deflection structure using (1) Output frequencies above 1 GHz but not exceeding 4
delay lines, or incorporating other techniques to minimise GHz with a peak power more than 2 W or a maximum
mismatch of fast phenomena signals to the deflection CW power more than 200 mW; or
structure, except when using segmented plate (sectioned (2) Output frequencies above 4 GHz but not exceeding 12.5
Y-plate) structure; GHz with a pea.k power more than 1 W or a maximum
(c) Incorporating microchannel-plate electron multipliers, except CW power more than 100 mW;
cathode-ray tubes having all of the following characteristics: (d) Voltage variable capacitance diodes designed or rated for use
(i) The microchannel-plate electron multipliers have a hole at input or output frequencies greater than 1.7 GHz;
pitch of 25 micrometres or more; (e) Fast recovery diodes, as follows;
(ii) The tubes are not ruggedised for military use; (1) Having a rated maximunl reverse recovery time of less
(Hi) The tubes have a horizontal sweep slower than 200 than 1 nanosecc.uld;or
ns/cm; and (2) Having both a rated forward rectified current over 5 A
(iv) The electron gun is mounted parallel to the screen and a rated Inaximum reverse recovery time of less than
surface. 20 nanosec()nds;

Security export control March 1989 49


IL 1544 (e) NOTES NOTES:
(d) Noise figure.

NOTES: 1. Transistors embargoed by sub-iteIns (a) (2), (a) (3) or (a) (4) and
1. When average reverse recovery time is quoted instead of having the following characteristics:
maximum reverse recovery time, the maximum may be (a) Specially designed for:
regarded as two times the average. (1) Television transposers; or
2. When reverse recovery time is not quoted, diodes rated (2) Civil mobile conlnlunications equipment; and
for a stored charge of less than 25 pico-coulombs shall be (b) Having a product of the "operating frequency" (in GHz)
regarded as embargoed by this sub-item times the "maximum collector dissipation" (in watts) of
(I) PIN diodes designed or rated for use at input or output no more than 20.
frequencies above 1.7 GHz, with a peak power of greater 2. The shipment of transistors embargoed by sub-itelll (a) (5)
than 5 W or a maximum CW power of greater than 500 mW; above.

NOTES: (For Phototransistors, see Item IL 1548.)


1. Diodes constructed with a rectifying deposited metal semi-
conductor junction or barrier, such as hot-carrier or Schottky-
barrier diodes, will normally be considered under sub-items IL 1547
(b) and (e) above.
2. For photodiodes see Item IL 1548.
Thyristors, as follows, and dice and wafers
3. For light emitting diocles, see Item IL 1522. therefor:
4. Varactor diodes embargoed by sub-item (d) for bona fide civil
use, as follows: (a) Designed ,for use in pulse modulators having a rated turn-on
(a) Silicon tuning varactor diodes for use at input or output time of less than 1 microsecond where the rated peak current
frequencies not exceeding 9 GHz; exceeds 150 A;
(b) Silicon Inultiplier varactor diodes for use at input or (b) Having a rated turn-off time of less than 1 microsecond;
output frequencies not exceeding 5 GHz; or (c) Having a rated turn-off time of from 1 microsecond to less
(c) Silicon multiplier varactor diodes for use at input or than 2.3 microseconds, except those having a rated peak
output frequencies above 5 GHz and not exceeding 9 current of 50 A or less and encapsulated in non-hermetically
GHz with a power output of 0.5 W or less. sealed packages;
(d) Having a rated turn-off time of from 2.3 to 1. 0 microseconds
IL 1545 and a "figure of merit" more than 100.

Transistors, as follows, and dice and wafers TECHNICAL NOTES:


therefor: 1. The "figure of merit" is here defined as the product of the
repetitive peak off-state voltage (V drm) in kilovolts and the
repetitive peak on-state current (I trm) in amperes as shown
(a) Transistors based upon silicon and having any of the on the thyristor data sheets.
following characteristics: 2. The turn-off time for gate-turn-off thyristors is defined as the
(1) An "operating frequency" exceeding 1.5 GHz; sum of the gate controlled delay time TDQ and the gate
(2) An "operating frequency" not exceeding 1.5 MHz and a controlled fall time Tfq to reach 10 per cent of the initial on-
"maximum collector dissipation" of more than 300 W; state current.
(3) An "operating frequency" exceeding 1.5 MHz and a
"maximum collector dissipation" of more than 250 W; NOTES:
(4) An "operating frequency" exceeding 200 MHz and a
product of the "operating frequency" (in GHz) times the 1. Thyristors required as replacernent parts in specific
"maximum collector dissipation" (in watts) or more than equipnlent exported by a nlernber country, provided they
10; or not upgrade the initial perfornlance of that equiprnent.
2. Thyristors covered by this iten1, when for use in civil
(5) Being majority carrier-type transistors, including but not
limited to junction field-effect transistors (FETs) and applications other than in radar or laser 111odulators.
metal-oxide semiconductors transistors (MOS), except
field-effect transistors having any of the following
characteristics:
IL 1548
(a) A maximum power dissipation of no more than 6W Photosensitive components, including linear and
and an "operating frequency" not exceeding 1.0
GHz; or focal-plane arrays, as follows, and dice and
(b) A maximum power dissipation of no more than IW wafers therefor:
and an "operating frequency" not exceeding 2.0
GHz; or (a) Photosensitive components (including photodiodes,
(c) Designed for audio frequency applications; phototransistors, photothyristors, photoconductive cells and
(b) Transistors based upon gallium arsenid~ and having any of similar photosensitive components):
the following characteristics: (1) Having 'a peak sensitivity at a wavelength longer than
(1) An "operating frequency" exceeding 1 GHz; 1,200 nanometres or shorter than 190 nanometres; or
(2) A maximum power dissipation of more than 1 W; or (2) Having a peak sensitivity at a wavelength shorter than
(3) A noise figure of less than 3 dB; 300 nanometres and having an efficiency of less than 0.1
per cent relative to peak response at wavelengths longer
NB: than 400 nanometres;
Nothing in this sub-item is intended to release any technology
unique to transistors based upon gallium arsenide. NOTE:
(c) Transistors based upon any semiconductor material other Vacuum photodiodes specially designed for use in
than germanium, silicon or gallium arsenide. spectrophotometry having a peak response at a wave-
length shorter than 300 nanometres are not covered by
TECHNICAL NOTES: this sub-item.
1. The "maximum collector dissipation" is defined as the (For photomultiplier tubes which contain microchannel
continuous dissipation measured under the optimum cooling plates, see Item IL 1549.)
conditions specified by the manufacturer. (b) Semiconductor photodiodes and phototransistors with a
2. "Operating frequency" is defined as the frequency used in response time constant of 95 ns or less measured at the
measuring any of the following: operating temperature for which the time constant reaches a
(a) Output power; minimum, except semiconductor photodiodes which are not
(b) Power gain (q,E' Opa, Ope, G"s or Gpo); "space qualified" with a response time constant of 0.5 ns or
(c) Gain bandwidth product (fT); or more and with a peak sensitivity at a wavelength neither

60 Security export control March 1989


(c)
longer than 920 nm nor shorter than 300 nm;
Specially designed or rated as electromagnetic (including IL 1555
laser) and ionized-particle radiation resistant; Electron tubes, as follows, and specially
(d) Linear and focal plane arrays (hybrid or monolithic) having
the characteristics in (a) or (b) above, and specially designed designed components therelor:
components therefor;
(a) Electron tubes for image conversion or intensification,
TECHNICAL NOTE: incorporating:
The term "space qualified" used in this Item refers to products (1) Fibre-optic face-plates covered by Item IL 1556 (a);
which are stated by the manufacturer as designed and tested (2) Microchannel-plate el~ctron multipliers; or
to meet the special electrical, mechanical or environmental (3) Gallium arsenide or other epitaxially grown semi-
requirements for use in rockets, satellites or high-altitudes conductor photocathodes covered by Item IL 1556 (c);
flight systems operating at altitudes of 100 km or more.
NOTE:
NOTES: Nothing in this sub-item shall be construed as sanctioning the
1. The time constant is defined as the time taken from the export of technology for image intensifiers or converters
application of a light stimulus for the current increment to incorporating fibre-optic face-plates or microchannel-plate
reach a value of 1-1/e times the final value (Le. 63 per cent of electron multipliers, or electron tubes for cameras
the final value). incorporating such intensifiers or converters.
2. This Item does not embargo the following: (b) Electron tubes for television/video cameras:
(a) Germanium photo devices with a peak sensitivitiy at a (1) Incorporating fibre-optic face-plates covered by Item
wavelength shorter than 1,750 nanometres; IL 1556 (a);
(b) Infrared single-element encapsulated photoconductive (2) Incorporating microchannel-plate electron multipliers;
cells or pyroelectric detectors intended for civil or
applications and using any of the following: (3) Coupled with electron tubes covered by (a) above;
(1) Evaporated lead sulphide; (c) Ruggedised electron tubes for television/video cameras
(2) Triglycine sulphate with a surface area of 20 mm 2 or having a maximum length-to-bulb diameter ratio of 5: 1 or
less; less.
(3) Lead-lanthanum-zirconium titanate ceramic.
(c) Single-element encapsulated mercury-cadmium-telluride
NOTES:
(HgCdTe) uncooled (295K ambient temperature 1. This Item does not cover:
operation) photo-electromagnetic (pem) or (a) Commercial standard television/video camera tubes not
photoconductive (pc) mode photo detectors with a peak incorporating fibre-optic face-plates covered by Item IL
sensitivity at a wavelength shorter than 11,000 1556 (a); or
nanometres. (b) Commercial standard X-ray amplifier tubes.
2. Reasonable quantities of non-ruggedised tubes covered by
FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY: this itern, provided they are satisfied that the tubes will be
used for bona fide Inedical applications.
3. The shipment of semiconductor photodiodes for previously 3. Electron tubes embargoed only by sub-itetTI (a) (1) above
approved and installed Western civil communication which are specially designed for electron streak or fran1ing
equipment with a response time constant of 0.5 ns or more calneras embargoed by Item IL 1585 (c), provided that the
and· with a peak sensitivity at a wavelength neither longer quantities requested, in additjon to those previously approved
than 1,350 nm nor shorter than 300 nm. under this Note, are reasonable for specifically identified civil
applications.
NB: 4. Television/video camera tubes covered by sub-HelTI (b) or (c)
The photodiodes will be supplied on a replacement basis with above which incorporate fibre-optic face-plates but not
no enhancement of the system. n1icrochannel-plate electron multipliers, provided that the
tubes will be used for bona fide civil applications.
IL 1549 FOR PEOPLE'SREPtJBlJCOF>CHINJ\. ONl.Y:
Photomultiplier tubes, as follows: 5. The shipment ofelectron,tuoes, • follows:
(a) Image. intensifier . . and lm~se:conver8iQI1·tubeswhlch
(a) For which the maximum sensitivity occurs at wavelengths incorporate fibre-optic'ace-plates, or,microcbannel..
shorter than 300 nanometres; plates, except. im,.ge tu~ . ,speticdly:,designed . for
cameras ~tnbarg0e9 .bylt~h) JL . 158S~, "
NOTE: (b) Teleyisional1d vide<.l·eamera., tUbes,,\Vb!dlJneorP9rat~:'
Photomultiplier tubes specially designed for use in (1) Fibr~ptic face-plates; or
spectrophotometry having a peak sensitity at a wavelength .(2) Microchannel~pl't~>~le~~rQtt ;81q;~tjplj;etl/nQt
shorter than 300 nanometres are not covered by this sub- embargo~d bylteD) 1l.1S~I~~:
item.
(For photosensitive components, see Item IL 1548.) NB:
(b) Having an anode pulse rise time of less than 1 nanosecond; This Note.·doea'not-apply> lo·et,eetron tubes':ifla.tJ)Oratllll;'
(c) Those which contain microchannel~late electron multipliers. gallilJmars.,niete(or:.imu.rsemi(onauaoll:f1h.toc.tho~,; •.
NOTES: NOTE:
1 Non-ruggedised tubes covered by sub-item (a) above required Any electron tube embargoed by this Item will be considered
as replacement parts for specific civil equipment not the principal element of any electronic video camera in
exceeding the capability of that which could be exported which it appears. The phrase 'Electron tubes for image
under the present List, provided that these parts do not conversion or intensification in sub-item (a)' is understood to
upgrade the initial performance of such equipment. include tubes employed in streaking or framing cameras
For microchannel-plate electron olultipliers see Iteln IL 1556. described by Item IL 1585.

IL 1553
Flash discharge type X-ray systems, including
IL 1556
tubes, having all of the following characteristics: Optical elements and elements for optical tubes,
as follows:
(a) Peak power greater than 500 MW;
(b) Output voltage greater than 500 kV; (a) Non-flexible fused fibre-optic plates or bundles, having all of
(c) Pulse width less than 0.2 microsecond. the following characteristics:

Security expo~ contr~ March,1989 &1


pulse power of 20 MW or more (see also Item It 1514);
IL 1556 (a) (1) (b) Tubes which utilize interaction between a beam of electrons
and microwave elements and in which the electrons travel in
(1) A fibre pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of less than 10 a direction perpendicular to the applied magnetic field,
micrometres; including but not limited to magnetrons, crossed-field
(2) A light-absorbing medium surrounding each fibre, or amplifier tubes and crossed-field oscillator tubes, except:
interstitially placed between fibres; (i) Fixed frequency and tunable pulsed magnetrons and
(3) A diameter greater than 13mm (Y2 inch); crossed-field amplifier tubes which are in normal civil
(b) Microchannel-plates for electron image amplification having use in equipment which may be exported under the
both of the following characteristics: terms of these Lists, as follows:
(1) 15,000 or more hollow tubes per plate; and (1) Magnetrons designed to operate at frequencies
(2) Hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of less than 25 below 3 GHz with a maximum rated peak output
micrometres; power of 5 MW or less, or between 3 to 12 GHz with
(c) Semi-transparent photocathodes incorporating epitaxially the product of the maximum rated peak output
grown layers of compound semiconductors, such as gallium power (expressed in kilowatts) and the frequency
arsenide; (expressed in Gigahertz) less than 4,200 and a
(For associated starting materials see Item It 1757.) "frequency tuning time" of more than 100 milli-
(d) Diffractive type optical elements specially designed for seconds;
display screens with any of the following characteristics:
(1) A transmission of more than 90 per cent outside the TECHNICAL NOTE:
reflection band and a reflection of more than 75 per cent "Frequency tuning time" is the time required to
inside the reflection band, which has less than 15 change the operating frequency from a starting
nanometres bandwidth and is matched to the frequency frequency, through the maximum frequency,
of the display light source; through the minimum frequency, and return to the
(2) A rear projection screen brightness gain of more than 10 starting frequency Le. one complete tuning cycle.
times the gain of a Lambertian scatterer with an ("Frequency tuning time": T _1_
equivalent area, and less than 10 per cent variation in 2f D
brightness across the exit aperture; fD: dither rate.)
(3) Specially designed for use in helmet-mounted displays. (2) Crossed-field amplifier tubes designed to operate at
frequencies below 4 GHz with a maximum rated
IL 1558 average output power of 1.2 kW or less, a bandwidth
of 200 MHz or less and a gain of less than 15 dB;
Electronic vacuum tubes (valves) and cathodes, (ii) Fixed frequency continuous wave magnetrons designed
for medical use or for industrial heating or cooking
as follows, and other components specially purposes operating at a frequency of 2.375 GHz .±.. 0.05
designed for those tubes: GHz or 2.45 GHz .±.. 0.05 GHz with a maximum rated
output power not exceeding 6 kW or, at a frequency
(a) Tubes in which space charge control is utilized as the primary lower than 1 GHz, with a maximum rated output power
functional parameter, including but not limited to triodes and not exceeding 35 kW;
tetrodes, as follows: (c) Tubes which utilise interaction between a beam of electrons
(1) Tubes rated for continuous wave operation having either and microwave elements or cavities and in which the
of the following characteristics: electrons travel in a direction parallel to the applied magnetic
(i) Above 4 GHz at maximum rated anode dissipation; field (eg klystrons or travelling wave tubes), except:
or (i) Continuous wave tubes having all of the following
(H) Within the frequency range 0.3 to 4 GHz and for characteristics:
which, under any condition of cooling, the product (I) Designed for use in civil ground communication;
of the maximum rated anode dissipation (expressed (2) An instantaneous bandwidth of half an octave or
in watts) and the square of the maximum frequency less, Le. the highest operating frequency is not
(expressed in Gigahertz) at the maximum rated higher than 1.5 times the lowest operating
anode dissipation is greater than 10 4, except for frequency;
tubes specially designed for television transmitters (3) The product of the rated output power (expressed in
operating in the frequency range of 0.47 to 0.96 W) and the maximum operating frequency
GHz and rated for operation without a grid current, (expres~ed in GHz) of no more than 300;
for which the product of the rated anode dissipation (4) An operating frequency no higher than 20 GHz;
(expressed in watts) and the square of the maximum (5) No multiple grid electron guns; and
frequency (expressed in Gigahertz) nJay reach 2 x (6) Collectors with no more than two depressed stages;
10 4; (H) Pulsed tubes, having all of the following characteristics:
(2) Tubes rated only for pulse operation having either of the (1) For civil applications;
following characteristics: (2) An instantaneous bandwidth of half an octave or
(i) Above 1 GHz, with maximum peak pulse output less, Le. the highest operating frequency is not
power greater than 45 kW; or higher than 1.5 times the lowest operating
(ii) Between 0.3 and 1 GHz and for which, under any frequency;
condition of cooling, the product of the peak pulse (3) Collectors with no more than two depressed stages;
output power (expressed in watts) and the square of and
the maximum frequency (expressed in Gigahertz) is (4) Either of the following:
greater than 4.5 x 10 4 ; (a) A peak saturated output power not ex~eeding 1
(3) Tubes specially designed for use as pulse modulators for kW, an average output power not exceeding
radar or similar applications, having a peak anode 40 Wand the operating frequency not
voltage rating of 100 kV or more, or rated for a peak exceeding 10 GHz; or
(b) A peak saturated output not exceeding 100 W,
an average output power not exceeding 20 W
COLOURED Goods described can be licenced at national and the operating frequency between 10 and
TYPE discretion for export to the proscribed 20GHz;
countries. (Hi) Pulsed tubes, having all of the following characteristics:
(1) For civil applications;
(2) Designed for fixed frequency operation;
(3) Operating frequencies below 3.5 GHz;
(4) A peak output power of 1.6 MW or less; and
(5) An operating bandwidth of less than 1 per cent;
(iv) Tubes, having all of the following characteristics:
(1) Used as fixed-frequency or voltage-tunable

62 Security export control March 1989


oscillator tubes; modulator service, the figure for modulator service should· be
(2) Designed to operate at frequencies below 20 GHz; used. .
and Ceramic-metal structured hydrogen thyatrons to replace such
(3) A maximum output power of less than 3 W; thyratrons in specific civil radar equipment previously exported
(d) Tubes which utilize interaction between an electron beam by a member country; provided they do not upgrade the initial
and microwave elements or cavities but do not require a performance of that equipment.
magnetic field to control or focus the electron beam, except
low power reflex oscillator klystrons designed to operate at
frequencies below 20 GHz and at a maximum output power of IL 1560
less than 3 W; Capacitors designed for or capable of
(e) Tubes which utilize interaction between a beam of electrons
and microwave elements or cavities in which the electrons
maintaining their rated electrical and
drift in a direction parallel to the applied magnetic field but mechanical characteristics during their specified
also require for their operation a large component of velocity operating lifetime, and technology therefor, as
transverse to the direction of the applied magnetic field, follows:
including but not limited to gyrotrons, ubitrons and
peniotrons; (a) Monolithic ceramic capacitors (other than boundary layered
(f) Tubes designed to withstand on any axis an acceleration of capacitors) using non-ferro-electric strontium titanate (SrTi03)
short duration (shock) greater than 1,000 g; dielectric rated for operation over the whole range of
(g) Tubes designed for operation in ambient temperatures ambient temperatures from below -55°C to above + 85°C;
exceeding 200°C; (b) Technology for the design and production of tantalum
(h) Tubes of the types described in (c), (d) or (e) above, which are capacitors rated for operation at ambient temperatures
designed to operate with no filament or cathode heating exceeding 125°C, except sintered electrolytic types having a
element (as indicated by the absence of heating supply casing made of epoxy resin or which are sealed or coated
connections); with epoxy resin.
(i) Tubes which utilize a modulated beam of electrons striking
one or more semiconductor diodes to provide power gain.
(see also Item IL 1544);
NOTE:
0) Cathodes for electronic vacuum tubes, as follows: Capacitors rated for operation during their specified lifetime at
(1) Specially designed for tubes embargoed by sub-items (a) ambient temperatures below -55°C or above + 200°C are
to (i) above; or covered by Munitions List Item ML 11.
(2) Impregnated cathodes capable of producing a current
density exceeding 0.5 AIcm 2 at rated operating
conditions.
IL 1561
Materials specially designed and manufactured
NOTES: for use as absorbers of electromagnetic waves
1. Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting the having frequencies greater than 2 x 108 Hz and
export of technology for electronic vacuum tubes or specially
designed components therefor (for manufacturing equipment,
less than 3 x 10 12 Hz, except materials as follows:
see Item IL 1355 (a». This item does not embargo the
following electronic vacuum tubes and specially designed (i) "Hair" type absorbers, whether constructed of natural or
components therefor; synthetic fibres, with non-magnetic loading to provide
2. Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting the absorption;
export of technology. Sub-items (b) and (c) above do not (ii) Absorbers whose incident surface is non-planar in shape,
embargo magnetrons and klystrons specially designed for including pyramids, cones, wedges and convoluted surfaces,
particle accellerators for medical radiation therapy, having all and which have no magnetic loss; and
of the following characteristics: (iii) Absorbers having all of the following characteristics:
(1) Capable of operation only at a frequency of 3,000 MHz ± (1) Made of:
15 MHz or at a frequency of 2,856 MHz ± 15 MHz; (a) Plastic foam materials (flexible or non-flexible) with
(2) Not capable of being tuned mechanically or electronic- carbon-loading to provide absorption; or
ally outside the above bands; (b) Organic binders with magnetic material loading
(3) Mechanically tuned within the above bands; and which do not provide "broad-band absorption
(4) Having a peak output power not exceeding 10 MW and performance with low reflectivity";
an average output power not exceeding 15 kW
I'll{' follo\'ving tu~)es: TECHNICAL NOTE:
(a) Tubes enlbargoed by sub-itenls (a), (b) or (c) above "Broad-band absorption performance with low
required as replacernent parts for specific civilian reflectivity" is defined as less than 5 per cent echo
not exceeding the capability of that which compared with metal over a bandwidth greater than
he L>vr-.,... tc:,rl in the context of this List, provided ± 15 per cent of the centre frequency of the
t ht'se parts not upgrade the initial perfornlance of that incident energy;
equiplnent; (2) The incident surface is planar;
(b) Pulsed o.lnplifier klystrons and fixed frequency and (3) Their tensile strength is less than 7xl0 6 N/m 2 (1,016 psi)~
rnechanically tunable pulsed magnetrons enlbargoed by (4) Their compressive strength is less than 14 x 106 N/m
sub-HeIns (b) or (c) above intended for civil radar (2,032 psi); and
equipInent previously exported, provided they do not (5) They cannot withstand more than 450 K (177°C, 350°F).
up~rade the initial perfornlance of that equiprnent.
NOTE:
IL 1559 Nothing in the above releases magnetic materials to provide
absorption when contained in paint.
Hydrogen/hydrogen isotope thyratrons of
ceramic-metal construction and having any of IL 1564
the following characteristics, and accessories
therefor: "Assemblies" of electronic components,
"modules", printed circuit boards with mounted
(a) A peak pulse power output exceeding 20 MW;
components, "substrates" and integrated
(b) A peak anode voltage greater than 25 kV; circuits, including packages therefor, as follows:
(c) A peak current rating greater than 1.5 kA.
NOTE:
NOTE: Integrated circuits are categorized as follows:
For thyratrons rated for both single-shot (crowbar) and "monolithic intiegrated circuits"

Security export COi1trol March ,198963


IL 1564 NOTE continued (4)
(5)
(6)
Lack of "user-accessible programmability";
"Software";
"Microprogramme" control; or
"microcomputer microcircuits" (7) Specialized logic control.
"microprocessor microcircuits"
"multichip integrated circuits" NOTES:
"film type integrated circuits" 1. For the embargo status of "assemblies", "modules" or
"hybrid integrated circuits" printed circuit boards with mounted components which
"optical integrated circuits" are designed for, or which have the same functional
For a list of definitions of terms used in this Item, see characteristics as, electronic computers or "related
Technical Note below. equipment", see Item IL 1565.
(a) "Substrates" for printed circuit boards, including ceramic 2. "Assemblies", "modules" or printed circuit boards with
"substrates" and coated metal "substrates" (single-sided, mounted components which are designed for, or which
double-sided or multilayer) and thin copper foils therefor, have the same functional characteristics as, embargoed
except: equipment shall be rated against the parameters of the
(1) Printed circuit boards manufactured from any of the appropriate equipment Item. In such cases, however, the
following materials: relevant temperature parameters have to be changed
(A) Paper base phenolics; into: below 218 K (-55°C) or above 358 K (85°C).
(B) Glass cloth melamine; (d) "Monolithic integrated circuits", "microcomputer micro-
(C) Glass epoxy resin uncoated or coated with copper circuits", "microprocessor microcircuits", "multichip
foil of a thickness of 18 micrometre (0.00071 inch) integrated circuits", "film type integrated circuits", "hybrid
or more; integrated circuits" and "optical integrated circuits", except:
(D) Polyethylene terephthalate; or (1) Encapsulated passive networks;
(E) Any other insulating material having all of the
following characteristics: NOTE:
(a) A maximum continuous rated operating
temperature not exceeding 423 K (l500C); Technology for the manufacture of thin film passive
(b) A dissipation factor equal to or more than 0.009 networks is not released from embargo by this sub-item.
at 1 MHz; (2) Encapsulated integrated circuits, having all of the
(c) A relative dielectric constant equal to or less following characteristics:
than 8 at 1 MHz; and (A) Not designed or rated as radiation hardened;
(d) A coefficient of expansion equal to or more (B) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature
than ±. 10-5/K over a temperature range of below 233 K (-40°C) or above 358 K (85°C);
273 K to 393 K (OOC to 120°C); (C) Packaged in any of the following casings:
(2) Ceramic "substrates" having no more than two layers of (a) TO-5 outline cases (diameter 7.7 to 9.4 mm, Le.
interconnections, including the ground plane; or 0.305 to 0.370 inch);
(3) Copper foil having a thickness of 18 micrometre (0.00071 (b) Hermetically sealed dual in-line cases; or
inch) or more; (c) Non-hermetically sealed cases; and
(b) Ceramic packages for integrated circuits which are designed (D) Being any of the following types:
for hermetically sealed pin or pad grid array, leadless carrier (a) Bipolar "monolithic integrated circuits", having
or surface-mounted configurations, except when having all of all of the following characteristics:
the following characteristics: (1) Designed to perform a single digital logic
(1) Single-in-Iine, dual-in-Iine or flat-pack configuration; function or a combination of digital logic
(2) Pin, pad or lead spacings of 2.50 mm or more, or 100 mil functions;
or more; and (2) Encapsulated in packages having 24
(3) 40 leads or less; terminals or less;
(c) "Assemblies", "modules" and printed circuit boards with (3) A "basic gate propagation delay time" of
mounted components, with any of the following character- no less than 3 ns;
istics: (4) A "basic gate power dissipation" of no less
(1) They include "substrates" for printed circuit boards than 2 mW; and
embargoed by sub-item (a) or (5) A product of the "basic gate propagation
(2) They contain embargoed components, except when: delay time" and the "basic gate power

,
(A) The only embargoed components they contain are dissipation" per gate of no less than 30 pJ
capacitors; for types having a "basic gate propagation
(B) They are power supply "assemblies"; delay time" of 3 ns or more and less than 5
(C) They are non-eoherent light-emitting alphanumeric ns;
displays, of which incorporated "monolithic inte- (b) Bipolar "monolithic integrated circuits", having
grated circuits" having both the following all of the following characteristics:
characteristics: (1) Designed for operation in civil
applications; 11
(a) Used for decoding, controlling or driving the
display; and (2) Being either:
(b) Not integral with the actual display device; or (A) Electronic switches, externally
(D) They are simple encapsulated photo-coupler controlled by inductive, magnetic or
(transC'pter) "assemblies", having both of the optical means; or
following characteristics: (B) Threshold value switches; and
(a) Electrical input and output; and (3) With switching times of 0.5 microsecond
(b) Any incorporated light-emitting diode can only or more;
emit non-eoherent light; (c) Complementary metal-oxide semiconductor
(CMOS) "monolithic integrated circuits", having
NOTE: all of the following characteristics:
Sub-item (c) (2) does not embargo "assemblies", "modules" (1) Designed for operation as digital logic
or printed circuit board with mounted components, circuit elements but limited to gates,
having both of the following characteristics: inverters, buffers, flip-flops, latches, multi-
(a) Designed for equipment not embargoed by any vibrators, bilateral switches, display
other Item of these Lists; and drivers, fixed counters, fixed frequency
(b) Substantially restricted to the particular application dividers, storage registers, decoders,
for which they have been designed by nature of voltage translators, encoders, Schmidt
either: triggers, delay timers, carry generators,
(1) Design; clock generators, and any combination of
(2) Performance; the above digital logic functions;
(3) Lack of "user-accessible microprogramma- (2) Encapsulated in packages having 24
bility"; terminals or less; and

54 Security export control March 1989


(3) A mInImum value of the "basic gate integrated circuits", having all of the following
propagation delay time" under any rated characteristics:
condition of no less than IOns; (1) Not capable of addressing off-the-chip
(d) Positive-ehannel type or negative-ehannel type storage;
metal-oxide semiconductor (PMOS or NMOS) (2) No "user-accessible microprogramma-
"monolithic integrated circuits", having all of bility"; and
the following characteristics: (3) Designed for and by virtue of circuit
(1) Designed for and by virtue of circuit design limited to use in simple calculators,
design limited to use as serial digital shift having both of the following character-
registers; istics:
(2) A maximum clock rate of 10 MHz; and (A) Performing a single function in
(3) A maximum of 1,024 bit per package; response to a keystroke; and
(e) Silicon "microcomputer microcircuits" having (B) Capable of performing floating point
all of the following characteristics: additions of a maximum of 13
(1) Mask programmed by the "manufacturer" decimal digits (mantissa only) in no
for a civil application prior to shipment; less than 20 ms;
(2) A word size to "speed" ratio of less than or (h) "Monolithic integrated circuits" or "hybrid
equal to 1.1 bit per microsecond; integrated circuits", having both of the
(3) A "speed-power dissipation product" of following characteristics:
more than or equal to 1.2 microjoule; (1) No "user-accessible microprogramma-
(4) Not containing on-the-chip: bility"; and
(A) A read-only storage (ROM) of more (2) Designed for and by virtue of circuit
than 8,192 byte; design limited to use in simple key
programmable calculators, having both of
NOTE: the following characteristics:
This does not include the storage space (A) Capable of executing a sequence of
needed for the "microprogramme". no more than 256 "programme" steps
(B) A random access storage (RAM) of introduced into a "programme"
more than 128 byte; storage on-the-chip by a sequence of
(C) A programmable read-only storage keystrokes; and
(PROM); (B) Capable of performing floating point
(D) Multiplication capabilities; additions of a maximum of 13
(E) General purpose operating systems decimal digits (mantissa only) in no
(e.g. CP/M); or less than 20 ms;
(F) High order languages (e.g. Tiny (i) Silicon "microprocessor microcircuits", having
Basic); all of the following characteristics:
(5) An operand (data) word length of less than (1) A word size to "speed" ratio of less than or
or equal to 8 bit; equal to 1.25 bit per microsecond;
(6) Not capable of using storage off-the-chip (2) A "speed-power dissipation product" of
for "programme" storage; and more than or equal to 2 microjoule;
(7) Not rated for operation at an ambient (3) Not containing on-the-chip:
temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or (A) Read-only storage (ROM);
above 348 K (75°C); (B) Programmable read-only storage
(PROM);
NOTE: (C) Random-access storage (RAM) of
more than 1,024 bit; or
Bit-slice "microcomputer microcircuits" are not (D) Multiplication instructions;
released by this sub-item. (4) Capable of addressing storage off-the-chip
(f) Silicon "monolithic integrated circuits", "micro- of no more than 65,536 byte;
computer microcircuits", "microprocessor (5) An operand (data) word length of less than
microcircuits", "multichip integrated circuits", or equal to 8 bit;
"film type integrated circuits", "hybrid inte- (6) An arithmetic logic unit (ALU) not wider
grated circuits", or "optical integrated circuits", than 8 bit; and
having both of the following characteristics: (7) Not rated for operation at an ambient
(1) No "user-accessible microprogramma- temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or
bility"; and above 348 K (75°q;
(2) Designed or programmed by the "manu-
facturer" for any of the following NOTE:
applications, only: Bit-slice "microprocessor microcircuits" are not
(A) Car electronics (e.g. entertainment, released by this sub-item.
instrumentation, safety, comfort, 0) Storage "monolithic integrated circuits" or
operations, or pollution); "multichip integrated circuits", as follows:
(B) Home electronics, (e.g. audio and (1) Read-only (ROMs), having all of the
video equipment, appliances, safety, following characteristics:
education, comfort, remote con- (A) Mask programmed by the "manufac-
trolled toys or amusement); turer" for a civil application prior to
(C) Timekeeping applications (e.g. shiplnent;
watches or clocks); (B) A maximum of 8,192 bit per package;
(D) Personal communications up to 150 (C) A maximum access time of no less
MHz, including amateur radio com- than 450 ns; and
munication and intercom; (0) Not rated for operation at an ambient
(E) Unembargoed cameras including cine temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or
cameras but excluding imaging above 348 K (75°C);
microcircuits; or (2) Positive-channel type or negative-channel
(F) Medical electronic prostheses (e.g. type metal-oxide senliconductor read-only
cardiac pacemakers, hearing aids); (PMOS- or NMOS-ROMs), having all of the
following characteristics:
NOTE: (AY; Mask programmed hy the "manufac-
The temperature limits specified in (d) (2) I, turer" for a civil application prior to
(B) above do not apply to sub-section (A) or shipment;
(F). (B) A maximum of 32,768 bit per
(g) "Monolithic integrated circuits" or "hybrid package;

Security export Conltrol March 1989 66


upper temperature limit specified in (d) (2)
IL 1564 (cl) (2) (D) 0) (2) (C) (B) is not applicable. The lower limit of 233
K (-40°C) is applicable.
(C) A maximum access time of no less (2) Instrumentation amplifiers, having all of
than 450 ns; and the following characteristics:
(D) Not rated for operation at an ambient (A) A best-case rated linearity of no
temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or better than.±.. 0.01 per cent at a gain
above 348 K (75°C); of 100;
(3) Positive-channel type or negative-channel (B) A maximum gain-bandwidth product
type metal-oxide semiconductor read-only of no more than 7.5 expressed in MHz
(PMOS- or NMOS-ROMs), having all of the (e.g. a maximum bandwidth of 75
following characteristics: kHz at -3 dB and a gain of 100); and
(A) Mask programmed or designed as (C) A typical slew rate at unity-gain not
character generators for a standard exceeding 3 V Imicrosecond;
character font; (3) Isolation amplifiers;
(B) A maximum access time of no less (4) Operational amplifiers, having all of the
than 250 ns; and following characteristics:
(C) Not rated for operation at an ambient (A) A typical unity-gain open-loop
temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or bandwidth of no more than 5 MHz;
above 348 K (75 ° C); (B) A typical open-loop voltage gain of no
(4) Programmable (non-erasable) read-only more than 1()6, Le. 120 dB;
(PROMs) having all of the following (C) Either:
characteristics: (a) A maximum intrinsic rated input
(A) Programmed by the "manufacturer" offset voltage of no less than 1.0
for a civil application prior to mY; or
shipment; (b) A maximum input offset voltage
(B) A maximum of 2,048 bit per package; drift of no less than 5
(C) A maximum access time of no less microvolt/K;
than 250 ns; and (D) A typical slew rate at unity-gain not
(D) Not rated for operation at an ambient exceeding 6 V Inlicrosecond; and
temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or (E) A typical power dissipation of more
above 348 K (75°C); than 10 mW per amplifier, if the
(5) Programmable (non-erasable) read-only typical slew rate at unity-gain exceeds
(PROMs) having all of the following 2.5 VImicrosecond; or
characteristics: (5) Un tuned alternating current (AC)
(A) Programmed by the "manufacturer" amplifiers, having both of the following
for a civil application prior to characteristics;
shipment; (A) A bandwidth of less than 3 MHz; and
(B) A maximum of 8,192 bit per package; (B) A maximum rater power dissipation
(C) A maximum access time of no less of 5 W or less at an ambient
than 450 ns; and temperature of 298 K (25°C);
(D) Not rated for operation at an ambient (I) Analogue multiplier or divider "monolithic
temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or integrated circuits", "multichip integrated
above 348 K (75°C); circuits", "film type integrated circuits" or
(6) Bipolar random-access (RAMs), having any "hybrid integrated circuits", having both of the
of the following pairs of characteristics: following characteristics:
(A) A maximum of 64 bit per package (1) A best-case rated linearity of no better
and a maximum access time of no less than.±.. 0.5 per cent of full scale; and
than 30 ns; (2) A -3 dB small signal bandwidth of no
(B) A maximum of 256 bit per package more than 1 MHz;
and a maximum access time of no less (m) Converter "monolithic integrated circuits",
than 40 ns; or "multichip integrated circuits", "film type
(C) A maximum of 1,024 bit per package integrated circuits" or "hybrid integrated
and a maximum access time of no less circuits", as follows:
than 45 ns; (1) Analogue-ta-digital converters, having
(7) Metal-oxide-semiconductor dynamic both of the following characteristics:
random access (MOS-DRAMs), having all (A) A maximum conversion rate to raterl
of the following characteristics: accuracy of no more than 50,000
(A) A maximum of 4,096 bit per package; complete conversions per second, Le
(B) A maximum access time of no less a conversion time to maximurr'~
than 250 ns; and resolution of no less than 20 micro-
(C) Not rated for operation at an ambient second; and
temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or (B) An accuracy of no better than ±-
above 348 K (75°C); 0.025 per cent of full scale over the
(8) Metal-oxide semiconductor static random specified operating temperature
access (MOS-SRAMs), having both of the range;
following characteristics: (2) Analogue-ta-digital convertors, having
(A) A maximum of 1,024 bit per package; both of the following characteristics:
and (A) Designed for digital voltmeter
(B) A maximum access time of no less applications; and
than 450 ns; (B) Permitting characteristics corre-
(k) Amplifier "monolithic integrated circuits", sponding to those of instruments free
"multichip integrated circuits", "film type inte- from embargo under Item IL 1529 (f);
grated circuits" or "hybrid integrated circuits", (3) Digital-to-analogue converters, having
as follows: both of the following characteristics:
(1) Audio amplifiers, having a maximum (A) A maximum settling time to rated
rated continuous power output of 50 W or linearity of no less than:
less at an ambient temperature of 298 K (a) 5 microsecond for voltage output
(25°C); converters; or
(b) 250 n s for cur r e n t 0 u t put
NOTE: converters; and
For audio amplifiers, the 358 K (85°C) (B) A non-linearity (i.e. deviation from an

56 Security export control March 1989


ideal straight line) of equal to or (2) A non-linearity, (Le. a deviation from an
worse than.±.. 0.025 per cent of full ideal straight line), of equal to or Worse
scale over the specified operating than .±..O.OI per cent of full scale for a hold
temperature range; time of 1 microsecond;
(4) Voltage (rms-to-DC) converters; or (q) Timing "monolithic integrated circuits",
(5) Voltage-to-frequency converters having "hybrid integrated circuits", "film type
all of the following characteristics: integrated circuits" or "multichip integrated
(A) Not employing delta or delta/ circuits", having both of the following
sigma modulation techniques; characteristics:
(B) A rated accuracy of no better than .±.. (1) A typical timing error of no less than .±..0.5
0.01 per cent of full scale; and per cent; and
(C) A 'gain drift' of no less than (2) A typical rise time of no less than 100 ns;
.±.. 50 x 10-6 /K at rated frequency; (r) Voltage "monolithic integrated circuits",
"multichip integrated circuits", "film type
NOTE: integrated circuits" or "hybrid integrated
'Gain drift' specifies the maximum circuits", as follows:
change in gain over a specified tem- (1) Voltage comparators, having both of the
perature range. following characteristics:
(A) A maximum input offset voltage of no
NOTE: less than 2 mV; and
See Item IL 1527 for coders, decoders or (B) A 'typical switching speed', Le. typical
coders/decoders (codec), all when designed for response time of no less than 30 ns;
voice. (2) Voltage references, having both of the
(n) Interface "monolithic integrated circuits", following characteristics:
"multichip integrated circuits", "film type (A) A rated accuracy of no better than .±..
integrated circuits" or "hybrid integrated 0.1 per cent; and
circuits", as follows: (B) A temperature coefficient of the
(l) Line drivers and line receivers having a voltage of no less than 15 x 10-6 /K;
'typical propagation delay time' from data (3) Linear type voltage regulators, having
input to output of no less than 15 ns; both of the following characteristics:
(2) Peripheral or display drivers, having all of (A) A rated nominal output voltage of 50
the following characteristics: V or less; and
(A) A maximum rated output current of (B) A maximum output current of 2 A or
500 mA or less; less; or
(B) A 'typical propagation delay time' (4) Switching type voltage regulators, having
from data input to output of no less both of the following characteristics:
than 20 ns; and (A) A rated nominal output voltage of 40
(C) A maximum rated output voltage of V or less; and
80 V or less; (B) A maximum output current of 150
(3) Sense amplifiers, having both of the mA or less;
following characteristics: NOTES:
(A) A 'typical propagation delay time' 1. For voltage regulators, the 358 K (85°C)
froln data input to output of no less upper temperature limit specified in (d) (B)
than 15 ns; and (2) above is not applicable. The lower limit
(B) A typical input threshold voltage of of 233 K (-40°C) is applicable.
no less than 10 mV; or 2. See (d) (2) (D) (m) (4) for rms-to-DC voltage
(4) Storage or clock drivers, having all of the converters and (d) (2) (D) (m) (5) for
following characteristics: voltage-to-frequency converters.
(A) A maximum rated output current of (s) Non-coherent light-emitting alphanumeric
500 mA or less; displays, which do not incorporate other
(B) A maximum rated output voltage of "monolithic integrated circuits";
30 V or less; and (t) Non-coherent light-emitting alphanumeric
(C) A 'typical propagation delay time' displays, which incorporate "monolithic inte-
from data input to output of no less grated circuits" having both of the following
than 20 ns; characteristics:
(1) Used for decoding, controlling or driving
NOTE: the display; and
When the 'typical propagation delay time' is (2) Not ~ntegral with the actual display device;
not specified, the typical turn-on or turn-off (u) Simple encapsulated photocoupler (transopter)
time, whichever is less, should be used. "optical integrated circuits", having both of the
(0) Peripheral positive-channel type or negative- following characteristics:
channel type metal-oxide-semiconductor (1) Electrical input and output; and
(PMOS or NMOS) "monolithic integrated (2) Any incorporated light-emitting diodes
circuits" or "multichip integrated circuits", can only emit non-coherent light;
designed only for: (3) Unencapsulated integrated circuits, having all of the
(1) The support of "microprocessor micro- following characteristics:
circuits" which are excluded from (A) Based exclusively upon silicon;
embargo by (d) (2) (D) (i) above; and (B) Not designed or rated as radiation hardened; and
(2) Any of the following functions: (C) Being any of the following types:
(A) Parallel input/output controller (PlO); (a) Bipolali "monolithic integrated circuits", having
(B) Serial input/output controller (SIO); all of the following characteristics:
(C) Dual asynchronous receiver/trans- (1) Designed to perform a single digital logic
mitter (DART); or function or a combination of digital logic
(D) Counter/timer circuit (CTC); functions;
(p) Sample and hold "monolithic integrated (2) A "basic gate propagation delay time" of
circuits", "hybrid integrated circuits", "film no less than 5 ns;
type integrated circuits" or "multichip (3} A product of the "basic gate propagation
integrated circuits", having both of the H
delaytime and the "basic gate power
following characteristics: dissipation" per gate of not less than 70 pJ;
(1) An acquisition time of no less than 10 and
microsecond; and (4) No more than 24 input/output pads;

Security export control March 1'989 57


offset voltage of no less than 2.5 mY;
IL 1564 (d) (3) (q (a) NOTE and
(D) A typical slew rate at unity-gain not
NOTE: exceeding 2.5 V/microsecond;
Sub-item (d) (3) (C) (a) does not permit shipment (f) Voltage "monolithic integrated circuits" as
of complex custom-built bipolar digital follows:
"monolithic integrated circuits". (1) Voltage comparators, having both of the
(b) Bipolar "monolithic integrated circuits", having following characteristics:
all of the following characteristics: (A) A maximum input offset voltage of no
(1) Designed for operation in civil appli- less than 5 mV; and
cations; (B) A 'typical switching speed', Le. typical
(2) Being either: response time of no less than 50 ns.
(A) Electronic switches, externally con- (2) Linear type voltage regulators, having
trolled by inductive, magnetic or both of the following characteristics:
optical means; or (A) A rated nominal output voltage of 40
(B) Threshold value switches; V or less; and
(3) With switching times of 0.5 microsecond (B) A maximum output current of 1 A or
or more; and less; or
(4) No more than 24 input/output pads; (3) Switching type voltage regulators, having
both of the following characteristics:
NOTE: (A) A rated nominal output voltage of 40
V or less; and
Sub-item (d) (3) (C) (b) does not permit shipment (B) A maximum output current of 150
of complex custom-built bipolar digital mA or less;
"monolithic integrated circuits". (4) Encapsulated integrated circuits having all of the
(c) "Monolithic integrated circuits" having all of following characteristics:
the following characteristics: (A) Not designed or rated as radiation hardened;
(1) No "user-accessible microprogramma- (B) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature
bility"; below 233 K (-40°C) or above 358 K (85°C);
(2) Designed for and by virtue of circuit (C) Packaged in hermetically sealed ceramic packages
design limited to use in civil radio or excluded from embargo under sub-item (b); and
television receivers; (D) Containing unencapsulated integrated circuits
(3) Rated for operation at 11 MHz or less; excluded from embargo under sub-item (d) (3).
(4) Not designed for station scanning appli-
cations; NOTES:
(5) Not utilizing charge-coupled device (CCD) 1. Nothing in the above shall be construed flS permitting the
technology; export of wafer or chip design or processing information
(6) Not intended for beam lead bonding; and inherent in the manufacture of any embargoed class of
(7) If intended for video or luminance "assembly", "module", integrated circuit or "circuit element",
amplifiers, having both of the following irrespective of any release of devices in any of these classes.
characteristics: This restriction also applies to technology embodied both in
(A) A maximum rated supply voltage not the equipment embargoed by Item It 1355 and in its use.
exceeding 30 V; and 2. Integrated circuits having no "user-accessible micropro-
(B) A typical bandwidth not exceeding grammability" (e.g. mask programmed) are only eligible for
7.5 MHz; release from embargo if:
(d) "Monolithic integrated circuits" having all of (a) The design or "programme" are originated either by the
the following characteristics: "manufacturer" alone or in concert with the user of the
(1) No "user-accessible microprogramma- integrated circuit;
bility"; (b) The "programme" is unalterably fixed at the time of
(2) Not utilizing charge-coupled device (CCD) manufacture; and
technology; (c) The "manufacturer" established that the design, basic
(3) Not intended for beam lead bonding; and functions and performance of the integrated circuit are
(4) Designed or programmed by the "manu- only for the intended end-use.
facturer" for any of the following appli-
cations only: NB:
(A) Timekeeping applications (e.g. Integrated circuits, including gate arrays and programmable
watches or clocks); or logic arrays, based only or primarily on customer-suppliec'
(B) Cardiac pacemakers or hearing aids; circuit design or "programmes" do not meet the criteria 0
(e) Amplifier "monolithic integrated circuits" as this Note and are therefore not released under this Item.
follows: 3. Devices covered by sub-iteln (c) and not released frol'
(1) Audio amplifiers, having a maximum enlbargo by virtue of sub-itenls (d) (1) or (2) above, providet
rated power output of 25 W or less at an that:
ambient temperature of 298 K (25°C); or (a) They consist of, or are incorporated in, plug-in
(2) Operational amplifiers, having all of the circuit boards with mounted cornponents or
following characteristics: "modules", for use in identifiable equipnlent nYC~l.TH·\ll,":I'
(A) A typical unity-gain open-loop exported by a lnenlber country;
bandwidth of no more than 5 MHz; (b) They do not upgrade the initial of
(B) A typical open-loop voltage gain of no previously exported equipment;
more than 562,000 Le. 115 dB; (c) The plug-in printed circuit boards with mounted
(C) A maximum intrinsic rated input components or the plug-in "rnodules" are not operable
independently froIlI the equiptnent in which they are to
be inserted.
COLOURED Goods described can be licenced at national 4. "Assemblies", "rnodules" or printed circuit boards with
TYPE discretion for export to the proscribed Inounted components, embargoed by sub~itenl (c) (2), which
countries. by nature of their design or performance:
(a) Are substantially restricted to the particular civil appli~
cation for which they have been designed; and
(b) Contain only components which are either free fronl
embargo or eligible for national discretion treatment.
5. Devices (encapsulated or unencapsulated) not released by
sub-items (c) or (d) above, provided that:
(a) They have been designed for identifiable civil appli~

58 Security export control March 1989


cations; dissipation per typical gate or as the typical power dissipation
(b) They are, by nature of design or performance, sub- per gate.
stantially restricted to the particular application for "basic gate propagation delay time" -
which they have been designed. The propagation delay time value corresponding to the basic
gate utilized within a family of "monolithic integrated
FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF cHINA ONLY: circuits". This may be specified, for a given family, either as
the propagation delay time per typical gate or as the typical
6. Thesbipment of "assembli~su, printed circuit boards and propagation delay time per gate.
integrated circuits not specially.designed to military standards
for radiation hardening or temperature, as folloW's! NB:
(a) "Substrates" for printed circuit boards, except those
exceeding the limit of sub-item (a) (2); "Basic gate propagation delay time" is not be be confused
(b) Patterned "substrates" for ,printed circuit boards which with input/output delay time of a complex "monolithic
exceed the limits of sub..item ({l) (1) (E), when specially integrated circuit".
designed for use in civil applications listed in .sub-items "circuit element" -
(d) (2) (D) (f) (2), (d) (2) (D) (g) (3) or (d) (2) (D) (h) (2); A single active or passive functional part of an electronic
(c) Silicon-based devices exceeding the limits of: circuit, such as one diode, one transistor, one resistor, one
(1) Sub-items (d) (2)(D) (a), (b) or (c), except tbose with capacitor, etc.
more than 28 terminals; "discrete component" -
(2) Sub-items (d) (2) (D) (g) or (h); A separately packaged "circuit element" with its own
(3) Sub-items (d) (2) (D) (k), (1), (m) (4) and (5), (n), (r), (s) external connections.
or (u); or "film type integrated circuit" -
(4) Sub-items (d) (2) (D) (t) or (q); An array of "circuit elements" and metallic interconnections
(d) Silicon-based 8-bit or less umicrocomputermicrocircuits" formed by deposition of a thick or thin film on an insulating
exceeding the limits of sub-items (d) (2) (D) (e) (1) to (4), "substrate".
(6) and (7); "hybrid integrated circuit" -
(e) Silicon-based "microprocessor microcircuits" with an Any combination of integrated circuits, "circuit element" or
operand length of 16 bit or less and an arithmetic logic "discrete components" connected together to perform (a)
unit (ALU) not wider than 32 bit and exceeding the limits specific function(s).
of sub-items (d) (2) (D) (i) (1) to (6), except: "manufacturer" -
(1) Those with a total processing data rate exceeding For the purposes of this Item the individual or organization
28 million bit per second; designing an integrated circuit or a "programme" for an
(2) Bit-slice "microprocessor microcircuits"; intended application, in contrast to an individual or
(t) Silicon-based memory devices, as follows: organization merely programming an integrated circuit at, or
(1) MOS DRAMs with no more than 256 kbit; in accordance with, a user's request.
(2) MOS SRAMs with no more than 64 kbit; "microcomputer microcircuit" -
(3) Mask PROMs with no more than 512kbit; A "monolithic integrated circuit" or "multichip integrated
(4) UV-EPROMs except keyed access EPROMs with no circuit" containing an arithmetic logic unit (ALV) capable of
more than 256 kbit; executing general purpose instructions from an internal
(5) EAROMS with no more than 64 kbit; storage, on data contained in the internal storage.
(6) EEROMS with no more than 64 kbit;
NB:
NB: The internal storage may be augmented by an external
1kbit = 1,024 bits. storage.
"microprocessor microcircuit"-
(g) Operational amplifiers· exceeding the limits of sub-item
(d) (2) (D) (k) (4) which do not have a slew rate exceeding A "monolithic integrated circuit" or "multichip integrated
100 volt per microsecond; circuit" containing an arithmetic logic unit (ALV) capable of
(h) Analogue-to-digital and digital-to-analogue converters executing a series of general purpose instructions from an
exceeding the limits of sub-item (d) (2) (D) (m) (1) to (3), external storage.
except:
(1) Analogue-to-digital converters with less than a 500 NB:
. ns conversion time to a maximum resolution of 12 The "microprocessor microcircuit" normally does not contain
bit; integral user-accessible storage, although storage present on-
(2) Digital-to-analogue converters with less than 500 ns the-chip may be used in performing its logic function.
settling time for voltage output and a maximum "microprogramme" -
resolution of 12 bit; A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in a
(3) Digital-to-analogue converters with less than 25 ns special storage, the execution of which is initiated by the
settling time for current output and a maximum introduction of its reference instruction into an instruction
resolution of 12 bit; register.
(i) Silicon based 8-bif or less user-programmable single chip "module" -
"microcomputer microcircuits" embargoed by sub-item A number of electronic components (Le. "circuit elements",
(d); "discrete components", integrated circuits etc) connected
0) "Optical integrated circuits": together to perform (a) specific function(s), replaceable as an
(1) Embargoed by sub-item (d); entity and not normally capable of being disassembled.
(2) With no more than 2,048 elements; and "monolithic integrated circuits" -
(3) Not exceeding the limits of Item IL 1548 (a) and (b); A combination of passive or active "circuit elements" or both
(k) Non..reprogrammable silicon. based integrated circuits which:
specially designed or programmed by the "manu.. (a) Are formed by means of diffusion processes, implan-
fac-turer'· for business or office use. tation proceSSl~S or deposition processes in or on a single
(I) Sample and hold integrated circuits exceeding the limits semiconducting piece of material, a so-called 'chip';
of sub-item (d) (2) (D) (P) with an -acquisition tim,e olno (b) Can be considered as indivisibly associated; and
less than 500 ns. ' (c) Perform the function(s) of a circuit.
7. Definition of terms: "multichip integrated circuit" -
"assembly" - Two or more "monolithic integrated circuits" bonded to a
A number of electronic components (Le. "circuit elements", common "substrate".
"discrete components", integrated circuits etc.) connected "optical integrated circuit" -
together to perform (a) specific function(s), replaceable as an A "monolithic integrated circuit" or ,a "hybrid integrated
entity and normally capable of being disassembled. circuit", containin~l 9ne or more parts desilned to function as
'basic gate power dissipation" - a photosensor or phott1emitter or to perform (an) optical or
The power dissipation value corresponding to the basic gate (an) electro-optical function(s).
utilized within a family of "monolithic integrated circuits". "programmett -
This may be specified, for a given family, either as the power A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in. or

Security export cc~ntrol March -1989 59


IL 1564 NOTE 7 continued representations; and
(c) Provide output of data.
"related equipment" -
convertible into, a form executable by an electronic Equipment "embedded" in, "incorporated" in, or "associated"
computer. with electronic computers, as follows:
"software" - (a) Equipment for interconnecting "analogue computers"
A collection of one or more "programmes" or "micropro- with "digital computers";
grammes" fixed in any tangible medium of expression. (b) Equipment for interconnecting "digital computers";
"speed" (c) Equipment for interfacing electronic computers to "local
The time to fetch an operand C and another operand D, both area networks" or to "wide area networks";
from an external storage outside any work register, add these (d) Communication control units;
operands and put the result back in storage. The addressing (e) Other input/output (I/O) control units;
mode which yields the shortest execution time shall be used. (t) Recording or reproducing equipment referred to this
The result of the add operation shall' be stored in either the item by Item It 1572;
same location as one of the addends or in some other (g) Displays; or
location. This choice shall be made to give the shortest (h) Other peripheral equipment.
execution time at the highest specified clock frequency.
"speed-power dissipation product" - NOTE:
The product of the "speed" and the typical power dissipation "Related equipment" which contains an "embedded" or
which shall be taken at the clock frequency used in the "incorporated" electronic computer, but which lacks "user-
"speed" computation. The typical power dissipation may be accessible programmability", does not thereby fall within the
any of the following, but must be the lowest value specified: definition of an electronic computer.
(a) The specified typical internal power dissipation; , 2. This Item includes:
(b) One half the maximum internal power dissipation; (a) "Assemblies", "modules", or printed circuit boards with
(c) The product of the nominal supply voltage and typical mounted components referred to this Item by Item It
total supply current; or 1564;
(d) One half of the product of the nominal supply voltage (b) Assemblies of materials or thin film devices or devices
and maximum total supply current. containing them referred to this Item by Item It 1588;
"substrate" - (c) Central processing unit - "main storage" combinations;
A sheet of base material with or without an interconnection (d) Digital differential analyzers (incremental computers);
pattern and on which or within which "discrete components", and
integrated circuits or both can be located. (e) Processors for stored-programme control.
"user-accessible microprogrammability" -
(This ends the Technical Notes. For a complete list of definitions of
The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace terms used in this Item, see Note 16 below.)
"microprogrammes".
"user-accessible programmability" -
Usted as follows:
The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace
(a) "Analogue computers" and "related equipment" therefor,
"programmes" by means other than:
which are designed or modified for use in airborne vehicles,
(a) A physical change in wiring or interconnections; or
missiles or space vehicles and rated for continuous operation
(b) The setting of function controls including entry of
at temperatures from below 228 K (-45°C) to above 328 K
parameters. (+ 55°C);
(b) Equipment or systems containing "analogue computers"
embargoed by sub-item (a);
IL 1565 (c) "Analogue computers" and "related equipment" therefor,
other than those embargoed by sub-item (a), except:
Electronic computers, "related equipment", (i) Those which neither:
equipment or systems containing electronic com- (a) Are capable of containing more than 20 summers,
puters, and technology therefor, as follows; and integrators, multipliers or function generators; nor
specially designed components and accessories (b) Have facilities for readily varying the
for these electronic computers and "related interconnections of such components; or
(H) Those which are limited as follows:
equipment": (a) They use neither:
(For the embargo status of "software", see Item It 1566) (1) Optical computation devices; nor
(2) Acoustic wave devices embargoed by Item It
TECHNICAL NOTES: 1586 other than those exportable at National
1.
Electronic computers and "related equipment" are Discretion pursuant to Note 1 to Item It 1586;
categorised as follows: (b) The rated errors for summers, inverters and
"analogue computer" - integrators are not less than:
Equipment which can, in the form of one or more continuous (1) Static : 0.01 %;
variables: (2) Total at 1 kHz : 0.15%;
(a) Accept dafa; (c) The rated errors for multipliers are not less than:
(b) Process data; and (1) Static : 0.025%;
(c) Provide output of data. (2) Total at 1 kHz : 0.25% ;
"digital computer" - (d) The rated errors for fixed function generators (log
Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete and sine/cosine) are not less than:
variables: Static : 0.1 %
(a) Accept data; (e) No more than 350 operational amplifiers; and
(b) Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable) (f) No more than four integrator time scales switchable
storage devices; during one programme.
(c) Process data by means of a stored sequence of
instructions which is modifiable; and TECHNICAL NOTES:
(d) Provide output of data. 1. The percent~ge to (b) (1) above applies to the actual output
voltage; all the other percentages apply to full scale, that is
NOTE: from maximum negative to maximum positive reference
Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include voltages.
replacement of fixed storage devices, but not a physical 2. Total errors at 1 kHz to (b) (2) and (c) (2) above are to be
change in wiring or interconnections. measured with those resistors incorporated in the inverter,
"hybrid computer" - summer or integrator which provide the last error.
Equipment which can: 3. Total error measurements include all errors of the unit
(a) Accept data; resulting from, for example, tolerances of resistors and
(b) Process data, in both analogue and digital capacitors, tolerances of input and outplit impedances of

60 Security export control March 1989


amplifiers, the effects of loading, the effects of phase shift or speech or connected word text other. than
the generating of functions. "signal processing" or Uimage enhancement"
described in sub-item (h) (I) (i) (a) or (b);
(d) "Hybrid computers" and "related equipment" therefor, with (f) "Real time processing" of sensor data:
all the following characteristics: (1) Concerning events occurring outside the
(1) The analogue section is embargoed by sub-item (c); "computer using facility"; and
(2) The digital section has an internal fixed or alterable (2) Provided by equipment embargoed by
storage of more than 2,048 bit; and Items IL 1501, IL 1502, IL 1510 or IL
(3) Facilities are included for processing numerical data 1518;
from the analogue section in the digital section or vice
versa; NOTE:
(e) "Digital computers" or embargoed "analogue computers" This does not include digital radar signal
containing equipment for interconnecting "analogue processing by equipment which is:
computers" with "digital computers"; (a) Embargoed by Item IL 1501 (c) (2) (vi)
(f) "Digital computers" and "related equipment" therefor, with only, for which the conditions of Item
any of the following characteristics: IL 1501 apply; or
(1) Designed or modified for use in airborne vehicles, (b) Freed from embargo by the two-year
missiles or space vehicles and rated for continuous oper- limit in Item IL 1501 (c) (2) (vii).
ation at temperatures from below 228 K (-45 QC) to (g) Microprocessor or microcomputer develop-
above 328 K (+ 55QC); ment systems;
(2) Designed or modified to limit electromagnetic radiation
to levels much less than those required by government NOTE:
civil interference specifications; For microprocessor or microcomputer
(3) Designed as ruggedized or radiation-hardened development systems, see Item IL 1529 (b) (6);
equipment and capable of meeting military specifications (h) "Fault tolerance";
for ruggedized or radiation-hardened equipment;
(4) Modified for military use; or NOTE:
(5) Designed or modified for certifiable multi-level security
or certifiable user isolation applicable to government For the purpose of this sub-item, "digital
classified material or to applications requiring an computers" and "related equipment" are not
equivalent level of security; considered to be designed or modified for "fault
(g) Equipment or systems containing "digital computers" tolerance", if they utilize:
embargoed by sub-item (f); (a) Error detection or correction algorithms in
(h) "Digital computers" and "related equipment" therefor, other "main storage";
than those embargoed by sub-items (e) or (f), even when (b) The interconnection of two "digital
"embedded" in, "incorporated" in, or "associated" with computers" so that, if the active central
equipment or systems: processing unit fails, an idling but
mirroring central processing unit can con-
NOTE: tinue the system's functioning;
The embargo status of these "digital computers" and "related (c) The interconnection of two central
equipment" therefor is governed by the appropriate Item processing units by data channels or by
provided that: use of shared storage to permit one central
(a) They are "embedded" in other equipment or systems; processing unit to perform other work
(b) The other equipment or systems are described in other until the second central processing unit
Items in these Lists; and fails, at which time the first central pro-
(c) The technology for these "digital computers" and cessing unit takes over in order to con-
"related equipment" is governed by sub-item (j) below. tinue the system's functioning; or
(d) The synchronization of two central
(1) Including "digital computers" and "related equipment", processing units by "software" so that one
as follows: central processing unit recognizes when
(i) Designed or modified for: the other central processing unit fails and
recovers tasks from the failing unit.
NOTE: (i) Not used;
"Digital computers" and "related equipment" (j) "User-accessible microprogrammability":
containing equipment, devices or logic control for
the following functions are also included. NOTE:
(a) "Signal processing"; For the purpose of this sub-item, "digital
(b) "Image enhancement";
computers" and "related equipment" are not
(c) "Local area networks"; considered to be designed or modified for
"user-accessible microprogrammability", if this
NOTE: facility is limited to:
For the purpose of this sub-item, data com- (a) Loading, reloading or inserting of
munication systems when located within a "microprogrammes", provided by the
single piece of equipment (eg television set, car) supplier; or
are not considered to be designed or modified (b) Simple loading of "microprogrammes",
for "local area networks". which mayor may not be provided by the
(d) "Multi-data-stream processing"; supplier, but which are neither designed to
bt~ accessible to the user nor accompanied
NOTE: by training or "software" for user accessi-
For the purpose of this sub-item, "digital bility.
computers" and "related equipment" are not (k) "Data (message) switching";
considered to be designed or modified for (I) "Stored programme controlled circuit
"multi-data-stream processing", if they: switching"; or
(a) Utilize staged (pipelined) instruction (m) "Wide area networks";
interpretation for conventional single (ii) Having the following characteristics:
instruction - single data sequence (a) Size, w~ight, power consumption and reliability
processing; or or other cllaracteristics (e.g. bubble memory),
(b) Have an arithmetic unit implemented with which allow easy application in mobile tactical
bit-slice microprocessor microcircuits. military systems; and
(e) Combined recognition, understanding and (b) Ruggedised above the level required for a
interpretation of image, continuous (connected) normal commercial I ~ffice environment, but

Security export control March 1'989 81


IL 1565 (h) (I) (il) (b) continued "access rate" of 40 accesses per second per
drive;
(g) They do not include equipment or systems
not necessarily up to levels specified in sub- embargoed by sub-item It 1519 (a) (2) or by
item (l); Item It 1567;
(2) Except: (h) They do not include equipment described in
(i) "Digital computers" or "related equipment" sub-item (h) (1) (H);
therefor, provided: (i) Not used;
(a) They are "embedded" in other equipment or (j) They do not include equipment described in
systems; sub-item (h) (1) (i) (a) to (m), other than for:
(1) "Signal processing" or "image en-
NOTE: hancement" when lacking "user-accessible
This does not preclude: programmability" and when "embedded"
Input/output control unit - disk drive in medical imaging equipment; or
combinations having all of the following (2) "Local area networks" which are excluded
characteristics: from embargo;
(1) "Total transfer rate" not exceeding 5.5
million bit per second; NOTE:
(2) Total connected "net capacity" not ex- "Digital computers" or "related
ceeding 320 million bit; equipment" "incorporated" in equipment
(3) No more than two independent drives; exportable under the provisions of Items
and It 1501, IL 1502, IL 1510 or IL 1518,
(4) "Total access rate" not exceeding 80 which are for internal functions which
accesses per second with a maximum incidentally might be considered to be
"access rate" of 40 accesses per second per described by sub-item (h) (1) (i) (f), are
drive; exportable as part of that equipment.
(b) They are not the "principal element" of the "Digital computers" or "related equip-
other equipment or systems in which they are ment" for the "real-time processing" of the
"embedded"; outputs of the equipment embargoed by
(c) The other equipment or systems are not Items IL 1501, IL 1502, It 1510 or IL
described by other Items in these Lists; 1518 and for Air Traffic Control systems
(d) They have been designed and used for non- are covered by this Item.
strategic applications; (Hi) "Digital computers" other than those described in
(e) They are by nature of design or performance sub-item (h) 0) above, and "related equipment",
restricted to the particular application for having all the following characteristics:
which they have been designed; (a) Shipped as complete systems;
(f) The "total processing data rate" of anyone (b) Designed and announced by the manufacturer
"embedded" "digital computer" does not for identifiable civil use;
exceed 54 million bit per second; (c) Not specially designed for any equipment
(g) The sum of the "total processing data rate" of embargoed by any other Item in these Lists;
each "embedded" "digital computer" does not (d) "Total processing data rate" not exceeding 6.5
exceed 100 million bit per second; million bit per second;
(h) They do not include equipment or systems (e) "Total internal storage available to the user"
embargoed by sub-item It 1519 (a) (2) or by not exceeding 6.2 million bit; and
Item It 1567; (f) They do not include a central processing unit
(i) Not used; and implemented with more than two micro-
(j) They do not include equipment described in processor or microcomputer microcircuits;
sub-item (h) (1) (i) (a) to (m), other than for:
(1) "Signal processing" or "image NOTE:
enhancement" when lacking "user- This limit does not include any dedicated
accessible programmability" and when microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuit
"embedded" in medical imaging used solely for display, keyboard or input/
equipment; or output control, or any bit-slice microprocessor
(2) "Local area networks" which are excluded microcircuit.
from embargo; (g) They do not include a microprocessor or micro-
(H) "Digital computers" or "related equipment" computer microcircuit with more than 16-bit
therefor, provided: word length or a bus architecture with more
(a) They are "incorporated" in other equipment or than 16 bit;
systems; (h) They do not include analogue-to-digital or
(b} They are not the "principal element" of the digital-to-analogue converter microcircuits
other equipment or systems in which they are exceeding the limits of Item IL 1568;
"incorporated";
(c) The other equipment or systems are not NOTE:
embargoed by other Items in these Lists; This does not apply in the case of direct driven
(d) The "total processing data rate" of anyone video monitors for normal commercial
"incorporated" "digital compu~r" does not television;
exceed 15 million bit per second; (i) Not used;
(e) The "total internal storage available to the (j) They do not include embargoed "related equip-
user" does not exceed 9.8 million bit; ment" other than input/output control unit -
(t) They do not include embargoed "related disk drive combinations having all of the
equipment" other than input/output control following characteristics:
unit - disk drive combinations having all of the (1) "Total transfer rate" not exceeding 5.5
following characteristics: million bit per second;
(1) "Total transfer rate" not exceeding 5.5 (2) Total connected "net capacity" not
million bit per second; exceeding 200 million bit;
(2) Total connected "net capacity" not (3) No more than one independent drive; and
exceeding 320 million bit; (4) "Total access rate" not exceeding 40
(3) No more than two independent drives; accesses per second; and
and (k) They do not include equipment embargoed by
(4) "Total access rate" not exceeding 80 sub-item IL 1519 (a) (2) or by Item IL 1567;
accesses per second with a maximum (iv) Peripheral equipment, as follows, provided it lacks

82 Security export control March 1989


"user-accessible programmability": equipment; and
(a) Card punches and readers; (3) Not specially designed for use' with
(b) Paper tape punches and readers; electronic computers;
(c) Manually operated keyboards and teletype (0) Graphic displays specially designed for
devices; signature or security checking having an active
(d) Manually operated graphic tablets not having display area not exceeding 150 sq. cm (23.25
more than 1,024 resolvable points along any sq. inch);
axis; (p) Not used;
(e) Impact printers; (q) Light gun devices or other manual graphic
(f) Non-impact printers, not embargoed by Item IL input devices which are:
1572 (b) or (c), which do not exceed: (1) Part of unembargoed displays; and
(1) 2,000 lines (30 pages) per minute; or (2) Limited to 1,024 resolvable elements
(2) 600 characters per second; along any axis;
(g) Plotting equipment, not embargoed by Item IL (r) Disk drives for non-rigid magnetic media
1572 (b) or (c), producing a physical record by (floppy disks) which do not exceed:
ink, photographic, thermal, or electrostatic (1) A "gross capacity" of 17 million bit;
techniques, which has: (2) A "maximum bit transfer rate" of 0.52
(1) A linear accuracy worse than or equal to million bit per second; or
.±..0.004%; and (3) An uaccess rate" of 12 accesses per
(2) An active plotting area less than or equal second; or
to 1,700 mm (66.9 inch) by 1,300 mm (51.2 (s) CassetteI cartridge tape drives or magnetic tape
inch); drives which do not exceed:
(h) Digitising equipment, generating rectilinear (1) A "maximum bit packing density" of 131
coordinate data by manual or semi-automatic bit per mm (3,300 bit per inch) per track;
tracing of physical records, which has: or
(1) A linear accuracy worse than or equal to (2) A "maximum bit transfer rate" of 2.66
.±.. 0.004 per cent; and million bit per second;
(2) An active digitising area less than or equal (v) Inputloutput interface or control units, as follows,
to 1,700 mm (66.9 inch) by 1,300 mm (51.2 provided they lack "user-accessible
inch); programmability":
(i) Not used; (a) Designed for use with peripheral equipment
0) Optical mark recognition (OMR) equipment; free from embargo under sub-item (h) (2) (iv)
(k) Optical character recognition (OCR) equipment above;
Which: (b) Designed for use with digital recording or
(1) Does not contain "signal processing" or reproducing equipment specially designed to
"image enhancement" equipment; and use magnetic card, tag, label or bank cheque
(2) Is only for: recording media, free from embargo according
(i) Stylised OCR characters; to Item IL 1572 (a) (ii); or
(ii) Other internationally standardised (c) Designed to meet ANSIIIEEE Standard
stylized character fonts; or 488-1978 or IEC Publication 625-1;
(iii) Other characters limited to non- (vi) "Equipment for ulocal area networks" which do not
stylised or hand printed numerics and exceed any of the following characteristics:
up to 10 hand printed alphabetic or (a) Interfaces and protocols up to or including
other characters; Layer 2 of the Open System Interconnection
(1) Displays or monitors having all of the following (OSI) reference model, that is ISO logical link
characteristics: control Draft International Standard (DIS)
(1) Not including equipment described in sub- 8802/2, IEEE 802.2, 802.3, 802.4, 802.5, or
item (h) (1) (ii) above; equivalents;
(2) Not containing cathode ray tubes (b) Implementations that contain functions of, or
embargoed by Item IL 1541; equivalent to those provided by, CCIIT X.25,
(3) If capable of other than alpha-numeric Level 3, protocols - none;
characters, graphs and symbols, in fixed (c) Maximum "data signalling rate" on the
formats: common transmission medium - 2 million bit
(i) Not more than 1,024 resolvable per second; or
elements along any axis; (d) "Internetwork gateways" - none;
(ii) Not more than 16 shades of grey or (i) Not used;
colour; and 0) Technology, as follows:
(Hi) The maximum bit transfer rate from (1) Technology applicable to the:
the electronic computer to the display (i) Development, production or use (Le. installation,
does not exceed 19,200 bit per operation and maintenance) of electronic computers
second; or "related equipment", even if these electronic
computers or "related equipment" are not
NOTE: embargoed by this Item; except
(ii) and (iii) above do not apply in the (a) Technology which is unique to "related
case of direct driven video monitors. equipment" free from embargo under sub-item
(m) Displays or monitors having all of the following (h) (2) (iv) (a) to (c), (e), (f), (m), (n) or (q) and
characteristics: which is not otherwise embargoed by any
(1) They do not contain cathode ray tubes; other Item in these Lists; or
(2) They are not capable of displaying more (b) The minimum technical information necessary
than 3 levels (Le. off, intermediate and full for the use of electronic computers or urelated
on); and equipment" free from embargo; or
(3) They do not have as an integral part of the (ii) Development, production or use of equipment or
display device: systems embargoed by sub-item (b) or (g); or
(a) circuitry; or (2) Technology for the integration of:
(b) non-mechanical character generation (i) Embargoed electronic computers or embargoed
devices; "related equipmem" into other equipment or
(n) Displays having all of the following systems ~h~~ther or not the other equipment or
characteristics: systems are embargoed; or
(1) Not containing cathode ray tubes
embargoed by Item IL 1541; NOTE:
(2) Being part of industrial or medical Nothing in the above should be construed to

S.ecurity export control Marth'1989 83'


IL 1565 (j) (1) (I) NOTE continued
(6) Do not include communication control unit -
"communication channel" conlbinations;
(b) Equipment for "signal processing", "image
embargo technology for the integration which is enhancement", or "multi-data-stream processing":
unique to the other equipment or systems if they are (1) Is "embedded";
free from embargo. (2) Is designed or modified specially for the identifiable
(ii) Un embargoed electronic computers or and dedicated medical applications;
unembargoed "related equipment" into embargoed (3) Does not have "user-accessible microprogramrna-
equipment or systems. bility"; and
(4) Does not have "user-accessible programmability"
NOTE: other than allowing for insertion of the original or
This does not, however, release from embargo tech- nlodified "programmes" supplied by the original
nology for the integration of electronic computers manufacturer;
or "related equipment" which are freed from (c) The "total processing data rate" of anyone
embargo only by sub-item (h) (2) (i) or only by sub- "incorporated" "digital computer" does not exceed 43
item (h) (2) (ii). million bit per second;
(d) The "digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor
NOTES: do not include:
1. "Digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor (1) Equipment or systems embargoed by sub-henl IL
embargoed by sub-item (h), provided: 1519 (a) (2) or Itenl IL 1567; or
(a) They are "incorporated" in other equipment or systems; (2) Equipment described in sub-item (h) (1) (i) (c) or (e) to
(b) They are not the "principal element" of the equipment or (m).
systems in which they are "incorporated";
(c) The other equipment or systems are embargoed by other 6. "Digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor,
Items in these Lists, and they are permitted for export embargoed by sub-item (h), provided that:
according to the provisions of 'the appropriate Item; (a) They have been approved by the Department of Trade
(d) The "total processing data rate" of any "incorporated" and Industry as eligible for export under the conditions
"digital computer" does not exceed 28 million bit per of this Note;
second; (b) They are described in sub-itern (h) (1) only by an accident
(e) All other parameters do not exceed the relevant limits of of definition; and
Note 9 (b) (1) (ii) to (iv) and (b) (2) to (9) to this Item; and (c) They fulfil anyone of the following conditions:
(f) The "incorporated" "digital computers" or "related (1) They are shipped as complete systems and do not
equipment" therefor do not include: exceed:
(1) Equipment embargoed by sub-item IL 1519 (a) (2) (i) A "total processing data rate" of 43 million bit
or by Item IL 1567; per second; and
(2) Equipment described in sub-item (h) (1) (ii); or (ii) Any of the limits for parameters in Note 9 (b) (1)
(3) Equipment described in sub-item (h) (1) (i) (a) to (m), (ii) to (iv) and (b) (2) to (9) to this Itern;
other than for: (2) They fail to nleet the conditions of sub-iteITIS (h) (2)
(i) "Signal processing" or "image enhancement" (iii), (iv) or (v) only by an accident of definition; or
when lacking "user-accessible programma- (3) They:
bility" and being "embedded" in medical (i) Are designed for identifiable commercial!
imaging equipment; or office or personal use and substantially
(ii) "Local area networks" which are excluded restricted to the particular application for
from embargo; which they have been designed by nature of
design and performance;
NB: (ii) Are of a type 'generally available to the public'
"Digital computers" or "related equipment" "incor- in non-proscribed areas; and
porated" in equipment exportable under the
provisions of Items IL 1501, IL 1502, IL 1510 or IL NB:
1518, which are for internal functions which For the purpose of this Note 'generally
incidentally might be considered to be described by available to the public' means:
sub-item (h) (1) (i) (f), are exportable as part of that (a) Also available at retail selling points, other
equipment. "Digital computers" or "related than those specialized in selling electronic
equipment" for the "real-time processing" of the computers to the genera.! public in model
outputs of the equipment embargoed by Items IL series exceeding the lirriits in (1) above;
1501, IL 1502, IL 1510 or IL 1518 and for Air and
Traffic Control systems are covered by this Item. (b) Selling from stock by means of;
(1) Over-the-counter transactions;
2. The minimum technical information for the use (2) Mail order transactions;
(Le.installation, operation and maintenance) of electronic (3) Telephone call transactions;
computers or "related equipment" authorized for export, (iii) Fulfil the conditions of (c) (1) above.
when shipped together with or solely for use with these
electronic computers or "related equipment". 7. Spare parts for exported electronic computers or "related
equipment", provided:
3. Not used. (a) The parts are:
(1) "Related equipment" or specially designed
4. Not used. components embargoed by this Item; or
(2) Equiprrlent or components embargoed by other
5. "Digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor, Items in this List;
embargoed by sub-item (h), provided: (b) The parts:
(a) The "digital computers" or the "related equipment": (1) Are destined for embargoed equipment previously
(1) Have been designed and announced by a manufac- authorized for export under a National Discretion
turer for identifiable and dedicated medical note or under Note 12 to this Item or for equipment
applications; free from embargo;
(2) Are substantially restricted to the area of medical (2) Are shipped in the minimum quantities necessary
applications by nature of design and performance; for the types and quantities of exported equipment
(3) Are the equipment necessary for the medical being serviced; and
application; (3) Do not upgrade the performance of the exported
(4) Are exported as complete systems; equipment beyond the level:
(5) Will be located within one "computer using facility"; (i) Specified in the relevant National Discretion
and note or Note 12 to this Item or

M Security export control March 1989


(ii) Specified as free from embargo; per second;
(c) If the parts are 'advanced technology parts', and not (Hi) They have a central processing unit with a
eligible for export at National Discretion under another word length exceeding 16 bit; and
Item in this List, the Western supplier's organisation
must: NB:
(1) Guarantee that parts will be replaced on a one-for- Microprocessor based systems with 16-bit
one basis; word-length and not more than a 32..bit
(2) Take measures to obtain custody of the defective architecture are regarded as 16-bit systems for
parts; and the purpose of his sub-paragraph.
(3) If custody is not obtained, certify that the defective (iv) They exceed either of the following limits:
parts are destroyed; (a) "Block move data rate" - 800,000
pixels/sec; or
TECHNICAL NOTE: (b) Maximum bit transfer rate of the channel
For the purpose of this sub-paragraph, 'advanced for direct access to the "main storage"
technology parts' are either: (Direct Memory Access or DMA channel)
(a) Parts embargoed by Item It 1564 (c) (2); - 11 million bit per second;
(b) Microprocessor, microcomputer, storage, (b) The "digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor
programmed logic array or arithmetic logic do not exceed any of the following limits:
unit microcircuits embargoed by Item It 1564 (1) Central processing unit - "main storage"
(d); combinations:
(c) Magnetic tape heads, magnetic disk heads, (i) "Total processing data rate" - 43 million bit
magnetic drum heads, or non-exchangeable per second;
magnetic disk or drum recording media, (ii) "Total connected capacity" of "main storage"
embargoed by Item It 1572; or - 39 million bit;
(d) Acoustic wave devices embargoed by Item It (iii) "Non-volatile storage" with "user-accessible
1586, other than those exportable at National programmability" including bubble memory -
Discretion pursuant to the Note 1 to Item It none;
1586.
NB:
8. Not used. Magnetic core "main storage" may however be
included.
9. "Digital computers" or "related equipInent" therefor (iv) Number of microprocessor or microcomputer
embargoed by sub-item (h), provided that: microcircuits implementing the central
(a) The "digital com,puters" or "related equipment" therefor: processing unit - three;
(1) Are not described in sub-items (h) (1) (i) (d) to (m);
(2) Are not used with "digital computers" produced in NB:
proscribed areas;
This limit does not include any dedicated
microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuit
NB: used solely for display, keyboard or
This does not preclude the exchange of data media. input/output control, or any bit-slice
(3) Are exported as: microprocessor microcircuit.
(i) Complete systems; or (v) "Virtual storage" capability - 512 MByte;
(ii) Enhancements to a previously exported system
provided that the enhanced system does not NB:
exceed the limits of paragraph (b) of this Note; 1. Supermini "digital computers" with a
(4) Have not been designed for any equipment: "virtual storage" capability exceeding the
(i) Embargoed by any other Item in this List; and level in this sub-paragraph will not be
(H) Not eligible for consideration for export at eligible for consideration under this Note.
National Discretion to such an Item; It is recognized, however, that other
(5) Have been primarily designed and used for non- "digital computers" (e.g. main frames) may
strategic applications; have a "virtual storage" capability
(6) Do not have any of the following characteristics: exceeding this limit and in such cases they
(i) They fall within the scope of both sub-iteITIS (h) may be considered under this Note.
(1) (H) (a) and (b); or
2. If the "total processing data rate" does not
(ii) They fall within the scope of sub-item (h) (1) (ii) exceed 28 million bit per second this sub-
(a) and are microprocessor-based systen1s paragraph will not apply.
having a word length of more than 8 bit; or (2) Input/output control unit - drum or disk drive
(Hi) They are ruggedized above the level required combinations:
for a normal commercial/civil environment, (i) "Total transfer rate" - 16 million bit per
but not necessarily up to the levels specified in second;
sub-item (f), and are microprocessor-based
(ii) "Total access rate" - 200 accesses per second;
systems having a word length of more than 8 (iii) Total connected "net capacity" - 5,120 million
bit; and
bit;
(iv) "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any drum or
NB: disk drive -- 16 million bit per second;
Microprocessor based systems with 8-bit word (v) Number of independent drum or disk drives -
length and not more than a 16-bit architecture six, of which five must not exceed a "maximum
are regarded as 8-bit systems for the purpose of bit transfer rate" of 10.3 million bit per second;
this sub-paragraph. (vi) Exchangeable disk packs which contain
(7) Do not have all of the following characteristics: magnetic heads:
'(a) "Access rate" of an independent seek
NB: mechanism .- 20 accesses per second;
This sub-paragraph does not apply to workstations (b) "Net capacity" - 240 million bit;
designed for and limited to graphic arts (e.g. (3) Input/output control unit - bubble memory
printing, publishing). combinations:
(i) They are stand-alone graphics work stations (i) Tota\ connectea "net capadty" for point of sale
designed or modified for the generation, dev\'JesJsed by cashiers - 9.8 million bit;
transformation, and display of 2 or 3 (ii) Total connected "net capacity" for "digital
dimensional vectors; computers" or "related equipment",~otherthan
(ii) They have a "total processing data rate" of the 'those in (i) above ~ 2.1 million bit;
central proceSsing unit exceeding 28 million bit (4) Inpu.t/output control '1Pit - magnetic tape or

Seourity eJtport control March;19,89" e."


NB:
IL 1565 NotE 9 (b) (4) continued If the maximum "data signalling rate" on the
common transmission medium does not exceed
2 million bit per second, this sub-paragraph will
cartridge-type streamer tape drive combinations: not apply.
(i) Magnetic tape drives: ~ (8) "Other peripheral devices";
(a) "Maximum bit packing density" - 246 bit (i) Maximum bit transfer rate of any "terminal
per mm (6,250 bpi); device" located remote from the "computer
(b) Maximum readlwrite speed - 508 cm per using facility" - 19,200 bit/s;
second (200 ips); (ii) Displays or graphic input devices:
(c) "Maximum bit transfer rate" - 10 million (a) Resolvable elements along any axis -
bit per second; 1,024, and shades of grey or colour - 64;
(d) Number exceeding 131 bitlmm (3,300 bpi) or
- four; (b) Resolvable elements along any axis -
(ii) Cartridge-type streamer tape drives; 320, and shades of grey or colour - 256;
(a) Maxirnum "total transfer rate" - 16 (9) "Equivalent multiply rate" for "signal processing" or
million bitls; "image enhancement" equipment - 800,000
(b) Number - two; operations per second;
(5) Communication control unit "communication (c) Exports covered by this Note are subject to the following
channel" combinations: conditions:
(i) "Total data signalling rate" of all (1) The number, type and characteristics of the
"communication channels" terminating remote equipment are reasonable for the application;
from the. "computer using facility" - 19,200 (2) When the parameters of the equipment do not
bit Is; exceed:
(H) Maximum Udata signalling rate" of any (i) "Total processing data rate" - 20 million bit/s;
"communication channel" - 9,600 bit/s; and
(Hi) Number of "communication channels" not (ii) "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any
dedicated full time to the given application - independent drum or disk drive - 10.3 million
three, provided: bit per second;
(a) They are connected to the public switched Then, subject to the equipment not being destined
network; for military end-use, there are no limitations on
(b) They have a "data signalling rate" not number of systems which may be licensed per
exceeding 1,200 bitls at the interface transaction;
between the "digital computer" and the (3) When the parameters of any equipment involved in
public switched network; and one transaction exceed any limit of (2) above:
(c) Number of "communication channels" not (i) The "cumulative total processing data rate"
limited to Telex interfaces for services must not exceed 285 million bitls: and
conforming to CCITT recommendations
F60 to F79 - one. NB:
(6) Inputloutput or communication control unit - When calculating the "cumulative total
directly connected data channel combinations: processing data rate", the "total processing
(i) "Total transfer rate" - 1.6 million bit/s; data rates" of any stand-alone microcomputers
(H) "Transfer rate of any data channel" - 1.6 are not to be included.
million bitls; (ii) The Department of Trade and Industry shall:
(Hi) Terminations of such combinations or any (a) Be reasonably satisfied that:
extensions thereto outside the ';computer using (l) The equipment will be used primarily
facility" - none; for the specific non-strategic
(7) Communication control unit - "local area network" application for which the export
combinations: would be approved; and
(2) The equipment will not be used for
NB: the design, development or
For the purpose this sub-paragraph all "local area production of embargoed items,
networks" interconnected within a "computer using especially not in microelectronics;
facility" are considered as a single "local area and
network". (b) Be supplied with the full name and address
(i) Maximum "data signalling rate" on the of the end-user and details of the end-use
common transmission medium - 10 million of the equipment.
bit/s;
(H) Interfaces and protocols up to and including NB:
Layer 2 of the Open System Interconnection Special consideration will be given to the activities of
(OSI) ref~rence model, ie logical link control proposed end users of "digital computers" which have a
Draft International Standard (015) 8802/2, "total processing data rate" exceeding 28 million bit per
IEEE 802.2, 802.3, 802.4, 802.5 or equivalents; second.
(Hi) Implementations that contain functions of, or
equivalent to those provided by, CCITT X.25, 10. Not used.
Level 3, protocols - none;
(iv) "Internetwork gateways" - none; 11. Not used.
(v) "Communications channels" from such
combinations to one "digital computer" located 12. Favourable consideration will be given to the export of
outside the "computer using facility" - one, "digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor embar-
provided that: goed by sub-item (h), provided that:
(a) the "communication channel" is dedicated (a) The "digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor:
full time to the given application; - (1) Are not described in sub-items (h) (1) (i) (d) to (m);
(b) the maximum "data signalling rate" does (2) Are not used with "digital computers" produced in
not exceed 9,600 bit Is; and proscribed areas;
(c) the "digital computer" is not designed or
modified for "local area networks"; NB:
(vi) The sum of the "total processing data rate" of This does not preclude the exchange of data media.
all embargoed "digital computers" directly con- (3) Are exported as:
nected to a "local area network" - 285 million (1) Complete systems; or
bit/s. (ii) Enhancements to a previously exported system
provided that the enhanced system does not (i) "Total transfer rate" - 22 miW<m bit/s;. .:
exceed the limits of paragraph (b) of this Note; (il) "Total access rate"":" 360 accesses per secoft~
(4) Have not been designed for any equipment: (iii) Total connected "net capacity" - 14,000
(i) Embargoed by any other Item in this List; and million bit;
(ii) Not eligible for export at National Discretion to (iv) "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any drum or
such an Item; disk drive - 20.6 million bit/s;
(5) Have been primarily designed and used for non- (v) Number of dron or disk drives exceeding a
strategic applications; "maximum bit transfer rate" of 10.3 million
(6) Do not have any of the following characteristics: bitls - four;
(i) They fall within the scope of both sub-items (h) (vi) Exchangeable disk packs which contain
(1) (ii) (a) and (b); or magnetic heads:
(ii) They fall within the scope of sub-item (h) (I) (ii) (a) "Access rate" of an independent seek
(a) and are microprocessor-based systems mechanism - 29 accesses per second;
having a word length of more than 16 bit; or (b) "Net capacity" - 640 million bit;
(iii) They are ruggedized above the level required (3) Inputloutput control unit - bubble memory
for a normal commercial I civil environment, combinations:
but not necessarily up to the levels specified in (i) Total connected "net capacity" for point of sale
sub-item (t) and are microprocessor-based devices used by cashiers - 9.8 million bit;
systems having a word length of more than 16 (ii) Total connected "net capacity" for "digital
bit; and computers" or "related equipment" other than
those in (i) above - 2.1 million bit;
NB: (4) Inputloutput control unit - magnetic tape or
Microprocessor-based systems with 16-bit ~artridge-type streamer tape drive combinations:
word-length and not more than 32-bit (i) Magnetic tape drives
architecture are regarded as 16-bit systems for (a) "Maximum bit packing density" - 246 bit
the purpose of this sub-paragraph. per mm (6,250 bpi);
(7) Do not have all the following characteristics: (b) Maximum readlwrite speed - 508 cmls
(200 ips);
NB: (c) "Maximum bit transfer rate" - 10 million
This paragraph does not apply to workstations bit/s;
designed for and limited to graphic arts (e.g. (d) Number exceeding 131 bitls (3,300 bpi) -
printing, publishing). four;
(i) They are stand-alone graphics work stations (ii) Cartridge-type streamer tape drives;
designed or modified for the generation, (a) Maximum "total transfer rate" - 16
transformation and display of 2 or 3 million bitls;
dimensional vectors; (b) Number - two;
(ii). They have a "total processing data rate" of the (5) Communication control unit - "communication
central processing unit exceeding 48 million bit channel" combinations:
per second; (i) "Total data signalling rate" of all
(iii) They have a central processing unit, with a "communication channels" terminating remote
word-length exceeding 16-bit; and; from the "computer using facility" - 38,400
bit Is;
NB: (ii) Maximum "data signalling rate" of any
Microprocessor based systems with 16-bit "communication channel" - 19,200 bit/s;
word-length and not more than a 32-bit (iii) Number of "communication channels" not
architecture are regarded as 16-bit systems for dedicated full time to the given application -
the purpose of this sub-paragraph. six, provided that:
(iv) They exceed either of the follow limits: (a) They are connected to the public switched
(a) "Block move data rate" - 1,500,000 network;
pixelslsec; or (b) They have a "data signalling rate" not ex-
(b) Maximum bit transfer rate of the channel ceeding 1200 bit per second at the
for direct access to the "main storage" interface between the "digital computer"
(Direct Memory Access or DMA channel) and the public switched network; and
- 15 million bitls; (c) Number of "communication channels" not
(b) The "digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor limited to telex interfaces for services
do not exceed any of the following limits: conforming to CCITT recommendations
(I) Central processing unit - "main storage" F60 to F79 - two.
combinations: (6) Inputloutput or communication control unit -
(i) "Total processing data rate" - 78 million bit/s; directly connected data channel combinations:
(ii) "Total connected capacity" of "main storage" (i) "Total transfer rate" - 3.6 million bit/s;
- 76.7 million bit; (ii) "Transfer rate of any data channel" - 3.6
(iii) "Non-volatile storage" with "user-accessible million bitls;
programmability" including bubble memory - (iii) Terminations of such combinations or of any
none; extensions thereto outside the "computer using
facility" - none;
NB: (7) Communication control unit - "local area network"
Magnetic core "main storage" may however be combinations:
included.
(iv) "Virtual storage" capability - 512 MByte NB:
For the pllrpose of this sub-paragraph all "local area
NB: networks" interconnected within a "computer using
Supermini "digital computers" with a "virtual facility" are considered as a single "local area
storage" capability exceeding the level in this network".
sub-pjlragraph will not be eligible for (i) Maximum "data signalling rate" on the common
consideration under this Note. It is recognized, transmission medium - 10 million bitl$;
however, that other "digital computers" (e.g. (ii) Irllerf.ces and p~otocols '. up to and including
mainframes) may have a "virtual storage" Layetl 2 ')f ~the Open System Interconnection
capability exceeding this limit and in such cases (OSI) teference m9del, that' is ISO logical link
they may be considered under this Note. control Draft IntetnatioQaI Standartt(DlS)
(2) Inputloutput control unit - drum or disk drive t, $802/2, IEEE 802.~ ~2~3, 802.4, 802.5 or
combinations: equivalent; t . .
· security 1!lport COntrol.: MIrt)t(1.tt>;
. I
"J .
~~
IL 1565 NOTE 12 (b) (7) (ill) equipment, wherever located, during
normal working hours and at any
other time the equipment is
(ill) Implementations that contain functions of, or operating; and
equivalent to those provided by, CCIIT X.25, (2) Be furnished information
Level 3, protocols - none; demonstrating continued authorized
(iv) Internetwork gateways - none; application of the equipment; and
(v) "Communications channels" from such (c) These Western representatives will be
combinations to one "digital computer" located notified of any significant change of appli-
outside the "computer using facility" - one, cation or of other facts, on which the
provided that: licence was based;
(a) the "communication channel" is dedicated (ii) A full description of:
full time to the given application; (a) The equipment; and
(b) the maximum "data signalling rate" is (b) Intended application and workload; and
19,200 b/s; and (iii) A complete identification of all end-users and
(c) the "digital computer" is not designed or their activities:
modified for "local area networks"; (2) Not used.
(vi) The sum of the "total processing data rate" of (3) When the parameters of the equipment do not
all embargoed "digital computers" directly exceed:
connected to a "local area network" - 285 (i) "Total processing data rate" - 54 million bit
million bit per second. per second; and
(ii) "Total connected capacity" of "main storage"
NB: - 39 million bit;
1. Only one "digital computer" may exceed Then there is no visitation requirement;
54 million bit per second. (4) When the parameters of the equipment exceed
2. If the maximum "data signalling rate" on either limit in (3) above, the supplier will:
the common transmission medium does (i) Have a responsible Western representative
not exceed 2 million bitls, this sub- visit and inspect the "computer using facility"
paragraph does not apply. and all equipment, wherever located, at least
(8) "Other peripheral devices": quarterly for three years; and
(i) "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any "terminal (ii) Report periodically to the licensing authorities
device" located remote from the "computer whether the "digital computers" and "related
using facility" - 19,200 bit/s: equipment" therefor are still being used for the
(ii) Displays or graphic input devices: approved purposes at the authorized location;
(a) Resolvable elements - 512 x 640, and
shades of grey or colour - 256; or NB:
The visitation requirements of this sub-
NB: paragraph will be waived for remote "terminal
Paragraph (a) does not prohibit the export devices" if they consist only of peripheral
under this Note of displays for systems equipment freed from embargo by sub-item (h)
specially designed for and limited to (2) (iv) above.
graphic arts (eg printing, publishing) which 13. Not used.
have displays not exceeding 576 x 900 14. A limited range of equipment covered by Item IL 1565 for
resolvable elements and 256 shades of use with "digital computers" or "related equipment"
grey or colour. produced in proscribed areas, or the export of minimum
(b) Resolvable elements - 1024 x 1280, and technology, including the transfer of skills and data necessary
shades of grey or colour - 64; for fabrication, assembly and checkout of equipment, but
excluding design technology, which is necessary to manu-
NB: facture such equipment in those areas.
15. Not used.
Paragraph (b) does not prohibit the export
under this Note of displays for systems 16. Definitions of terms used in this Item
specially designed for and limited to "access rate" -
graphic arts (eg printing, publishing) which (a) Of an input/output control unit - drum or disk drive
have displays not exceeding 1560 x 1024 combination (Road) -
resolvable elements and 64 shades of grey Either the "access rate" of an inputloutput control unit
or colour. (Rac) or the sum of the individual "access rates" of all
(9) "Signal processing" or "image enhancement" independent seek mechanisms (Ras )' whichever is
equipment: smaller.
(i). "Equivalent multiply rate" - 1,500,000 Thus: Rad = min (Rac; SUM Ras);
operations per second; (b) Of an input/output control unit (Rac) -
(ii) Output - 10 million image elements per (1) With rotational position sensing (rps), the sum of the
second; individual "access rate~" of all independent seek
(c) Applications under this Note must comply with the mechanisms (Ras) connected to the control unit.
following: Thus: Rac = SUM Ras (with rps); or
(1) Provide information which includes: (2) Without rotational position sensing (rps), the
(i) A signed statement by a responsible number (C) of independent read/write channels
representative of the end-user(s) or the connected to the control unit divided by the least
importing agency describing the end-use and 'latency time' (~min) of any connected independent
certifying that: seek mechanism.
(a) The "digital computers" or "related
equipment" will: Thus: Rac =~ (without rps)
(1) Be used only for civil applications; ~min
and (c) Of il seek mechanism (Ras)-
(2)Not be reexported or otherwise The reciprocal of the 'average access time' (t88) of the
disposed of without permission from seek mechanism.
the Department of Trade and Thus: Ra =_1-
Industry; t88
(b) Responsible Western representatives of
the supplier will: 'average access time' of a seek mechanism (t88 ) -
(1) Have the right of access to the The sum of the 'average seek time' (tu) and the
t4computer using facility" and all 'latency time' (~).
Thus: taa = tsa + ~ NB:
'average seek time' (lsa) - It is the maximum one-way rate, i.e" the maximum rate iD
The sum of the 'maximum seek time' (lsmax) and either transmission or reception.
twice the 'minimum seek time' (lsmln), divided by "digital computer" -
three. Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete
Thus: !sa = lsmax + 2lsmin variables:
3 (a) Accept data;
'maximum seek time' (lsmax) - (b) Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable)
(1) For fixed head devices, it is zero; or storage devices; .
(2) For moving head or moving media devices, the (c) Process data by means of a stored sequence of instructions
rated time to move between the two most widely which is modifiable; and
separated tracks. (d) Provide output of data.
'minimum seek time' (tsmln)- NB:
(1) For fixed head devices, it is zero; or
Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include
(2) For moving head or moving media devices, the replacement of fixed storage devices, but not a physical change
rated time to move from one track to an adjacent in wiring or interconnections.
track.
"embedded" in equipment or systems -
'latency time' (tt) - "\ Can feasibly be neither:
The rotational period divided by twice the number of (a) Removed from such equipment or systems; nor
independent read/write heads per track. (b) Used for other purposes.
"equivalent multiply rate" -
The maximally achievable number of multiplication
"analogue computer" - operations which can be performed per second considering
Equipment which can, in the form of one or more continuous that, in the case of simultaneous multiplication operations, all
variables: multiplication rates have to be summed in order to arrive at
(a) Accept data; the "equivalent multiply rate":
(b) Process data; and (a) Assuming
(c) Provide output of data. (I) Optimal operand locations in the "most immediate
"associated" with equipment or systems - storage"; and
(a) Can feasibly be either: (2) Operand lengths at least 16 bit, or more if this
(i) Removed from such equipment or systems; or allows for faster operation; and
(ii) Used for other purposes; and (b) Neglecting
(b) Is not essential to the operation of such equipment or (I) Set-up operations;
systems. (2) Pipeline filling operations;
"block move data rate" - (3) Initialization;
The maximum number of pixels which can be moved per (4) Interrupts; and
second from one location to another in the storage which (5) Data reordering times.
functions as the frame buffer.
"communication channel" - NB:
The transmission path or circuit including the terminating Simultaneous multiplication operations can occur because of:
transmission and receiving equipment (modems) for (a) Multiple arithmetic units for operations such as complex
transferring digital information between distant locations. multiplication, convolution or recursive filtering;
"computer operating area" - (b) Parallel pipelining;
The immediate contiguous and accessible area around the (c) More than one arithmetic unit in one data processing
electronic computer, where the normal operating, support and unit; or
service functions take place. (d) More than one data processing unit in one system.
"computer using facility" - "fault tolerance" -
The end-users contiguous and accessible facilities: The capability to perform correctly without human
(a) Housing the "computer operating area" and those end- intervention after failure of any 'assembly', so that there is no
user functions which are being supported by the stated single point in the system the failure of which could cause
application of the electronic computer and its "related catastrophic failure of the system's functioning.
equipment"; and 'assembly' -
(b) Not extending beyond 1,500 metres in any direction from A number of components (Le. circuit elements, discrete
the centre of the "computer operating area". components, microcircuits) connected together to
"cumulative total processing data rate" - perform a specific function or functions, replaceable as
The sum of all "total processing data rates" in a given an entity and normally capable of being disassembled.
transaction. "firmware" -
"data device" - See "microprogramme".
Equipment capable of transmitting or receiving sequences of "gateway" -
digital information. The function, realised by any combination of equipment and
"data (message) switching" - "software", to carry out the conversion of conventions for
The technique, including but not limited to store-and-forward representing, processing or communicating information used
or packet switching, for: in one system into the corresponding but different
(a) Accepting data groups (including messages, packets, or conventions used in another system.
other digital or telegraphic information groups which are "gro~ capacity" -
transmitted as a composite whole); The product of;
(b) Storing (buffering) data groups as necessary; (a) The maximum number of binary digit (bit) positions per
(c) Processing part or all of the data groups, as necessary, for unformatted track; and
the purpose of: (b) The total number of tracks including spare tracks and
(1) Control (routing, priority, formatting, code conver- tracks not accessible to the user.
sion, error control, retransmission or journaling); "hybrid computer" - .
(2) Transmission; or Equipment which can:
(3) Multiplexing; and (a) Accept data;
(d) Retransmitting (processed) data groups when transmission (b) Process datf' in b()th analogue and digital
or receiving facilities are available. representati0O!; and
"data signalling rate"- (c) Provide outpuf';of data.
The rate as defined in ITU Recommendation 53-36, taking into "image digitiser" - . ., '
account that, for non-binary modulation, baud and bit per A device for directly converting ah analogue representation
second are not equal. Binary digits for coding, checking, and of an imag'e into a digital represelftatiori.
synchronization functions are included. "image enhancement"~· I.'·
IL 1565 NOTE 16 continued
A "data device" which is:
(a) Peripheral to a central processing unit - "main storage"
combination; and
The processing of externally derived information-bearing (b) Not an inputloutput control unit - drum, disk or
images by algorithms such as time compression, filtering, magnetic tape drive or bubble memory combination.
extraction, selection, correlation, convolution or trans- "principal element" -
formations between domains (e.g. Fast Fourier Transform or A "digital computer" or "related equipment" which is:
Walsh Transform). This does not inclUde algorithms using (a) Either "embedded" or "incorporated" in another
only linear or rotational transformation of a single image, equipment or system; and
such as translation, feature extraction, registration or false (b) In replacement value more than 35% of the replacement
colouration. value of the total equipment or system, ie including the
"incorporated" in equipment or systems-' "digital computer" or "related equipment".
(a) Can feasibly be either: "programme" -
(i) Removed from such equipment or systems; or A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or
(H) Used for other purposes; and convertible into, a form executable by an electronic
(b) Is essential to the operation of such equipment or computer.
systems. "real time processing" -
"internetwork gateway" - Processing of data by an electronic computer in response to
A "gateway" for two systems which are themselves "local an external event according to time requirements imposed by
area networks", "wide area networks" or both. the external event.
"local area network" - "related equipment" -
A data communication system which: Equipment "embedded" in, "incorporated" in, or "associated"
(a) Allows an arbitrary number of independent "data with electronic computers, as follows:
devices" to communicate directly with each other; and (a) Equipment for interconnecting "analogue computers"
(b) Is confined to a geographical area of moderate size (eg with "digital computers";
office building, plant, campus, warehouse). (b) Equipment for interconnecting "digital computers";
"main storage" - (c) Equipment for interfacing electronic computers to "local
The primary storage for data or instructions for rapid access area networks" or to "wide area networks";
by a central processing unit. It consists of the interned storage (d) Communication control units;
of a "digital computer" and any hierarchical extension (e) Other input/output (1/0) control units;
thereto, such as cache storage or non-sequentially accessed (f) ,Recording or reproducing equipment referred to Item IL
extended storage. 1565 by Item IL 1572;
umaximum bit pack;n~ density" - (g) Displays; or
The density of recording specified in accordance with the (h) Other peripheral equipment.
appropriate A~SI or ISO Standard (eg ANSI X3.14-1979, ISO
1863-1975; A!':S! X3.22-1973; ISO 1873-1976; ANSI NB:
X3.39-1973; I. -0 3788-1976; ANSI X3.48-1977; ISO "Related equipment" which contains an "embedded" or
3407-1976; Al\~l X3.56-1977; ISO 4057-1979; ANSI "incorporated" electronic computer, but which lacks "user-
X3.54-1976). accessible programmability", does not thereby fall within the
umaximum bit transfer rate" - definition of an electronic computer.
(a) Of a drum or disk drive (~dmax) is the product of: "signal processing" -
(1) The maximum number of binary digit (bit) positions The ·processing of externally derived information-bearing
per unformatted track; and signals by algorithms such as time compression, filtering,
(2) The number of tracks which simultaneously can be extraction, selection, correlation, convolution or transfor-
read or written, divided by the rotational period; mations between domains (eg Fast Fourier Transform or
(b) Of a magnetic tape drive ~tmax), is the product of: Walsh Transform).
(1) The Umaximum bit packing density"; "software" -
(2) The number of data bits per character (ANSI) or per A collection of one or more "programmes" or
row (ISO); and "microprogrammes" fixed in any tangible medium of ex-
(3) The maximum tape read/write speed. pression.
"microprogramme" - "stored-programme-controlled circuit switching" -
A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in a The technique for establishing, on demand and until released,
special storage, the execution of which is initiated by the a direct (space-division switching) or logical (time-division
introduction of its reference instruction into an instruction switching) connection between circuits based on switching
register. control information derived from any source or circuit and
"most immediate storage" - processed according to the stored "programme" by one or
The portion of the "main storage" most directly accessible by more electronic computers.
the central processing unit: "terminal device" -
(a) For single level "main storage", this is the internal A "data device" which:
storage; or (a) Does not include process control sensing and actuating
(b) For hierarchial "main storage", this is: devices; and
(1) The cache storage; (b) Is capable of:
(2) The instruction stack; or (1) Accepting or producing a physical record;
(3) The data stack. (2) Accepting a manual input; or
"multi-data-stream processing" - (3) Producing a visual output.
The "microprogramme" or equipment architecture technique
which permits processing two or more data sequences under NB:
the control of one or more instruction sequences by means Normal groupings of such equipment (e.g. a combination of
such as: paper tape punch/reader and printer), connected to a single
(a) Parallel processing; data channel or "communication channel", shall be
(b) Stru~tured arrays of processing elements; considered as a single "terminal device".
(c) Single Instruction Multiple Data (SIMD) operations; or "total access rate" (Ratot) -
(d) Multiple Instruction Multiple Data (MIMD) operations; The sum of the individual "access rates" of all input/output
"net capacity" - control unit-drum or disk drive combinations (RaJ provided
Of a drum, disk or cartridge-type streamer tape drive, or a with the system which can be sustained simultaneously as-
bubble memory: suming the configuration of equipment which would
The total capacity designed to be accessible to the "digital maximize this "total access rate".
computer" excluding error control bits.
"non-volatile storage" - Thus: Ratot = SUM Rad
A storage device the contents of. which are not lost when "total connected capacity" -
power is removed. The storage capacity excluding error control bits, word
"other peripheral device" - marker bits, and flag bits.

~O Secur~ty export control March 1989


"total data signalling rate" - NB: t ' ; , _"'. _ _ _," _ . : ':, ,'c>{:' :~~ }f1¥ ~
The sum of the individual "data signalling rates" of all If a "digital ~putertt has neitherfloatiil«'poinf8dclitloft
"communication channels" which: nor floating' point multiplication instruction~, then its'
(a) Have been provided with the system; and 'floating point protes8ing data -rate' is equal to zero.
(b) Can be sustained simultaneously assuming the 'fixed point processing data rate' (R,J . .
configuration of the equipment which would maximize The sum of:
this sum of rates. (1) 0.85 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point
"total internal storage available to the user" - addition instruction' (nwJ;
The sum of the individual capacities of all internal user- (2) 0.15 times the 'number of bits in . a fixed point
alterable or user-replaceable storage devices. which may be: multiplication instruction' (DmuJ; and
(a) Included in the equipment at the same time; and (3) 0.55 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point
(b) Used to store "software" instructions or data. operand' (noJ;
"total processing data rate" - divided by the sum of:
(a) Of a single central processing unit. is its 'processing data (I) 0.85 times the 'execution time' for a fixed point
rate'; addition (tax>; and
(b) Of multiple central processing units which do not share (2) 0.15 times the 'execution time' for a fixed point
direct access to a common "main'storage", is: multiplication (tmJ or for the fastest available
The individual 'processing data rate' of each central subroutine (tmsub) to simulate a fixed point multi-
processing unit, Le., each unit is separately treated as a plication instruction if no fixed point multiplication
single central processing unit as in (a) above; or instructions are implemented.
(c) Of multiple central processing units, which partially or Thus:
fully share direct access to a common "main storage" at
any level, is the sum of: Rx =
(0.85)niax + (0.15)nirnx + (0.55)00x
(1) The highest of the individual 'processing data rates'
of all central processing units; and (0.85)t o + (0.15)tmx
(2) 0.75 times the 'processing data rate' of each or if no fixed point multiplication instructions are implemented
remaining central processing unit, sharing the same (t mx = tmsub). then:
"main storage"; Rx =
assuming the configuration of equipment, which would (0.85)niax + (0.15)nimX + (0.55)nox
maximize this sum of rates.
'processing data rate' - (0.85)t ax + (0.15)tmsub
The maximum of either: NB:
(a) the 'floating point processing data rate' (Rf); or If a "digital computer" has neither fixed point addition
(b) The 'fixed point processing data rate' (R,J. nor fixed point multiplication instructions, then its 'fixed
point processing data rate' is equal. to zero.
NB: 'number of bits in a:
The 'processing data rate' of a central processing unit Fixed point addition instruction' (nial -
implemented with two or more microprocessor microcircuits, Fixed point multiplication instruction' (nirn,J -
not including any dedicated microprocessor microcircuit used Floating point addition instruction' (nial) -
solely for display, keyboard or input/output control, is the Floating point multiplication instruction' (nimf) -
sum of the individual 'processing data rates' of all these The appropriate shortest single fixed or floating point
microprocessor microcircuits. instruction length which permits full direct addressing of
'floating point processing data rate' (Rf) - the "main storage".
The sum of:
(1) 0.85 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point NB:
instruction' (nixl or 0.85 times the 'number of bits in I. When multiple instructions are required to simulate
a floating point instruction' (nif), if no fixed point an appropriate single instruction, the number of bits
instructions are implemented; in the above instructions is defined as 16 bits plus
(2) 0.15 times the 'number of bits in a floating point
the number of bits (blax, bimx, biaf, b im,) which permits
instruction' (nif); full direct addressing of the "main storage".
(3) 0.40 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point Thus:
operand' (noX> or 0.40 times the 'number of bits in a
floating point operand' (nof), if no fixed point niax = 16 +
biax;
instructions are implemented; and nimx = 16 +
bimx;
(4) 0.15 times the 'number of bits in a floating point niaf = 16 +
bia,;
operand' (nof); nimf- = 16 +
bim,;
Divided by the sum of: 2. If the addressing capability of an instruction is
(1) 0.85 times the 'execution time' for a fixed point expanded by using a base register, then the 'number
addition (tax) or for a floating point addition (taf), if no of bits in an instruction, fixed or floating point,
fixed point instructions are implemented; addition or multiplication' is the number of bits in
(2) 0.09 times the 'execution time' for a floating point the instruction with the standard addr~ length
addition (taf); and including the number of bits necessary to use the
(3) 0.06 times the 'execution time' for a floating point base register.
multiplication (tmf) or for the fastest available 'number of bits in a fixed point operand' (no,J -
subroutine (tmsub) to simulate a floating point (a) The shortest fixed point operand length; or
multiplication instruction, if no floating point (b) 16 bit;
multiplication instructions are implemented. whichever is greater.
Thus: 'number of bits in a floating point operand' (nod -
Rf= (a) The shortest floating point operand length; or
(0.85)nix + (0.15)nif + (0.40)n ox + (0.15)n of (b) 30 bit;
whichever is greater.
(0.85)t ax + (0.09)taf + (0.06)t mf 'execution time'
or if no fixed point instructions are implemented. then: (a) The time certified or openly published by the
Rf = manufacturer for the execution of the fastest appro-
(1.00)nif + (0.55)n of priate instruction, under the' following conditions:
(0.94)t.f + (0.06)tmf (1) No indexing or indirect operations are
or if 00 floating point multiplication instructions are implemented included;
(2) The instruction is in the "most immediate -,
(tmf = tmsub) then:
storage";
Rf = (3) One operand is in
the .accumulator or in a
(0.85)Oix + (0.15)nirnf + (0.40)nox + (0.15)00f l~atidn of, the "most ':irmnediate storage",
(0.85)tax + (0.09) taf + (0.06)tmsub Yihichtis acting as :the accumulator;

SeCUrityexpo-:t contro',Maretfl989 '<,~l


d

'

~"
tJ
.rate (Rtsmaxmaxl of all independent seek
IL 1565 NOTE 16 continued mechanisms; or
(H) Without rotational position sensing (rps), is two-
(4) The second operand is in" the "most immediate thirds of this product.
tJ
storage and ; Thus:
(5) The result is left in the accumulator or the same Rtc = C. Rtsmaxmax (with rps); or
location in the "mqst immediate storage", Rtc = 2 C. Rtsmaxmax (without rps);
which is acting as the accumulator; 3
(b) If only the maximum and minimum execution times
of the instructions are published, the sum of:
(3) Of an independent seek mechanism (Rts):
(1) The maximum execution time of an instruction
The product of:
(tmaJ; and
(i) The "maximum bit transfer rate" (Rtsmaxl; and
(2) Twice the minimum execution time of this
(H) The rotational period (tr);
instruction (tmin);
Divided by the sum of:
Divided by three
(i) The rotational period (tr);
Thus: t = t max + 2tmin (H) The 'minimum seek time' (tsmin); and
3 (Hi) The 'latency time' (t1);
(t stands for any of the values tax, tat, t mx , or tmt); Thus: Rts = Rtsmax x t r
(c) For central processing units which simultaneously t r + tsmin + tl
fetch more than one instruction from one storage 'minimum seek time' (tsminl-
location: (1) For fixed head devices, it is zero; or
The average of the 'execution times' when (2) For moving head or moving media devices, the
executing instructions fetched from all possible rated time to move from one track to an
locations within the stored word. adjacent track.
(d) If the longest fixed point operand length is smaller 'latency time' (tl) -
than 16-bit, then use the time required for the fastest The rotational period divided by twice the number of
available subroutine to simulate a 16 bit fixed point independent read/write heads per track.
operation. (b) Of the input/output control unit - magnetic tape drive
combinations (RutoJ:
NB: The sum of the individual 'transfer rates' of all
1. If the addressing capability of an instruction is input/output control unit - magnetic tape drive
expanded by using a base register, then the combinations (Rtt) provided with the system which can
'execution time' shall include the time for adding be sustained simultaneously assuming the configuration
the content of the base register to the address part of equipment which would maximize this sum of rates.
of the instruction. Thus: Rtttot = SUM Rtt ;
2. When calculating 'processing data rate' for 'transfer rate' -
computers with cache sizes smaller then 64 K Bytes, Of an input/output control unit - cartridge-type
the 'execution time' of the appropriate instructions streamer or magnetic tape drive combination (RtJ:
will be calculated as follows: The product of:
(cache hit rate) x ('execution time' when both (1) The number of independent read/write channels
instruction and operand are in cache storage) (C); and
+ (1 - cache hit rate) x ('execution time' when (2) The greatest "maximum bit transfer rate" (RttmaxmaJ
neither instruction nor operand are in cache of all tape drives.
torage),
Thus: Rtt = C.Rttmaxmax.
The cache hit rate being: (c) Of the input/output or communication control unit -
1.00 for cache size of 64 K Byte directly connected data channel combinations:
0.95 for cache size of 32 K Byte The sum of the individual "transfer rates of all data
0.90 for cache size of 16 K Byte channels" provided with the system which can be
0.85 for cache size of 8 K Byte sustained simultaneously assuming the configuration of
0.75 for cache size of 4 K Byte equipment which would maximize this sum of rates.
"total transfer rate" - "transfer rate of any data channel" -
(a) Of the input/output control unit - drum, disk or The sum of the individual bit transfer rates of all the "other
cartridge-type streamer tape drive combinations (Rtdtot): peripheral devices", excluding "terminal devices", which can
The sum of the individual 'transfer rates' of all be sustained simultaneously on the data channel.
input/output control unit - drum, disk or cartridge-type "user-accessible microprogrammability" -
streamer tape drive combinations (Rtd) provided with the The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace
system which can be sustained simultaneously assuming "microprogrammes".
the configuration of equipment which would maximize "user-accessible programmability" -
this sum of rates. The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace
Thus: Rtdtot = SUM Rtd ; "programmes" by means other than:
'transfer rate' - (a) A physical change in wiring or interconnections; or
(1) Of an input/output control unit - drum or disk (b) The setting of function controls including entry of
drive combination (Rtd), the smaller of either: parameters.
"virtual storage" -
NB: The storage space that may be regarded as addressable "main
For the 'transfer rate' of an input/output control storage" by the user of a computer system in which virtual
unit - cartridge-type streamer tape drive addresses are mapped into real addresses.
combination, see (b) below. NB:
(i) The input/output control unit 'transfer rate' The size of "virtual storage" is limited by the addressing
(RtJ; or scheme of the computer system and not by the actual number
(ii) The sum of the individual 'transfer rates' of all of "main storage" locations.
independent seek mechanisms (Rts).
Thus: Rtd = min (Rtc ; SUM Rts); "wide area network" -
(2) Of an input/output control unit (Rtc): . A data communication system which:
(i) With rotational position sensing (rps), is the (a) Allows an arbitrary number of independent "data
product of: devices" to communicate with each other;
(a) The number of independent read/ (b) May include "local area networks; and
write channels (C); and (c) Is designed to interconnect geographically dispersed
(b) The greatest "maximum bit transfer facilities.

72 Seourity export control March 1989


EXPLANATORY NOTES
A. Conversion of Byte to bit in computing storage limits:
(a) 1 MByte = (1024)2 Byte = 1.048,576 Byte
(b) 1 KByte = 1,024 Byte . .
(c) 1 Byte: usually equals 8 bit or 9 bit.
B. Limits on "total connected capacity" of "main storage":
The limits in the various Notes to Item 1565 assume a
".,·:pr~Vi""i''''''· . 9-bit Byte and an appropriate amount of cache storage
SU• •"'Qtf~(bJOI (16, 32, 48 or 64 kByte), as follows (although other
(3) )Jtta~~>:z~~:<pIi~Iti
tlnlt'lle;a.·WI.J."c.atl.'o.n..·•·,..~ ·.\.•.m
:
.•· .···,.{;I . '· . ·.\ <.• L},' ;;J')i~;(.·>\.;i'·' .
combinations within these limits would be permissible):
(4) l.lO·"Bot.·'f"I;:\!itbinStlJl:.~'-8ft . .,·:ttil;8i Internal
Storage
Cache
Storage
"Total Connected
Capacity"
'.',"(li) (al~d(l)f·i:'; >;i;::.':.(.~;<: ;:k!W/f':)~'i:/ .; .,¥
c• • • •

(MByte) (KByte) (million bit)


(Ill Tb. .•.·c.·.e.• ··.~d
.:A;; . . i.__
. .
. '. ··~.oo.···.·.•. ·m.
. . t!·II.·
_~,A
.•::..• ·..e.'.j.• f'.·.··.:·.or.;.•. !Ar._.•·.:..
:.. '-~.
:put c.'
J.:~; ~ .~: .• '
ent'·"dier.f.
:~:.:~.",;:,~ ~.;.:.;•~.l':;~?'~~·e~.:.,
0.25 16 2.5
·wn6leac~'~'tft'~le:~() •..,. ." . :. . . . '., ,; . 0.5 16 4.9
(Il' tellt,.)··· .c;ptoc.in_·dRitn •. ~... ;,·~.ain··. ·~totale'f 0.75 32 7.4
. comb~tiolt8" Witfi.a:~t~II'prt>eessi~ •. .~~.t~~!·,,~' 1.0 32 9.8
550 mGli()~;.blt/~~·: . . . " ,: ' :.. , 1.5 48 14.6
(2) J\rra'tran$f~~ proc~~~r\ . ?::C'::',' 2.0 48 19.4
(i)··~Equivalent. m~ltjp~y tate';~ ~: .;8~9!{)(}O 2.5 64 24.2
operations.·.per··.8e(on<t" 4.0 64 39.0
8.0 128 76.7
(ii) Fast FootleI' 'TranSform of 1~02.<~mplex;
pOints~40msr . ;.. >... : .••. ,...... :,::<"., C. Total Processing Data Rate:
(c) The' u~italcomputersn;or A·rel~ted,~Qtti.,tIlent"ther~~()r, Two examples of applying the Note 16 definition of
dtrnot b&Ve,'t~efoltowinlJ . characteri~cs:;" ."'. ... '.' '.~ "fixed point processing data rate" and "floating point
,(1) Those identified in 'sub4tettlS(til tit '(i) (d)toJltJand processing date rate"
(m); . '. ..... . '. . '. ~. .' ' . '. .'. ..•. . '.' '. '. .' •. . 1. Z80 at 8 MHz clock frequency:
(2) ThoseldeJ:ltified insul>4tem .~)~)(i>'(bl,having
nequivale~t·, mUltiply .rate ·.ofmore thaJl2miUioo
tf
< . '
an (i) Instruction lengths and cycles
Operation Instruction(s) Instr. Length Cycles
operatio,fts per·;setond; , (Bytes)
NB: .. • . Add LHD HE. MEM 3 16
Equipment .which exceeds this •. 1~ll1it .IJl~Y .qualify ,Ior DAD 1 11
export under the conditi()n~.of .tb~s t:l~~~.·.i,f apprQy~d. by Totals 4 27
the Department of. Trad~ aildlndustt"f" Multiply (Emulation 747
routine)
18. "Digital computers" or urelated <:equipmenf' .' tbereft?r' 'lo
accordance with Note 5 above. QD th~,~standillJ. that: (H) Execution Times
(a) 'sub-para (b) (1)01 NoteS d~s ~ot apply; '.. .• . :.: Add 27 cycles divided by 8 MHz = 3.37
(b) the "totalprocessingdata'ratet'underN~ote 5{c)doe~not microseconds
exceed 155 million bit/s.' ' Multiply 747 cycles divided by 8 MHz = 93.37
microseconds
19. IndividqaJ or bulk .shipments 'of periphe~al·.eq\.lipm~~t•.,as (Hi) Fixed Point PDR (XPDR)
fonows. and input/output interfaces or control u~.t$ther~for: XPDR = .85(32) + .15(16+ 16) + .55(l6}
(a) ·Cathode ray tube graphi~ dispJaY$rwhicp~;notexceed
(1) 1,024'resolvable elelllents a!ong..pl'1e 8:X~.~ and ·1,280 .85(3.37) + .15(93.37)
resolvable. elements alon8;·tb~~rpendi~~ar . aXis;.o, =2.42 million bits per second
(2) 256 shades of 8(eyot colo~. (8bjtperpi.~).':j .
(b) Plottin8equiJ.lmentatlddilitlz.n8·~ipm~~t,whie~ has NOTE:
an accuracy of O~OO2%.or wQr8e, Md(M active area·of Direct addressing capability of the Z80 is 16 bit,
254 cm x 254 cm or' smaller. which means 65,536 addresses of storage.
(c) Disk ,drives.' whk;hdo not. exce~d: . ' •.. . .
Ol '·Maximumbittr~sf~rrate'f~'J9.~,~lIiol1 bitla; or (iv) Floating Point PDR (FP PDR)
(2) ."Net~pacityff .-<;}.•2210'lil1{()~bit.~,· . . " FP PDR = 0 million bits per second (no floating
(d) Non~impa4 type .printers,"""., luez: ~:printerlbavi~ga point addition nor multiplication instruction).
reSQlutiOD.. not e;xceedina· 300 .~t$.pe"ifl~h;; (v) "Total PDR"
(e) Optic~Lc~~a<:~er recognit1on(0GR}~~4\lipmerit; "Total PDR" (Z80 at 8 MHz) = 2.42 million bits
(f) Light gttn;Cievi Of otbclr JJ,llUl~sr~mput
ces 4ey1C:$. per second.
20. Bulk .• shiP~ent$;ofper~~C()f9Ptltf,7~'>:~
·•.t~t bu$,,~ 2. 8088/8087 at 4.77 MHz clock frequency
co~put~ sYst~msern~argoe(lbrs~i~~~,~>wbith dp not (i) Instruction lengths and cyclEis
excee~ 811Y ~ft!J,e ~o}Joi1ng.~~(4er~:\ '~i • Instr.
Instruc- Length Cycles
NB:.... ";:>d .d,..,,::,>.",;.' Operation tions(s) (bytes) (OPN + EA + BUS)
TbisNot~'may .. ~()~' ·.~~ed:·fo~·'~~~i~' ~()r1(,~t.U()~S Fixed point:
exc~nflthe :litnits"'()f.l\lo,e'9'~al,'~;J;·,:':' ::':' (' ' Add ADD 4 9 + 5 + 4 = 18
(a) . ~7GtalprGCes&inl" dat~;·r~e'~:.:-'::'l~~Illi~I~,I>~·~t Multiply MUL 4 129 + 5 + 4 = 138
second" '. ..' .'. ...' .. ..'~ . . ..' '; .•. '.... ' . Floating point:
(b) "Virtuai storage" ·~a~'''~t~, . ·~·.~t.~<,M~Yt~i Add FADD 4 100 + 5 + 16 = 121
Multiply FMUL 4 115 + 5 + 16 = 136
.,' .<~::' ::::,';;'i\; .,.,{:,: .
NB: '. (H) Execution times
"···~~~llt .•. ··~<1.Iit~.···.,:~q~~~~~!~;~tlt,·.··.~· . ·~~ Fixed point:
capablitr·~~~e~.I:~EJetll:bl; &' ADD 18 cycles divided by 4.77 MHz = 3.77
,not•.·.·,,~ .• ·.. ~i~~l~ microseconds
r~OS~~~t~~~~,·, MUL 138 cycles divided by 4.77 MHz = 28.93
m_l1fratit.·· and;~' microseconds
Ita Floating point:
.~ FADD 1~!1 cycles divided by 4.77 MHz = 25.37
(~)Tbe microseconds
'\: ljmi~ FMUL 136 cycles divided by 4.77 MHz = 28.51
·,·,·"",\.·.:;a@:'. microseconds
2'1::',"" (iii) 'Fixed~po~nt PDR (XPDR)

Security expor~ control Marc",989 73


IL 1565 EXPLANATORY NOTE C 2 continued LISTED AS FOLLOWS:
(a) "Software" of whatever category, as follows:
(1) "Software" designed or modified for any computer that is
XPDR = .85(32) + .15(32) + .55(16) part of a computer series designed and produced within
.85(3.77) + .15(28.93) a proscribed area; except "application software"
= 5.41 million bits per second designed for and limited to:
(iv) Floating point PDR (FP PDR) (i) Accounting, general ledger, inventory control,
FP PDR = .85(32) + .15(32) + .4(16) + .15(32) payroll, accounts receivable, personnel records,
wages calculation or invoice control;
.85(3.77) + .09(25.37) + .06(28.51) (H) Data and text manipulation such as sort/merge, text
= 6.01 million bits per second.
editing, data entry or word processing;
(v) "Total PDR"
(Hi) Data retrieval from established data files for
"Total PDR" (8088/8087 at 4.77 MHx) = 6.01
million bits per second. purposes of report generation or inquiry for the
functions described in (i) or (H) above; or
(iv) The non "real time processing" of pollution sensor
IL 1566 data at fixed sites or in civil vehicles for civil
environmental monitoring purposes;
"Software" and technology therefor, as follows: (2) "Software" designed or modified for the design,
development or production of items embargoed in these
Lists;
NOTE: (3) "Software" designed or modified for:
The embargo status of "specially designed software" for the use of (i) Embargoed "hybrid computers";
equipment described in other Items in these Lists (except Item IL (H) One or more of the functions described in Item IL
1565) is dealt with in the appropriate Item, and the embargo status 1565 (h) (I) (i) (a) to u) or (m) or (h) (2) (vi) or for
of "software" for equipment described in Item IL 1565 is dealt "digital computers" or "related equipment"
with in the present Item. designed or modified for such functions, except the
minimum "specially designed software" in machine-
TECHNICAL NOTES: executable form for "digital computers" and
1. "Software" is defined as follows: "related equipment" therefor which are freed from
"software" - embargo only by Item IL 1565 (h) (2) (i) or (H), and
A collection of one or more "programmes" or "micro- only when supplied with the equipment or systems;
programmes" fixed in any tangible medium of expression.
"programme" - NOTE:
A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or "Software" for equipment which is freed from
convertible into, a form executable by an electronic embargo only by Item 1565 (h) (2) (vi) may contain
computer. file server or printer server functions above layer 2
"microprogramme" - of the Open System Interconnection (OSI) reference
A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in a model provided the protocols do not contain level 3
special storage, the execution of. which is initiated by the of CCITT X.25 or equivalent functions.
introduction of its reference instruction into an instruction (4) "Software" for computer-aided design, manufacture,
register. inspection or test of items embargoed in these Lists;
2. "Software" is categorized as follows (there is a close (5) "Software" designed or modified to provide certifiable
relationship and possible overlap among these categories): multi-level security or certifiable user-isolation
"development system" - applicable to government-classified material or to
"Software" to develop or produce "software". This includes applications requiring an equivalent level of security, or
"software" to manage those activities. Examples of a "software" to certify such "software";
"development system" are programming support (b) Categorized "software'" as follows:
environments, software development environments, and (1) "Development systems" as follows:
programmer-productivity aids. (i) "Development systems" employing "high-level
"programming system" - language" and designed for or containing
"Software" to convert a convenient expression of one or "programmes" or "databases" special to the
more processes ('source code' or 'source language') into development or production of:
equipment executable form ('object code' or 'object (a) "Specially designed software" embargoed by
language'). any other Item in these Lists;
"diagnostic system" - (b) "Software" embargoed by sub-items (a) (2) or
"Software" to isolate or detect "software" or equipment (a) (3) of this Item; including any subset
malfunctions. designed or modified for use as part of such a
"maintenance system" - "development system";
"Software" to: (H) "Development systems" employing "high-level
(a) Modify "software" or its associated documentation in language" and designed for or containing the
order to correct faults, or for other updating purposes; or "software" tools and "databases" for the
(b) Maintain equipment. development or production of "software" or any
"operating system" - subset designed or modified for use as part of a
"Software" to control: "development system" such as, or equivalent to:
(a) The operation of a "digital computer" or of "related (a) Ada Programming Support Environment
equipment"; or (APSE);
(b) The loading or execution of "programmes". (b) Any subset of APSE, as follows:
"application software"- (1) Kernel APSE;
"Software" not' falling within any of the other defined (2) Minimal APSE;
categories of "software". (3) Ada compilers specially designed as an
3. "Specially designed software" is defined as: integrated subset of APSE; or
The minimum "operating systems", "diagnostic systems", (4) Any other subset of APSE;
:'maintenance systems" and "application software" necessary (c) Any superset of APSE; or
to be executed on a particular equipment to perform the (d) Any derivative of APSE;
function for which it was designed. To make other, (2) "Programming systems" as follows:
incompatible equipment perform the same function requires: (i) "Cross-hosted" compilers and "cross-hosted"
(a) Modification of this "software"; or assemblers;
(b) Addition of "programmes".
(This ends the Technical Notes. For a complete list of definitions of NOTE:
terms used in the Item, see Note 12 below; see also Item IL 1565 For "cross-hosted" compilers and "cross-hosted"
for additional definitions relating to electronic computers.) assemblers which have to be used in conjunction

74 Security export control March 1989


u
with microprocessor or microcomputer designed to handle "distributed databases Jor:
development instruments or systems described in (a) Fault toleranc~byusingtechnique8 sueh'.
Item IL 1529, see that item. maintenance of duplicated "databases";
(H) Compilers or interpreters designed or modified for (b) Integrating data at a single site from
use as part of a "development system" embargoed independent remote "databases"; .
by (1) above; (iv) "Software" designed to adapt "software" resident on
(Hi) Disassemblers, decompilers or other "software" one "digital computer" for use on another "digital
which convert "programmes" in object or assembly computer", except "software" to adapt between two
language into a higher level language, except legally exported Hdigital computers";,
simple debugging "application software", such as (c) Technology applicable to the development, production or use
mapping, tracing, check-point/restart, breakpoint, (ie installation, operation and maintenance) of "software",
dumping and the display of the storage contents or even if the "software" is unembargoed, except:
their assembly language equivalent; (1) Technical data in the public domain; or
(3) "Diagnostic systems'-' or "maintenance systems" (2) The minimum technical information necessary for the
designed or modified for use as part of a "development use of "software" free from embargo.
system" embargoed by (1) above;
(4) "Operating systems" as follows: NOTE:
(i) "Operating systems" designed or modified for For the purposes of this sub-item, technology does not
"digital computers" or "related equipment" include "software".
exceeding any of the following limits:
(a) Central processing unit - "main storage" NOTES:
combinations: 1. This Item does not embargo "software" not exceeding 5,000
(1) "Total processing data rate" - 48 million
statements in "source language", excluding data, provided:
bit per second;
(a) The "software" is neither designed nor modified for use
(2) "Total connected capacity" of "main
as a module of a larger "software" module or system
storage" - 25.2 million bit;
which in total exceeds this limit; and
(3) "Virtual storage" capability - 512 MByte
(b) The "software" is not embargoed by sub-item (b) (5)
(for MByte, Note 17 of Item IL 1565);
above.
(b) Input/output control unit - drum, disk or 2. This Item does not embargo "software" initially exported to a
cartridge-type streamer tape drive combi- proscribed destination prior to 1st January, 1984, provided:
nations: (a) The "software" is identical to and in the same language
(1) "Total transfer rate" - 15 million bit per form (source or object) as initially exported, allowing
second;
minor updates for the correction of errors which do not
(2) "Total access rate" - 320 accesses per
modify the initially exported functions;
second;
(b) The accompanying documentation does not 'exceed the
(3) Total connected "net capacity" - 7,000 level of the initial export; and
million bit; (c) The "software" is exported to the same proscribed
(4) "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any drum
destination as the initial export.
or disk drive - 10.3 million bit per second; 3. Minimum technical information for the use (ie installation,
(c) Input/output control unit - bubble memory
operation and maintenance) of "software" authorised for
combinations:
export, when shipped together with or solely for use with this
Total connected "net capacity" - 2.1 million "software".
bit;
(d) Input/output control unit - magnetic tape 4. Not used.
drive combinations: 5. "Application software" embargoed by sub-item (a) (1) above,
(1) "Total transfer rate" - 5.2 million bit per but not otherwise embargoed by this Item or any other Item
second; in these Lists, provided that:
(2) Number of magnetic tape drives - twelve; (a) The "application software" is designed for and limited to
(3) "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any the following:
magnetic tape drive - 2.6 million bit per (1) The approved end-use of legally exported
second; equipment or systems in conjunction with any
(4) "Maximum bit packing density" - 63 bit computer that is part of a computer series produced
per mm (1,600 bit per inch) per track; within a proscribed area and based on a design
(5) Maximum tape read/write speed - 508 originating in a member country; or
cm (200 inch) per second; (2) The monitoring and control of industrial processes
limited to the production of items not described in
NOTE: these Lists; and
This sub-item does not embargo "operating (b) No embargoed technology is provided.
systems" designed or modified for "digital 6. The provisions of this Item may allow the export of
computers" or "related equipment": "software" which is either:
(a) Not exceeding the above limits even when (a) "Standard commercially available" "software":
the "operating systems" can also be used (1) Designed for installation by the user without further
on "digital computers" or "related support by the supplier;
equipment" exceeding the above limits; or (2) Designed for use on "digital computers" and
(b) Belonging to a series containing models "related equipment" therefor which do not exceed
exceeding the above limits, if the "oper- the performance limits in Item IL 1565 Note 9 (b)
ating systems" are used on "digital with the substitution in Item IL 1565 Note 9 (b) (I) (i)
computers" or "related equipment" of the of a "total processing data rate" of 15 million bit per
series which do not exceed the above second; and
limits. (3) 'Generally available to the public'; or
(ii) "Operating systems" providing on-line transaction
data processing which permit integrated tele- NB:
processing and "on-line updating" of "databases". For the purpose of this Note 'generally available to
(5) "Application software" as follows: the public' means:
(i) "Software" for cryptologic or cryptanalytic (a) Also available at retail selling points, other than
applications; those specialised in selling electronic
(ii) Artificial intelligence "software", including computers to the general public in model series
"software" normally classified as expert systems, exceeding the limits in (2) above; and
which enables a "digital computer" to perform (b) Selling by means ot over-the-counter
functions that are normally associated with human transactions frOITi stock.
perception and reasoning or learning; (b) "Software'· in t~epublic domain.
(Hi) "Database management systems" which are 7. Not used. ~

Security expor~ control March 1989 16


n..1566NOTE8 under the provisions of Item IL 1565, Note 12, provided that
the "software" is limited to:
(a) "Software" for one or more of the functions described in
8. Normal commercial "software" for civil Air Traffic Control Item IL 1565 (h) (I) (i) (a), (b) or (c);
(ATC) systems approved for export, provided that: (b) The minimum necessary for the approved application;
(a) The "software" is commonly used by civil Air Traffic and
Control authorities outside proscribed areas, but not (c) Machine-executable form.
precluding the personalization of certain parameters for 12. Definitions of terms used in this Item:
civil Air Traffic Control authorities wherever located; "analogue computer" -
(b) The "software" is not designed or modified for any Equipment which can, in the form of one or more continuous
"digital computer" which is part of a "digital computer" variables:
series designed and produced within a proscribed area; (a) Accept data;
(c) The "software" is the minimum necessary to accomplish (b) Process data; and
the normal civil Air Traffic Control functions outside (c) Provide output of data.
proscribed areas; "application software" -
(d) The "software" will not contain or be capable of "Software" not falling within any of the other defined
accomplishing any of the following functions: categories of "software"
(1) Electronic Counter Counter Measures (ECCM); "cross-hosted" -
(2) Weapon display, allocation or operation; For "programming systems", those which produce
(3) Intercept guiding capability; or "programmes" for a model of electronic computer different
(4) Interfacing with altitude determining radars, except from that used to run the "programming system", Le. they
secondary search radars; have code generators for equipment different from the host
(e) The "software" is further limited by the amount of computer.
"source code", which is to be the minimum necessary for "database" -
the use (ie installation, operation and maintenance) of A collection of data, defined for one or more particular
the "software"; applications, which is physically located and maintained in
(f) In addition to the above limitations, the only other one or more electronic computers or "related equipments".
system "software" allowed is the minimum "pro- "database management system" -
gramming system" for the maintenance of the "Application software" to manage and maintain a "database"
"software"; in one or more prescribed logical structures for use by other
(g) The information to accompany each case will include a "application software" independent of the specific methods
signed statement of the end-user or importing agency, a used to store or retrieve the "database".
full description of the "software" and its characteristics "development system"-
vis-a-vis the sub-paragraphs above, its intended "Software" to develop or produce "software". This includes
application and workload and a complete indentification "software" to manage those activities. Examples of a
of all end-users and their activities; and "development system" are programming support
(h) It is considered that: environments, software development environments, and
(1) The "software" will not be used to provide or programmer-productivity aids.
process data associated with military control centres "diagnostic system"-
or military radars, or otherwise be associated with "Software" to isolate or detect "software" or equipment
such radars or centres; and malfunctions.
(2) The type and characteristics of the "software" are "digital computer" -
reasonable for the specific civil Air Traffic Control Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete
applications. variables:
9. "Operating systems" embargoed only by sub-item (b) (4) (ii) (a) Accept data;
above when supplied with "digital computers" and "related (b) Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable)
equipment" exported under the provisions of Item IL 1565, storage devices;
Notes 9 and 12, provided that these "operating systems" are: (c) Process data by means of a stored sequence of
(a) For use with a "digital computer" exported under the instructions which is modifiable; and
provisions of Item IL 1565; (d) Provide output data.
(b) In machine-executable version;
(c) Limited to the minimum "standard commercially
available" "software"; and NB:
(d) Not designed or modified for "database management Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include
systems" embargoed by sub-item (b) (5) (Hi) above. replacement of fixed storage devices, but not a physical
1O. "Software" embargoed by sub-item (a) (3) (ii) above for change in wiring or interconnections.
"digital computers" and "related equipment" exported under "distributed database"-
the provisions of Item IL 1533, Note 6 or Item IL 1565, Notes A "database" which is physically located and maintained in
5 or 9 provided that: part or as a whole in two or more interconnected electronic
(a) The "software" is limited to: computers or "related equipment", such that inquiries from
(1) The minimum necessary for the approved one location can involve "database" access in other
application; interconnected electronic computers or "related equipment".
(2) Machine-executable form; and "firmware" -
(3) "Specially designed software" for: See "microprogramme".
(i) Equipment approved for export as solely under "high-level language" -
Item IL 1533, Note 6; A programming language that does not reflect the structure
(H) Equipment approved for export under Item IL of anyone given electronic computer or that of anyone given
1565, Note 5, for one or more of the functions class of electronic computers.
described in Item IL 1565 (h) (I) (i) (a), (b) or (d); "hybrid computer" -
or Equipment which can:
(Hi) Equipment approved for export under Item IL (a) Accept data;
1565, Note 9, for one or more of the functions (b) Process data, in both analogue and digital
described in Item IL 1565 (h) (I) (i) (a), (b) or (c); representations; and
(b) The "specially designed software" for "signal (c) Provide output of data.
processing" and "image enhancement" does not provide "maintenance system"-
for more than one of the following: "Software" to:
(I) Time compression; or (a) Modify "software" or its associated documentation in
(2) Transformations between domains (e.g. Fast Fourier order to correct faults, or for other updating purposes; or
Transform or Walsh Transform). (b) Maintain equipment.
11. Favourable consideration will be given to applications for the "microprogramme" -
export of "software" embargoed by sub-item (a) (3) (ii) above A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in j
for "digital computers" and "related equipment" exported special storage, the execution of which is initiated by th-

78 Security export control March 1989


introduction of its reference instruction into an instruction
register.
"object code" or "object language"-
See "programming system".
'on-line updating" -
Processing in which the contents of a "database" can be
amended within a period of time useful to interact with an
external request.
'operating system" -
"Software" to control:
(a) The operation of a "digital computer" or of "related
equipment"; or
(b) The loading or execution of "programmes".
"programme" -
A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or NOTE:
convertible into, a form executable by an electronic The embargo status of "software" specially designed for "data
computer. (message) switching" or "stored programme controlled circuit
"programming system" - switching" described in Item IL 1567 is dealt with exclusively
"Software" to convert a convenient expression of one or in Item IL 1567.
more processes ('source code' or 'source language') into In the case of "software" for mainframe "digital computers"
equipment executable form ('object code' or 'object which may have a "virtual storage" capability exceeding the
language'). limit of sub-item (b) (4) (i) (a) (3) and which may be considered
"related equipment" - for export under the conditions of Item IL 1565 (Notes 9 and
Equipment "embedded" in, "incorporated" in, or "associated" 12), the limitation of the "virtual storage" capability of 512
with electronic computers, as follows: MByte does not apply.
(a) Equipment for interconnecting "analogue computers"
with "digital computers";
(b) Equipment for interconnecting "digital computers";
(c) Equipment for interfacing electronic computers to "local
IL 1567
area networks" or to "wide area networks"; Stored-programme-controlled communication
(d) Communication control units; switching equipment or systems and technology
(e) Other input/output (I/O) control units; therefor, as follows; and specially designed
(f) Recording or reproducing equipment referred to Item IL
1565 by Item IL 1572; components therefor and "specially designed
(g) Displays; or software" for the use of these equipment or
(h) Other peripheral equipment. systems:
NB: TECHNICAL NOTES:
"Related equipment" which contains an "embedded" or 1. Stored-programme-controlled communication switching
"incorporated electronic computer", but which lacks "user- equipment or systems are categorised as follows:
accessible programmability", does not thereby fall within the (a) Communication equipment or systems for "data
definition of an electronic computer. (message) switching":
"self-hosted - "data (message) switching"
For "programming systenls", those which produce The technique, including but not limited to store-
"programmes" for the same model of electronic computer as and-forward or packet switching, for:
that used to run the "programming system", Le. they only (a) Accepting data groups (including messages,
have code generators for the host computer. packets, or other digital or telegraphic
"software" information groups which are transmitted as a
A collection of one or more "programmes" or composite whole);
"microprogrammes" fixed in any tangible medium of (b) Storing (buffering) data groups as necessary;
expression. (c) Processing part or all of the data groups, as
'source code" or "source language" - necessary, for the purpose of:
- See "programming system". (1) Control (routing, priority, formatting, code
'specially designed software" - conversion, error control, retransmission
The minimum "operating systems", "diagnostic systems", or journaling);
"maintenance systems" and "application software" necessary (2) Transmission; or
to be executed on a particular equipment to perform the (3) Multiplexing; and
function for which it was designed. To make other (d) Retransmitting (processed) data groups when
incompatible equipment perform the same function requires: transmission or receiving facilities are
(a) Modification of this "software"; or available.
(b) Addition of "programmes". "local area network" -
standard commercially available" - A data communication system which:
For "software", that which is: (a) Allows an arbitrary number of independent
(a) Commonly supplied to general purchasers or users of "data devices" to communicate directly with
equipment outside proscribed areas, but not precluding each other; and
the personalization of certain parameters for individual (b) Is confined to a geographical area of moderate
customers wherever located; size (eg office building, plant, campus,
(b) Designed and produced for civil applications; warehouse).
(c) Not designed or modified for any "digital computer" "wide area network" -
which is part of a "digital computer" series designed and A data communication system which:
produced within a proscribed area; and (a) AllGws an arbitrary number of independent
(d) Supplied in a commonly distributed form. "dat.a devices" to communicate with each
other;
'70"·"9PYt'$:~llI.l~.,~f~"'~"N~Y: (b) May include "local area networks"; and
; 3.... ~t,.;$hiprn~nt .:.·Of/;$QftW~e·',~b~~~~,bY .this .Item .fl$ (c) Is designed to interconnect geographically
,191JQ~&: .. ·':'}',~i:\~'~>~.:,;';'~:'<,; "., .' "';'. ....» ,..,.. . .•. . . :', , ~ dispersed facilities.
"~) ;:~·S0ftware~~·.. eJ'Q~()e1i,:i9111~ ;.<'b)l:sul:l4~.'" (~),(I) .. ':~ (b) Communication equipment or systems for "stored-
'\.:,'compllters ~$i811~' .•B••,ip[edH~d·.• witbill;th«:cP~ple~s programme-controlled circuit switching":
,"\,,;, ,~eJtti'i~ Of~QIt;:A'.,,':' .,':;':.' .' . . •. '.' . ". . . ", i~" ..;,"c~'\;;"?~."'"
.'
"stored-programme-contr,olled circuit switching" -
(b~;·\·!~'¥~e'·~·,;:."~~~';,!,I~ •. :i$U~~~/.:'I:~}q:."'(~),··~·;~~f)~· •. :f~r The technique for establishing, on demand and until
'. ,.·,·",··;;·.lItillltlQti.·~_:<2il .. it~II'subj~,J.}~'.·.;"tiQJtfd released, ~ a direct (space-division switching) or

Security export control March 1989 77


IL 1567 TECHNICAL NOTE 1 (b) continued
"software" or its associated documentation;
and
(6) If the equipment or systems are not designed for
logical (time-division switching) connection installation by the user without support from the
between circuits based on switching control supplier, then the "software" necessary for
information derived from any source or circuit and commissioning is:
processed according to the stored programme by (i) Exported on a temporary basis only; and
one or more electronic computers. (H) Kept under the control of the supplier;
2. "Digital computers" or "affiliated equipment" when:
(a) "Embedded" in stored-programme-controlled communi- (b) Communication equipment or systems for "stored-
cation switching equipment or systems are to be programme-controlled circuit switching"; except:
regarded as specially designed components therefor; (1) Key telephone systems, provided that:
(b) "Incorporated" in stored programme controlled (i) Access to an external connection is obtained by
communication switching equipment or systems are pressing a special button (key) on a telephone,
covered by this Item provided they are the standard rather than by dial or key-pad as on a "PABX";
models customarily supplied by Western manufacturers (H) They are not designed to be upgraded to "private
of the stored programme contro~led communication automatic branch exchanges" ("PABXs");
switching equipment or systems; or (Hi) The "software" supplied:
(c) "Associated" with stored programme controlled (a) Is limited to:
communication switching equipment or systems are (1) The minimum "specially designed
covered by Item IL 1565 or Item IL 1567. software" necessary for the use (Le.
3. This Item includes statistical multiplexers, with digital input installation, operation and maintenance)
and digital output, referred to this Item by Item IL 1519 (a), if of the equipment or systems; and
they satisfy the definitions of either "data (message) (2) Machine-executable form; and
switching" or "stored-program me-controlled circuit (b) Does not include "software":
switching". (1) Embargoed by Items IL 1527, IL 1566 (a)
(5) or Item ML lion the Munitions List; or
NB: (2) To permit user-modification of generic
See Item IL 1519 (a) for statistical multiplexers which provide "software" or its associated documen-
only fixed routing, Le. routing which is neither: tation; and
(a) Determined when the circuit is established; nor (iv) If the equipment or systems are not designed for
(b) Dynamically alterable. installation by the user without support from the
(This ends the Technical notes. For a complete list of definitions of supplier, then the "software" necessary for
terms used in this Item, see Note 8 below; see also Item IL 1565 commissioning is:
for additional definitions relating to electronic computers and Item (a) Exported on a temporary basis only; and
IL 1566 for additional definitions relating to '~software".) (b) Kept under the control of the supplier;
(2) "Stored programme controlled circuit switching"
equipment or systems, provided:
LISTED AS FOLLOWS: (i) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed
(a) Communication equipment or systems for "data (message) civil use in "stored programme controlled telegraph
switching", including those for "local area networks'" or for circuit switching" for data;
"wide area networks", except: (H) The number, type and characteristics of such
equipment or systems are normal for the
NOTE: application;
For "data (message) switching" equipment or systems for (Hi) The equipment or systems do not contain "digital
"local area networks" that can be used in conjunction with computers" or "related equipment" embargoed by:
electronic computers, see Item IL 1565. (a) Item IL 1565 (t);
"Data (message) switching" equipment or systems, (b) Item IL 1565 (h) (1) (i) (a) to (k), or (m); or
provided: (c) Item IL 1565 (h) (1) (H);
(I) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil (iv) The equipment or systems do not have either of the
use according to the requirements of either: following features:
(i) CCITT Recommendations F.1 to F.79 for store-and- (a) Multi-level call pre-emption including
forward systems (Volume 11 - Fascicle 11.4, Vllth overriding or seizing of busy subscriber lines,
plenary assembly, 10th-21st November, 1980); or "trunk circuits" or switches; or
(H) ICAO Recommendations for store-and-forward civil
aviation communication networks (Annex 10 to the NOTE:
Convention on International Civil Aviation, This does not preclude single level call pre-
including all amendments agreed up to and emption (e.g. executive override).
including 14th December, 1981); (b) "Common channel signalling",;
(2) The number, type and characteristics of such equipment (v) The maximum internal bit rate per channel does not
or systems are normal for the application; exceed 9,600 bit/s;
(3) Such equipment or systems will be limited as follows: (vi) The telegraph circuits, which may be telephone
(i) The maximum "data signalling rate" of any circuit circuits, may carry any type of telegraph or telex
does not exceed 4,800 bitl s; and signal compatible with a voice .channel bandwidth
(H) The sum of the individual "data signalling rates" of of 3,100 Hz as defined in CCITT Recommendation
all circuits does not exceed 27,500 bitl s; G.151;
. (4) The equipment or systems do not contain "digital (vii) The "software" supplied:
computers" or "related equipment" embargoed by: (a) Is limited to:
(i) Item IL 1565 (t); (1) The minimum "specially designed
(H) Item IL 1565 (h){I)(i) (a) to (j), (1) or (m) software" necessary for the use (Le.
(Hi) Item IL 1565 (h) (1) (ii); installation, operation and maintenance)
(5) The "software" supplied: of the equipment or systems; and
(i) Is limited to: (2) Machine-executable form; and
(a) The minimum "specially designed software" (b) Does not include "software":
necessary for the use (Le., installation, (1) Embargoed by Item IL 1527, IL 1566 (a)
operation and maintenance) of the equipment (5) or Item ML lion the Munitions List; or
or systems; and (2) To permit user-modification of generic
(b) Machine-executable form; and "software" or its associated
(H) Does not include "software": documentation; and
(a) Embargoed by Items IL 1527 or IL 1566 (a) (5) (viii) If the equipment or systems are not designed for
or Item ML lion the Munitions List; or installation by the user without support from the
(b) To permit user-modification of generic supplier, then the "software" necessary for

78 Security export control March 1989


commissioning is: (2) Are shipped in the minimum quantities· necessa~
(a) Exported on a temporary basis only; and for the types and quantities of exported· equipment
(b) Kept under the control of the supplier; or being serviced; and
(3) "Stored pr